From: Mauro Carvalho Chehab Date: Wed, 5 Apr 2017 00:51:04 +0000 (-0700) Subject: Input: create a book with Linux Input documentation X-Git-Tag: MMI-PSA29.97-13-9~4395^2~58^2~40 X-Git-Url: https://git.stricted.de/?a=commitdiff_plain;h=e2ba573120feadfb365467f0cdae2918926efabc;p=GitHub%2FMotorolaMobilityLLC%2Fkernel-slsi.git Input: create a book with Linux Input documentation Now that all files under Documentation/input follows the ReST markup language, rename them to *.rst and create a book for the Linux Input subsystem. Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov --- diff --git a/Documentation/conf.py b/Documentation/conf.py index 7fadb3b83293..fef209edb4d7 100644 --- a/Documentation/conf.py +++ b/Documentation/conf.py @@ -348,6 +348,8 @@ latex_documents = [ 'The kernel development community', 'manual'), ('driver-api/index', 'driver-api.tex', 'The kernel driver API manual', 'The kernel development community', 'manual'), + ('input/index', 'linux-input.tex', 'The Linux input driver subsystem', + 'The kernel development community', 'manual'), ('kernel-documentation', 'kernel-documentation.tex', 'The Linux Kernel Documentation', 'The kernel development community', 'manual'), ('process/index', 'development-process.tex', 'Linux Kernel Development Documentation', diff --git a/Documentation/input/alps.rst b/Documentation/input/alps.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..76a71a146e50 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/input/alps.rst @@ -0,0 +1,387 @@ +---------------------- +ALPS Touchpad Protocol +---------------------- + +Introduction +------------ +Currently the ALPS touchpad driver supports seven protocol versions in use by +ALPS touchpads, called versions 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7. + +Since roughly mid-2010 several new ALPS touchpads have been released and +integrated into a variety of laptops and netbooks. These new touchpads +have enough behavior differences that the alps_model_data definition +table, describing the properties of the different versions, is no longer +adequate. The design choices were to re-define the alps_model_data +table, with the risk of regression testing existing devices, or isolate +the new devices outside of the alps_model_data table. The latter design +choice was made. The new touchpad signatures are named: "Rushmore", +"Pinnacle", and "Dolphin", which you will see in the alps.c code. +For the purposes of this document, this group of ALPS touchpads will +generically be called "new ALPS touchpads". + +We experimented with probing the ACPI interface _HID (Hardware ID)/_CID +(Compatibility ID) definition as a way to uniquely identify the +different ALPS variants but there did not appear to be a 1:1 mapping. +In fact, it appeared to be an m:n mapping between the _HID and actual +hardware type. + +Detection +--------- + +All ALPS touchpads should respond to the "E6 report" command sequence: +E8-E6-E6-E6-E9. An ALPS touchpad should respond with either 00-00-0A or +00-00-64 if no buttons are pressed. The bits 0-2 of the first byte will be 1s +if some buttons are pressed. + +If the E6 report is successful, the touchpad model is identified using the "E7 +report" sequence: E8-E7-E7-E7-E9. The response is the model signature and is +matched against known models in the alps_model_data_array. + +For older touchpads supporting protocol versions 3 and 4, the E7 report +model signature is always 73-02-64. To differentiate between these +versions, the response from the "Enter Command Mode" sequence must be +inspected as described below. + +The new ALPS touchpads have an E7 signature of 73-03-50 or 73-03-0A but +seem to be better differentiated by the EC Command Mode response. + +Command Mode +------------ + +Protocol versions 3 and 4 have a command mode that is used to read and write +one-byte device registers in a 16-bit address space. The command sequence +EC-EC-EC-E9 places the device in command mode, and the device will respond +with 88-07 followed by a third byte. This third byte can be used to determine +whether the devices uses the version 3 or 4 protocol. + +To exit command mode, PSMOUSE_CMD_SETSTREAM (EA) is sent to the touchpad. + +While in command mode, register addresses can be set by first sending a +specific command, either EC for v3 devices or F5 for v4 devices. Then the +address is sent one nibble at a time, where each nibble is encoded as a +command with optional data. This encoding differs slightly between the v3 and +v4 protocols. + +Once an address has been set, the addressed register can be read by sending +PSMOUSE_CMD_GETINFO (E9). The first two bytes of the response contains the +address of the register being read, and the third contains the value of the +register. Registers are written by writing the value one nibble at a time +using the same encoding used for addresses. + +For the new ALPS touchpads, the EC command is used to enter command +mode. The response in the new ALPS touchpads is significantly different, +and more important in determining the behavior. This code has been +separated from the original alps_model_data table and put in the +alps_identify function. For example, there seem to be two hardware init +sequences for the "Dolphin" touchpads as determined by the second byte +of the EC response. + +Packet Format +------------- + +In the following tables, the following notation is used:: + + CAPITALS = stick, miniscules = touchpad + +?'s can have different meanings on different models, such as wheel rotation, +extra buttons, stick buttons on a dualpoint, etc. + +PS/2 packet format +------------------ + +:: + + byte 0: 0 0 YSGN XSGN 1 M R L + byte 1: X7 X6 X5 X4 X3 X2 X1 X0 + byte 2: Y7 Y6 Y5 Y4 Y3 Y2 Y1 Y0 + +Note that the device never signals overflow condition. + +For protocol version 2 devices when the trackpoint is used, and no fingers +are on the touchpad, the M R L bits signal the combined status of both the +pointingstick and touchpad buttons. + +ALPS Absolute Mode - Protocol Version 1 +--------------------------------------- + +:: + + byte 0: 1 0 0 0 1 x9 x8 x7 + byte 1: 0 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 x1 x0 + byte 2: 0 ? ? l r ? fin ges + byte 3: 0 ? ? ? ? y9 y8 y7 + byte 4: 0 y6 y5 y4 y3 y2 y1 y0 + byte 5: 0 z6 z5 z4 z3 z2 z1 z0 + +ALPS Absolute Mode - Protocol Version 2 +--------------------------------------- + +:: + + byte 0: 1 ? ? ? 1 PSM PSR PSL + byte 1: 0 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 x1 x0 + byte 2: 0 x10 x9 x8 x7 ? fin ges + byte 3: 0 y9 y8 y7 1 M R L + byte 4: 0 y6 y5 y4 y3 y2 y1 y0 + byte 5: 0 z6 z5 z4 z3 z2 z1 z0 + +Protocol Version 2 DualPoint devices send standard PS/2 mouse packets for +the DualPoint Stick. The M, R and L bits signal the combined status of both +the pointingstick and touchpad buttons, except for Dell dualpoint devices +where the pointingstick buttons get reported separately in the PSM, PSR +and PSL bits. + +Dualpoint device -- interleaved packet format +--------------------------------------------- + +:: + + byte 0: 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 + byte 1: 0 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 x1 x0 + byte 2: 0 x10 x9 x8 x7 0 fin ges + byte 3: 0 0 YSGN XSGN 1 1 1 1 + byte 4: X7 X6 X5 X4 X3 X2 X1 X0 + byte 5: Y7 Y6 Y5 Y4 Y3 Y2 Y1 Y0 + byte 6: 0 y9 y8 y7 1 m r l + byte 7: 0 y6 y5 y4 y3 y2 y1 y0 + byte 8: 0 z6 z5 z4 z3 z2 z1 z0 + +Devices which use the interleaving format normally send standard PS/2 mouse +packets for the DualPoint Stick + ALPS Absolute Mode packets for the +touchpad, switching to the interleaved packet format when both the stick and +the touchpad are used at the same time. + +ALPS Absolute Mode - Protocol Version 3 +--------------------------------------- + +ALPS protocol version 3 has three different packet formats. The first two are +associated with touchpad events, and the third is associated with trackstick +events. + +The first type is the touchpad position packet:: + + byte 0: 1 ? x1 x0 1 1 1 1 + byte 1: 0 x10 x9 x8 x7 x6 x5 x4 + byte 2: 0 y10 y9 y8 y7 y6 y5 y4 + byte 3: 0 M R L 1 m r l + byte 4: 0 mt x3 x2 y3 y2 y1 y0 + byte 5: 0 z6 z5 z4 z3 z2 z1 z0 + +Note that for some devices the trackstick buttons are reported in this packet, +and on others it is reported in the trackstick packets. + +The second packet type contains bitmaps representing the x and y axes. In the +bitmaps a given bit is set if there is a finger covering that position on the +given axis. Thus the bitmap packet can be used for low-resolution multi-touch +data, although finger tracking is not possible. This packet also encodes the +number of contacts (f1 and f0 in the table below):: + + byte 0: 1 1 x1 x0 1 1 1 1 + byte 1: 0 x8 x7 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 + byte 2: 0 y7 y6 y5 y4 y3 y2 y1 + byte 3: 0 y10 y9 y8 1 1 1 1 + byte 4: 0 x14 x13 x12 x11 x10 x9 y0 + byte 5: 0 1 ? ? ? ? f1 f0 + +This packet only appears after a position packet with the mt bit set, and +usually only appears when there are two or more contacts (although +occasionally it's seen with only a single contact). + +The final v3 packet type is the trackstick packet:: + + byte 0: 1 1 x7 y7 1 1 1 1 + byte 1: 0 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 x1 x0 + byte 2: 0 y6 y5 y4 y3 y2 y1 y0 + byte 3: 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 + byte 4: 0 z4 z3 z2 z1 z0 ? ? + byte 5: 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 + +ALPS Absolute Mode - Protocol Version 4 +--------------------------------------- + +Protocol version 4 has an 8-byte packet format:: + + byte 0: 1 ? x1 x0 1 1 1 1 + byte 1: 0 x10 x9 x8 x7 x6 x5 x4 + byte 2: 0 y10 y9 y8 y7 y6 y5 y4 + byte 3: 0 1 x3 x2 y3 y2 y1 y0 + byte 4: 0 ? ? ? 1 ? r l + byte 5: 0 z6 z5 z4 z3 z2 z1 z0 + byte 6: bitmap data (described below) + byte 7: bitmap data (described below) + +The last two bytes represent a partial bitmap packet, with 3 full packets +required to construct a complete bitmap packet. Once assembled, the 6-byte +bitmap packet has the following format:: + + byte 0: 0 1 x7 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 + byte 1: 0 x1 x0 y4 y3 y2 y1 y0 + byte 2: 0 0 ? x14 x13 x12 x11 x10 + byte 3: 0 x9 x8 y9 y8 y7 y6 y5 + byte 4: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + byte 5: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 y10 + +There are several things worth noting here. + + 1) In the bitmap data, bit 6 of byte 0 serves as a sync byte to + identify the first fragment of a bitmap packet. + + 2) The bitmaps represent the same data as in the v3 bitmap packets, although + the packet layout is different. + + 3) There doesn't seem to be a count of the contact points anywhere in the v4 + protocol packets. Deriving a count of contact points must be done by + analyzing the bitmaps. + + 4) There is a 3 to 1 ratio of position packets to bitmap packets. Therefore + MT position can only be updated for every third ST position update, and + the count of contact points can only be updated every third packet as + well. + +So far no v4 devices with tracksticks have been encountered. + +ALPS Absolute Mode - Protocol Version 5 +--------------------------------------- +This is basically Protocol Version 3 but with different logic for packet +decode. It uses the same alps_process_touchpad_packet_v3 call with a +specialized decode_fields function pointer to correctly interpret the +packets. This appears to only be used by the Dolphin devices. + +For single-touch, the 6-byte packet format is:: + + byte 0: 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 + byte 1: 0 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 x1 x0 + byte 2: 0 y6 y5 y4 y3 y2 y1 y0 + byte 3: 0 M R L 1 m r l + byte 4: y10 y9 y8 y7 x10 x9 x8 x7 + byte 5: 0 z6 z5 z4 z3 z2 z1 z0 + +For mt, the format is:: + + byte 0: 1 1 1 n3 1 n2 n1 x24 + byte 1: 1 y7 y6 y5 y4 y3 y2 y1 + byte 2: ? x2 x1 y12 y11 y10 y9 y8 + byte 3: 0 x23 x22 x21 x20 x19 x18 x17 + byte 4: 0 x9 x8 x7 x6 x5 x4 x3 + byte 5: 0 x16 x15 x14 x13 x12 x11 x10 + +ALPS Absolute Mode - Protocol Version 6 +--------------------------------------- + +For trackstick packet, the format is:: + + byte 0: 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 + byte 1: 0 X6 X5 X4 X3 X2 X1 X0 + byte 2: 0 Y6 Y5 Y4 Y3 Y2 Y1 Y0 + byte 3: ? Y7 X7 ? ? M R L + byte 4: Z7 Z6 Z5 Z4 Z3 Z2 Z1 Z0 + byte 5: 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 + +For touchpad packet, the format is:: + + byte 0: 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 + byte 1: 0 0 0 0 x3 x2 x1 x0 + byte 2: 0 0 0 0 y3 y2 y1 y0 + byte 3: ? x7 x6 x5 x4 ? r l + byte 4: ? y7 y6 y5 y4 ? ? ? + byte 5: z7 z6 z5 z4 z3 z2 z1 z0 + +(v6 touchpad does not have middle button) + +ALPS Absolute Mode - Protocol Version 7 +--------------------------------------- + +For trackstick packet, the format is:: + + byte 0: 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 + byte 1: 1 1 * * 1 M R L + byte 2: X7 1 X5 X4 X3 X2 X1 X0 + byte 3: Z6 1 Y6 X6 1 Y2 Y1 Y0 + byte 4: Y7 0 Y5 Y4 Y3 1 1 0 + byte 5: T&P 0 Z5 Z4 Z3 Z2 Z1 Z0 + +For touchpad packet, the format is:: + + packet-fmt b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 + byte 0: TWO & MULTI L 1 R M 1 Y0-2 Y0-1 Y0-0 + byte 0: NEW L 1 X1-5 1 1 Y0-2 Y0-1 Y0-0 + byte 1: Y0-10 Y0-9 Y0-8 Y0-7 Y0-6 Y0-5 Y0-4 Y0-3 + byte 2: X0-11 1 X0-10 X0-9 X0-8 X0-7 X0-6 X0-5 + byte 3: X1-11 1 X0-4 X0-3 1 X0-2 X0-1 X0-0 + byte 4: TWO X1-10 TWO X1-9 X1-8 X1-7 X1-6 X1-5 X1-4 + byte 4: MULTI X1-10 TWO X1-9 X1-8 X1-7 X1-6 Y1-5 1 + byte 4: NEW X1-10 TWO X1-9 X1-8 X1-7 X1-6 0 0 + byte 5: TWO & NEW Y1-10 0 Y1-9 Y1-8 Y1-7 Y1-6 Y1-5 Y1-4 + byte 5: MULTI Y1-10 0 Y1-9 Y1-8 Y1-7 Y1-6 F-1 F-0 + + L: Left button + R / M: Non-clickpads: Right / Middle button + Clickpads: When > 2 fingers are down, and some fingers + are in the button area, then the 2 coordinates reported + are for fingers outside the button area and these report + extra fingers being present in the right / left button + area. Note these fingers are not added to the F field! + so if a TWO packet is received and R = 1 then there are + 3 fingers down, etc. + TWO: 1: Two touches present, byte 0/4/5 are in TWO fmt + 0: If byte 4 bit 0 is 1, then byte 0/4/5 are in MULTI fmt + otherwise byte 0 bit 4 must be set and byte 0/4/5 are + in NEW fmt + F: Number of fingers - 3, 0 means 3 fingers, 1 means 4 ... + + +ALPS Absolute Mode - Protocol Version 8 +--------------------------------------- + +Spoken by SS4 (73 03 14) and SS5 (73 03 28) hardware. + +The packet type is given by the APD field, bits 4-5 of byte 3. + +Touchpad packet (APD = 0x2):: + + b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 + byte 0: SWM SWR SWL 1 1 0 0 X7 + byte 1: 0 X6 X5 X4 X3 X2 X1 X0 + byte 2: 0 Y6 Y5 Y4 Y3 Y2 Y1 Y0 + byte 3: 0 T&P 1 0 1 0 0 Y7 + byte 4: 0 Z6 Z5 Z4 Z3 Z2 Z1 Z0 + byte 5: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + +SWM, SWR, SWL: Middle, Right, and Left button states + +Touchpad 1 Finger packet (APD = 0x0):: + + b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 + byte 0: SWM SWR SWL 1 1 X2 X1 X0 + byte 1: X9 X8 X7 1 X6 X5 X4 X3 + byte 2: 0 X11 X10 LFB Y3 Y2 Y1 Y0 + byte 3: Y5 Y4 0 0 1 TAPF2 TAPF1 TAPF0 + byte 4: Zv7 Y11 Y10 1 Y9 Y8 Y7 Y6 + byte 5: Zv6 Zv5 Zv4 0 Zv3 Zv2 Zv1 Zv0 + +TAPF: ??? +LFB: ??? + +Touchpad 2 Finger packet (APD = 0x1):: + + b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 + byte 0: SWM SWR SWL 1 1 AX6 AX5 AX4 + byte 1: AX11 AX10 AX9 AX8 AX7 AZ1 AY4 AZ0 + byte 2: AY11 AY10 AY9 CONT AY8 AY7 AY6 AY5 + byte 3: 0 0 0 1 1 BX6 BX5 BX4 + byte 4: BX11 BX10 BX9 BX8 BX7 BZ1 BY4 BZ0 + byte 5: BY11 BY10 BY9 0 BY8 BY7 BY5 BY5 + +CONT: A 3-or-4 Finger packet is to follow + +Touchpad 3-or-4 Finger packet (APD = 0x3):: + + b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 + byte 0: SWM SWR SWL 1 1 AX6 AX5 AX4 + byte 1: AX11 AX10 AX9 AX8 AX7 AZ1 AY4 AZ0 + byte 2: AY11 AY10 AY9 OVF AY8 AY7 AY6 AY5 + byte 3: 0 0 1 1 1 BX6 BX5 BX4 + byte 4: BX11 BX10 BX9 BX8 BX7 BZ1 BY4 BZ0 + byte 5: BY11 BY10 BY9 0 BY8 BY7 BY5 BY5 + +OVF: 5th finger detected diff --git a/Documentation/input/alps.txt b/Documentation/input/alps.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 76a71a146e50..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/input/alps.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,387 +0,0 @@ ----------------------- -ALPS Touchpad Protocol ----------------------- - -Introduction ------------- -Currently the ALPS touchpad driver supports seven protocol versions in use by -ALPS touchpads, called versions 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7. - -Since roughly mid-2010 several new ALPS touchpads have been released and -integrated into a variety of laptops and netbooks. These new touchpads -have enough behavior differences that the alps_model_data definition -table, describing the properties of the different versions, is no longer -adequate. The design choices were to re-define the alps_model_data -table, with the risk of regression testing existing devices, or isolate -the new devices outside of the alps_model_data table. The latter design -choice was made. The new touchpad signatures are named: "Rushmore", -"Pinnacle", and "Dolphin", which you will see in the alps.c code. -For the purposes of this document, this group of ALPS touchpads will -generically be called "new ALPS touchpads". - -We experimented with probing the ACPI interface _HID (Hardware ID)/_CID -(Compatibility ID) definition as a way to uniquely identify the -different ALPS variants but there did not appear to be a 1:1 mapping. -In fact, it appeared to be an m:n mapping between the _HID and actual -hardware type. - -Detection ---------- - -All ALPS touchpads should respond to the "E6 report" command sequence: -E8-E6-E6-E6-E9. An ALPS touchpad should respond with either 00-00-0A or -00-00-64 if no buttons are pressed. The bits 0-2 of the first byte will be 1s -if some buttons are pressed. - -If the E6 report is successful, the touchpad model is identified using the "E7 -report" sequence: E8-E7-E7-E7-E9. The response is the model signature and is -matched against known models in the alps_model_data_array. - -For older touchpads supporting protocol versions 3 and 4, the E7 report -model signature is always 73-02-64. To differentiate between these -versions, the response from the "Enter Command Mode" sequence must be -inspected as described below. - -The new ALPS touchpads have an E7 signature of 73-03-50 or 73-03-0A but -seem to be better differentiated by the EC Command Mode response. - -Command Mode ------------- - -Protocol versions 3 and 4 have a command mode that is used to read and write -one-byte device registers in a 16-bit address space. The command sequence -EC-EC-EC-E9 places the device in command mode, and the device will respond -with 88-07 followed by a third byte. This third byte can be used to determine -whether the devices uses the version 3 or 4 protocol. - -To exit command mode, PSMOUSE_CMD_SETSTREAM (EA) is sent to the touchpad. - -While in command mode, register addresses can be set by first sending a -specific command, either EC for v3 devices or F5 for v4 devices. Then the -address is sent one nibble at a time, where each nibble is encoded as a -command with optional data. This encoding differs slightly between the v3 and -v4 protocols. - -Once an address has been set, the addressed register can be read by sending -PSMOUSE_CMD_GETINFO (E9). The first two bytes of the response contains the -address of the register being read, and the third contains the value of the -register. Registers are written by writing the value one nibble at a time -using the same encoding used for addresses. - -For the new ALPS touchpads, the EC command is used to enter command -mode. The response in the new ALPS touchpads is significantly different, -and more important in determining the behavior. This code has been -separated from the original alps_model_data table and put in the -alps_identify function. For example, there seem to be two hardware init -sequences for the "Dolphin" touchpads as determined by the second byte -of the EC response. - -Packet Format -------------- - -In the following tables, the following notation is used:: - - CAPITALS = stick, miniscules = touchpad - -?'s can have different meanings on different models, such as wheel rotation, -extra buttons, stick buttons on a dualpoint, etc. - -PS/2 packet format ------------------- - -:: - - byte 0: 0 0 YSGN XSGN 1 M R L - byte 1: X7 X6 X5 X4 X3 X2 X1 X0 - byte 2: Y7 Y6 Y5 Y4 Y3 Y2 Y1 Y0 - -Note that the device never signals overflow condition. - -For protocol version 2 devices when the trackpoint is used, and no fingers -are on the touchpad, the M R L bits signal the combined status of both the -pointingstick and touchpad buttons. - -ALPS Absolute Mode - Protocol Version 1 ---------------------------------------- - -:: - - byte 0: 1 0 0 0 1 x9 x8 x7 - byte 1: 0 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 x1 x0 - byte 2: 0 ? ? l r ? fin ges - byte 3: 0 ? ? ? ? y9 y8 y7 - byte 4: 0 y6 y5 y4 y3 y2 y1 y0 - byte 5: 0 z6 z5 z4 z3 z2 z1 z0 - -ALPS Absolute Mode - Protocol Version 2 ---------------------------------------- - -:: - - byte 0: 1 ? ? ? 1 PSM PSR PSL - byte 1: 0 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 x1 x0 - byte 2: 0 x10 x9 x8 x7 ? fin ges - byte 3: 0 y9 y8 y7 1 M R L - byte 4: 0 y6 y5 y4 y3 y2 y1 y0 - byte 5: 0 z6 z5 z4 z3 z2 z1 z0 - -Protocol Version 2 DualPoint devices send standard PS/2 mouse packets for -the DualPoint Stick. The M, R and L bits signal the combined status of both -the pointingstick and touchpad buttons, except for Dell dualpoint devices -where the pointingstick buttons get reported separately in the PSM, PSR -and PSL bits. - -Dualpoint device -- interleaved packet format ---------------------------------------------- - -:: - - byte 0: 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 - byte 1: 0 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 x1 x0 - byte 2: 0 x10 x9 x8 x7 0 fin ges - byte 3: 0 0 YSGN XSGN 1 1 1 1 - byte 4: X7 X6 X5 X4 X3 X2 X1 X0 - byte 5: Y7 Y6 Y5 Y4 Y3 Y2 Y1 Y0 - byte 6: 0 y9 y8 y7 1 m r l - byte 7: 0 y6 y5 y4 y3 y2 y1 y0 - byte 8: 0 z6 z5 z4 z3 z2 z1 z0 - -Devices which use the interleaving format normally send standard PS/2 mouse -packets for the DualPoint Stick + ALPS Absolute Mode packets for the -touchpad, switching to the interleaved packet format when both the stick and -the touchpad are used at the same time. - -ALPS Absolute Mode - Protocol Version 3 ---------------------------------------- - -ALPS protocol version 3 has three different packet formats. The first two are -associated with touchpad events, and the third is associated with trackstick -events. - -The first type is the touchpad position packet:: - - byte 0: 1 ? x1 x0 1 1 1 1 - byte 1: 0 x10 x9 x8 x7 x6 x5 x4 - byte 2: 0 y10 y9 y8 y7 y6 y5 y4 - byte 3: 0 M R L 1 m r l - byte 4: 0 mt x3 x2 y3 y2 y1 y0 - byte 5: 0 z6 z5 z4 z3 z2 z1 z0 - -Note that for some devices the trackstick buttons are reported in this packet, -and on others it is reported in the trackstick packets. - -The second packet type contains bitmaps representing the x and y axes. In the -bitmaps a given bit is set if there is a finger covering that position on the -given axis. Thus the bitmap packet can be used for low-resolution multi-touch -data, although finger tracking is not possible. This packet also encodes the -number of contacts (f1 and f0 in the table below):: - - byte 0: 1 1 x1 x0 1 1 1 1 - byte 1: 0 x8 x7 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 - byte 2: 0 y7 y6 y5 y4 y3 y2 y1 - byte 3: 0 y10 y9 y8 1 1 1 1 - byte 4: 0 x14 x13 x12 x11 x10 x9 y0 - byte 5: 0 1 ? ? ? ? f1 f0 - -This packet only appears after a position packet with the mt bit set, and -usually only appears when there are two or more contacts (although -occasionally it's seen with only a single contact). - -The final v3 packet type is the trackstick packet:: - - byte 0: 1 1 x7 y7 1 1 1 1 - byte 1: 0 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 x1 x0 - byte 2: 0 y6 y5 y4 y3 y2 y1 y0 - byte 3: 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 - byte 4: 0 z4 z3 z2 z1 z0 ? ? - byte 5: 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 - -ALPS Absolute Mode - Protocol Version 4 ---------------------------------------- - -Protocol version 4 has an 8-byte packet format:: - - byte 0: 1 ? x1 x0 1 1 1 1 - byte 1: 0 x10 x9 x8 x7 x6 x5 x4 - byte 2: 0 y10 y9 y8 y7 y6 y5 y4 - byte 3: 0 1 x3 x2 y3 y2 y1 y0 - byte 4: 0 ? ? ? 1 ? r l - byte 5: 0 z6 z5 z4 z3 z2 z1 z0 - byte 6: bitmap data (described below) - byte 7: bitmap data (described below) - -The last two bytes represent a partial bitmap packet, with 3 full packets -required to construct a complete bitmap packet. Once assembled, the 6-byte -bitmap packet has the following format:: - - byte 0: 0 1 x7 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 - byte 1: 0 x1 x0 y4 y3 y2 y1 y0 - byte 2: 0 0 ? x14 x13 x12 x11 x10 - byte 3: 0 x9 x8 y9 y8 y7 y6 y5 - byte 4: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - byte 5: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 y10 - -There are several things worth noting here. - - 1) In the bitmap data, bit 6 of byte 0 serves as a sync byte to - identify the first fragment of a bitmap packet. - - 2) The bitmaps represent the same data as in the v3 bitmap packets, although - the packet layout is different. - - 3) There doesn't seem to be a count of the contact points anywhere in the v4 - protocol packets. Deriving a count of contact points must be done by - analyzing the bitmaps. - - 4) There is a 3 to 1 ratio of position packets to bitmap packets. Therefore - MT position can only be updated for every third ST position update, and - the count of contact points can only be updated every third packet as - well. - -So far no v4 devices with tracksticks have been encountered. - -ALPS Absolute Mode - Protocol Version 5 ---------------------------------------- -This is basically Protocol Version 3 but with different logic for packet -decode. It uses the same alps_process_touchpad_packet_v3 call with a -specialized decode_fields function pointer to correctly interpret the -packets. This appears to only be used by the Dolphin devices. - -For single-touch, the 6-byte packet format is:: - - byte 0: 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 - byte 1: 0 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 x1 x0 - byte 2: 0 y6 y5 y4 y3 y2 y1 y0 - byte 3: 0 M R L 1 m r l - byte 4: y10 y9 y8 y7 x10 x9 x8 x7 - byte 5: 0 z6 z5 z4 z3 z2 z1 z0 - -For mt, the format is:: - - byte 0: 1 1 1 n3 1 n2 n1 x24 - byte 1: 1 y7 y6 y5 y4 y3 y2 y1 - byte 2: ? x2 x1 y12 y11 y10 y9 y8 - byte 3: 0 x23 x22 x21 x20 x19 x18 x17 - byte 4: 0 x9 x8 x7 x6 x5 x4 x3 - byte 5: 0 x16 x15 x14 x13 x12 x11 x10 - -ALPS Absolute Mode - Protocol Version 6 ---------------------------------------- - -For trackstick packet, the format is:: - - byte 0: 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 - byte 1: 0 X6 X5 X4 X3 X2 X1 X0 - byte 2: 0 Y6 Y5 Y4 Y3 Y2 Y1 Y0 - byte 3: ? Y7 X7 ? ? M R L - byte 4: Z7 Z6 Z5 Z4 Z3 Z2 Z1 Z0 - byte 5: 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 - -For touchpad packet, the format is:: - - byte 0: 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 - byte 1: 0 0 0 0 x3 x2 x1 x0 - byte 2: 0 0 0 0 y3 y2 y1 y0 - byte 3: ? x7 x6 x5 x4 ? r l - byte 4: ? y7 y6 y5 y4 ? ? ? - byte 5: z7 z6 z5 z4 z3 z2 z1 z0 - -(v6 touchpad does not have middle button) - -ALPS Absolute Mode - Protocol Version 7 ---------------------------------------- - -For trackstick packet, the format is:: - - byte 0: 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 - byte 1: 1 1 * * 1 M R L - byte 2: X7 1 X5 X4 X3 X2 X1 X0 - byte 3: Z6 1 Y6 X6 1 Y2 Y1 Y0 - byte 4: Y7 0 Y5 Y4 Y3 1 1 0 - byte 5: T&P 0 Z5 Z4 Z3 Z2 Z1 Z0 - -For touchpad packet, the format is:: - - packet-fmt b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 - byte 0: TWO & MULTI L 1 R M 1 Y0-2 Y0-1 Y0-0 - byte 0: NEW L 1 X1-5 1 1 Y0-2 Y0-1 Y0-0 - byte 1: Y0-10 Y0-9 Y0-8 Y0-7 Y0-6 Y0-5 Y0-4 Y0-3 - byte 2: X0-11 1 X0-10 X0-9 X0-8 X0-7 X0-6 X0-5 - byte 3: X1-11 1 X0-4 X0-3 1 X0-2 X0-1 X0-0 - byte 4: TWO X1-10 TWO X1-9 X1-8 X1-7 X1-6 X1-5 X1-4 - byte 4: MULTI X1-10 TWO X1-9 X1-8 X1-7 X1-6 Y1-5 1 - byte 4: NEW X1-10 TWO X1-9 X1-8 X1-7 X1-6 0 0 - byte 5: TWO & NEW Y1-10 0 Y1-9 Y1-8 Y1-7 Y1-6 Y1-5 Y1-4 - byte 5: MULTI Y1-10 0 Y1-9 Y1-8 Y1-7 Y1-6 F-1 F-0 - - L: Left button - R / M: Non-clickpads: Right / Middle button - Clickpads: When > 2 fingers are down, and some fingers - are in the button area, then the 2 coordinates reported - are for fingers outside the button area and these report - extra fingers being present in the right / left button - area. Note these fingers are not added to the F field! - so if a TWO packet is received and R = 1 then there are - 3 fingers down, etc. - TWO: 1: Two touches present, byte 0/4/5 are in TWO fmt - 0: If byte 4 bit 0 is 1, then byte 0/4/5 are in MULTI fmt - otherwise byte 0 bit 4 must be set and byte 0/4/5 are - in NEW fmt - F: Number of fingers - 3, 0 means 3 fingers, 1 means 4 ... - - -ALPS Absolute Mode - Protocol Version 8 ---------------------------------------- - -Spoken by SS4 (73 03 14) and SS5 (73 03 28) hardware. - -The packet type is given by the APD field, bits 4-5 of byte 3. - -Touchpad packet (APD = 0x2):: - - b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 - byte 0: SWM SWR SWL 1 1 0 0 X7 - byte 1: 0 X6 X5 X4 X3 X2 X1 X0 - byte 2: 0 Y6 Y5 Y4 Y3 Y2 Y1 Y0 - byte 3: 0 T&P 1 0 1 0 0 Y7 - byte 4: 0 Z6 Z5 Z4 Z3 Z2 Z1 Z0 - byte 5: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - -SWM, SWR, SWL: Middle, Right, and Left button states - -Touchpad 1 Finger packet (APD = 0x0):: - - b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 - byte 0: SWM SWR SWL 1 1 X2 X1 X0 - byte 1: X9 X8 X7 1 X6 X5 X4 X3 - byte 2: 0 X11 X10 LFB Y3 Y2 Y1 Y0 - byte 3: Y5 Y4 0 0 1 TAPF2 TAPF1 TAPF0 - byte 4: Zv7 Y11 Y10 1 Y9 Y8 Y7 Y6 - byte 5: Zv6 Zv5 Zv4 0 Zv3 Zv2 Zv1 Zv0 - -TAPF: ??? -LFB: ??? - -Touchpad 2 Finger packet (APD = 0x1):: - - b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 - byte 0: SWM SWR SWL 1 1 AX6 AX5 AX4 - byte 1: AX11 AX10 AX9 AX8 AX7 AZ1 AY4 AZ0 - byte 2: AY11 AY10 AY9 CONT AY8 AY7 AY6 AY5 - byte 3: 0 0 0 1 1 BX6 BX5 BX4 - byte 4: BX11 BX10 BX9 BX8 BX7 BZ1 BY4 BZ0 - byte 5: BY11 BY10 BY9 0 BY8 BY7 BY5 BY5 - -CONT: A 3-or-4 Finger packet is to follow - -Touchpad 3-or-4 Finger packet (APD = 0x3):: - - b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 - byte 0: SWM SWR SWL 1 1 AX6 AX5 AX4 - byte 1: AX11 AX10 AX9 AX8 AX7 AZ1 AY4 AZ0 - byte 2: AY11 AY10 AY9 OVF AY8 AY7 AY6 AY5 - byte 3: 0 0 1 1 1 BX6 BX5 BX4 - byte 4: BX11 BX10 BX9 BX8 BX7 BZ1 BY4 BZ0 - byte 5: BY11 BY10 BY9 0 BY8 BY7 BY5 BY5 - -OVF: 5th finger detected diff --git a/Documentation/input/amijoy.rst b/Documentation/input/amijoy.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8df7b11cd98d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/input/amijoy.rst @@ -0,0 +1,263 @@ +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +Amiga joystick extensions +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + + +Amiga 4-joystick parport extension +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Parallel port pins: + + +===== ======== ==== ========== +Pin Meaning Pin Meaning +===== ======== ==== ========== + 2 Up1 6 Up2 + 3 Down1 7 Down2 + 4 Left1 8 Left2 + 5 Right1 9 Right2 +13 Fire1 11 Fire2 +18 Gnd1 18 Gnd2 +===== ======== ==== ========== + +Amiga digital joystick pinout +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +=== ============ +Pin Meaning +=== ============ +1 Up +2 Down +3 Left +4 Right +5 n/c +6 Fire button +7 +5V (50mA) +8 Gnd +9 Thumb button +=== ============ + +Amiga mouse pinout +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +=== ============ +Pin Meaning +=== ============ +1 V-pulse +2 H-pulse +3 VQ-pulse +4 HQ-pulse +5 Middle button +6 Left button +7 +5V (50mA) +8 Gnd +9 Right button +=== ============ + +Amiga analog joystick pinout +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +=== ============== +Pin Meaning +=== ============== +1 Top button +2 Top2 button +3 Trigger button +4 Thumb button +5 Analog X +6 n/c +7 +5V (50mA) +8 Gnd +9 Analog Y +=== ============== + +Amiga lightpen pinout +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +=== ============= +Pin Meaning +=== ============= +1 n/c +2 n/c +3 n/c +4 n/c +5 Touch button +6 /Beamtrigger +7 +5V (50mA) +8 Gnd +9 Stylus button +=== ============= + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +======== === ==== ==== ====== ======================================== +NAME rev ADDR type chip Description +======== === ==== ==== ====== ======================================== +JOY0DAT 00A R Denise Joystick-mouse 0 data (left vert, horiz) +JOY1DAT 00C R Denise Joystick-mouse 1 data (right vert,horiz) +======== === ==== ==== ====== ======================================== + + These addresses each read a 16 bit register. These in turn + are loaded from the MDAT serial stream and are clocked in on + the rising edge of SCLK. MLD output is used to parallel load + the external parallel-to-serial converter.This in turn is + loaded with the 4 quadrature inputs from each of two game + controller ports (8 total) plus 8 miscellaneous control bits + which are new for LISA and can be read in upper 8 bits of + LISAID. + + Register bits are as follows: + + - Mouse counter usage (pins 1,3 =Yclock, pins 2,4 =Xclock) + +======== === === === === === === === === ====== === === === === === === === + BIT# 15 14 13 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00 +======== === === === === === === === === ====== === === === === === === === +JOY0DAT Y7 Y6 Y5 Y4 Y3 Y2 Y1 Y0 X7 X6 X5 X4 X3 X2 X1 X0 +JOY1DAT Y7 Y6 Y5 Y4 Y3 Y2 Y1 Y0 X7 X6 X5 X4 X3 X2 X1 X0 +======== === === === === === === === === ====== === === === === === === === + + 0=LEFT CONTROLLER PAIR, 1=RIGHT CONTROLLER PAIR. + (4 counters total). The bit usage for both left and right + addresses is shown below. Each 6 bit counter (Y7-Y2,X7-X2) is + clocked by 2 of the signals input from the mouse serial + stream. Starting with first bit received: + + +-------------------+-----------------------------------------+ + | Serial | Bit Name | Description | + +========+==========+=========================================+ + | 0 | M0H | JOY0DAT Horizontal Clock | + +--------+----------+-----------------------------------------+ + | 1 | M0HQ | JOY0DAT Horizontal Clock (quadrature) | + +--------+----------+-----------------------------------------+ + | 2 | M0V | JOY0DAT Vertical Clock | + +--------+----------+-----------------------------------------+ + | 3 | M0VQ | JOY0DAT Vertical Clock (quadrature) | + +--------+----------+-----------------------------------------+ + | 4 | M1V | JOY1DAT Horizontal Clock | + +--------+----------+-----------------------------------------+ + | 5 | M1VQ | JOY1DAT Horizontal Clock (quadrature) | + +--------+----------+-----------------------------------------+ + | 6 | M1V | JOY1DAT Vertical Clock | + +--------+----------+-----------------------------------------+ + | 7 | M1VQ | JOY1DAT Vertical Clock (quadrature) | + +--------+----------+-----------------------------------------+ + + Bits 1 and 0 of each counter (Y1-Y0,X1-X0) may be + read to determine the state of the related input signal pair. + This allows these pins to double as joystick switch inputs. + Joystick switch closures can be deciphered as follows: + + +------------+------+---------------------------------+ + | Directions | Pin# | Counter bits | + +============+======+=================================+ + | Forward | 1 | Y1 xor Y0 (BIT#09 xor BIT#08) | + +------------+------+---------------------------------+ + | Left | 3 | Y1 | + +------------+------+---------------------------------+ + | Back | 2 | X1 xor X0 (BIT#01 xor BIT#00) | + +------------+------+---------------------------------+ + | Right | 4 | X1 | + +------------+------+---------------------------------+ + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +======== === ==== ==== ====== ================================================= +NAME rev ADDR type chip Description +======== === ==== ==== ====== ================================================= +JOYTEST 036 W Denise Write to all 4 joystick-mouse counters at once. +======== === ==== ==== ====== ================================================= + + Mouse counter write test data: + +========= === === === === === === === === ====== === === === === === === === + BIT# 15 14 13 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00 +========= === === === === === === === === ====== === === === === === === === + JOYxDAT Y7 Y6 Y5 Y4 Y3 Y2 xx xx X7 X6 X5 X4 X3 X2 xx xx + JOYxDAT Y7 Y6 Y5 Y4 Y3 Y2 xx xx X7 X6 X5 X4 X3 X2 xx xx +========= === === === === === === === === ====== === === === === === === === + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +======= === ==== ==== ====== ======================================== +NAME rev ADDR type chip Description +======= === ==== ==== ====== ======================================== +POT0DAT h 012 R Paula Pot counter data left pair (vert, horiz) +POT1DAT h 014 R Paula Pot counter data right pair (vert,horiz) +======= === ==== ==== ====== ======================================== + + These addresses each read a pair of 8 bit pot counters. + (4 counters total). The bit assignment for both + addresses is shown below. The counters are stopped by signals + from 2 controller connectors (left-right) with 2 pins each. + +====== === === === === === === === === ====== === === === === === === === + BIT# 15 14 13 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00 +====== === === === === === === === === ====== === === === === === === === + RIGHT Y7 Y6 Y5 Y4 Y3 Y2 Y1 Y0 X7 X6 X5 X4 X3 X2 X1 X0 + LEFT Y7 Y6 Y5 Y4 Y3 Y2 Y1 Y0 X7 X6 X5 X4 X3 X2 X1 X0 +====== === === === === === === === === ====== === === === === === === === + + +--------------------------+-------+ + | CONNECTORS | PAULA | + +-------+------+-----+-----+-------+ + | Loc. | Dir. | Sym | pin | pin | + +=======+======+=====+=====+=======+ + | RIGHT | Y | RX | 9 | 33 | + +-------+------+-----+-----+-------+ + | RIGHT | X | RX | 5 | 32 | + +-------+------+-----+-----+-------+ + | LEFT | Y | LY | 9 | 36 | + +-------+------+-----+-----+-------+ + | LEFT | X | LX | 5 | 35 | + +-------+------+-----+-----+-------+ + + With normal (NTSC or PAL) horiz. line rate, the pots will + give a full scale (FF) reading with about 500kohms in one + frame time. With proportionally faster horiz line times, + the counters will count proportionally faster. + This should be noted when doing variable beam displays. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +====== === ==== ==== ====== ================================================ +NAME rev ADDR type chip Description +====== === ==== ==== ====== ================================================ +POTGO 034 W Paula Pot port (4 bit) bi-direction and data, and pot + counter start. +====== === ==== ==== ====== ================================================ + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +====== === ==== ==== ====== ================================================ +NAME rev ADDR type chip Description +====== === ==== ==== ====== ================================================ +POTINP 016 R Paula Pot pin data read +====== === ==== ==== ====== ================================================ + + This register controls a 4 bit bi-direction I/O port + that shares the same 4 pins as the 4 pot counters above. + + +-------+----------+---------------------------------------------+ + | BIT# | FUNCTION | DESCRIPTION | + +=======+==========+=============================================+ + | 15 | OUTRY | Output enable for Paula pin 33 | + +-------+----------+---------------------------------------------+ + | 14 | DATRY | I/O data Paula pin 33 | + +-------+----------+---------------------------------------------+ + | 13 | OUTRX | Output enable for Paula pin 32 | + +-------+----------+---------------------------------------------+ + | 12 | DATRX | I/O data Paula pin 32 | + +-------+----------+---------------------------------------------+ + | 11 | OUTLY | Out put enable for Paula pin 36 | + +-------+----------+---------------------------------------------+ + | 10 | DATLY | I/O data Paula pin 36 | + +-------+----------+---------------------------------------------+ + | 09 | OUTLX | Output enable for Paula pin 35 | + +-------+----------+---------------------------------------------+ + | 08 | DATLX | I/O data Paula pin 35 | + +-------+----------+---------------------------------------------+ + | 07-01 | X | Not used | + +-------+----------+---------------------------------------------+ + | 00 | START | Start pots (dump capacitors,start counters) | + +-------+----------+---------------------------------------------+ diff --git a/Documentation/input/amijoy.txt b/Documentation/input/amijoy.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 8df7b11cd98d..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/input/amijoy.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,263 +0,0 @@ -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -Amiga joystick extensions -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - - -Amiga 4-joystick parport extension -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -Parallel port pins: - - -===== ======== ==== ========== -Pin Meaning Pin Meaning -===== ======== ==== ========== - 2 Up1 6 Up2 - 3 Down1 7 Down2 - 4 Left1 8 Left2 - 5 Right1 9 Right2 -13 Fire1 11 Fire2 -18 Gnd1 18 Gnd2 -===== ======== ==== ========== - -Amiga digital joystick pinout -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -=== ============ -Pin Meaning -=== ============ -1 Up -2 Down -3 Left -4 Right -5 n/c -6 Fire button -7 +5V (50mA) -8 Gnd -9 Thumb button -=== ============ - -Amiga mouse pinout -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -=== ============ -Pin Meaning -=== ============ -1 V-pulse -2 H-pulse -3 VQ-pulse -4 HQ-pulse -5 Middle button -6 Left button -7 +5V (50mA) -8 Gnd -9 Right button -=== ============ - -Amiga analog joystick pinout -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -=== ============== -Pin Meaning -=== ============== -1 Top button -2 Top2 button -3 Trigger button -4 Thumb button -5 Analog X -6 n/c -7 +5V (50mA) -8 Gnd -9 Analog Y -=== ============== - -Amiga lightpen pinout -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -=== ============= -Pin Meaning -=== ============= -1 n/c -2 n/c -3 n/c -4 n/c -5 Touch button -6 /Beamtrigger -7 +5V (50mA) -8 Gnd -9 Stylus button -=== ============= - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -======== === ==== ==== ====== ======================================== -NAME rev ADDR type chip Description -======== === ==== ==== ====== ======================================== -JOY0DAT 00A R Denise Joystick-mouse 0 data (left vert, horiz) -JOY1DAT 00C R Denise Joystick-mouse 1 data (right vert,horiz) -======== === ==== ==== ====== ======================================== - - These addresses each read a 16 bit register. These in turn - are loaded from the MDAT serial stream and are clocked in on - the rising edge of SCLK. MLD output is used to parallel load - the external parallel-to-serial converter.This in turn is - loaded with the 4 quadrature inputs from each of two game - controller ports (8 total) plus 8 miscellaneous control bits - which are new for LISA and can be read in upper 8 bits of - LISAID. - - Register bits are as follows: - - - Mouse counter usage (pins 1,3 =Yclock, pins 2,4 =Xclock) - -======== === === === === === === === === ====== === === === === === === === - BIT# 15 14 13 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00 -======== === === === === === === === === ====== === === === === === === === -JOY0DAT Y7 Y6 Y5 Y4 Y3 Y2 Y1 Y0 X7 X6 X5 X4 X3 X2 X1 X0 -JOY1DAT Y7 Y6 Y5 Y4 Y3 Y2 Y1 Y0 X7 X6 X5 X4 X3 X2 X1 X0 -======== === === === === === === === === ====== === === === === === === === - - 0=LEFT CONTROLLER PAIR, 1=RIGHT CONTROLLER PAIR. - (4 counters total). The bit usage for both left and right - addresses is shown below. Each 6 bit counter (Y7-Y2,X7-X2) is - clocked by 2 of the signals input from the mouse serial - stream. Starting with first bit received: - - +-------------------+-----------------------------------------+ - | Serial | Bit Name | Description | - +========+==========+=========================================+ - | 0 | M0H | JOY0DAT Horizontal Clock | - +--------+----------+-----------------------------------------+ - | 1 | M0HQ | JOY0DAT Horizontal Clock (quadrature) | - +--------+----------+-----------------------------------------+ - | 2 | M0V | JOY0DAT Vertical Clock | - +--------+----------+-----------------------------------------+ - | 3 | M0VQ | JOY0DAT Vertical Clock (quadrature) | - +--------+----------+-----------------------------------------+ - | 4 | M1V | JOY1DAT Horizontal Clock | - +--------+----------+-----------------------------------------+ - | 5 | M1VQ | JOY1DAT Horizontal Clock (quadrature) | - +--------+----------+-----------------------------------------+ - | 6 | M1V | JOY1DAT Vertical Clock | - +--------+----------+-----------------------------------------+ - | 7 | M1VQ | JOY1DAT Vertical Clock (quadrature) | - +--------+----------+-----------------------------------------+ - - Bits 1 and 0 of each counter (Y1-Y0,X1-X0) may be - read to determine the state of the related input signal pair. - This allows these pins to double as joystick switch inputs. - Joystick switch closures can be deciphered as follows: - - +------------+------+---------------------------------+ - | Directions | Pin# | Counter bits | - +============+======+=================================+ - | Forward | 1 | Y1 xor Y0 (BIT#09 xor BIT#08) | - +------------+------+---------------------------------+ - | Left | 3 | Y1 | - +------------+------+---------------------------------+ - | Back | 2 | X1 xor X0 (BIT#01 xor BIT#00) | - +------------+------+---------------------------------+ - | Right | 4 | X1 | - +------------+------+---------------------------------+ - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -======== === ==== ==== ====== ================================================= -NAME rev ADDR type chip Description -======== === ==== ==== ====== ================================================= -JOYTEST 036 W Denise Write to all 4 joystick-mouse counters at once. -======== === ==== ==== ====== ================================================= - - Mouse counter write test data: - -========= === === === === === === === === ====== === === === === === === === - BIT# 15 14 13 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00 -========= === === === === === === === === ====== === === === === === === === - JOYxDAT Y7 Y6 Y5 Y4 Y3 Y2 xx xx X7 X6 X5 X4 X3 X2 xx xx - JOYxDAT Y7 Y6 Y5 Y4 Y3 Y2 xx xx X7 X6 X5 X4 X3 X2 xx xx -========= === === === === === === === === ====== === === === === === === === - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -======= === ==== ==== ====== ======================================== -NAME rev ADDR type chip Description -======= === ==== ==== ====== ======================================== -POT0DAT h 012 R Paula Pot counter data left pair (vert, horiz) -POT1DAT h 014 R Paula Pot counter data right pair (vert,horiz) -======= === ==== ==== ====== ======================================== - - These addresses each read a pair of 8 bit pot counters. - (4 counters total). The bit assignment for both - addresses is shown below. The counters are stopped by signals - from 2 controller connectors (left-right) with 2 pins each. - -====== === === === === === === === === ====== === === === === === === === - BIT# 15 14 13 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00 -====== === === === === === === === === ====== === === === === === === === - RIGHT Y7 Y6 Y5 Y4 Y3 Y2 Y1 Y0 X7 X6 X5 X4 X3 X2 X1 X0 - LEFT Y7 Y6 Y5 Y4 Y3 Y2 Y1 Y0 X7 X6 X5 X4 X3 X2 X1 X0 -====== === === === === === === === === ====== === === === === === === === - - +--------------------------+-------+ - | CONNECTORS | PAULA | - +-------+------+-----+-----+-------+ - | Loc. | Dir. | Sym | pin | pin | - +=======+======+=====+=====+=======+ - | RIGHT | Y | RX | 9 | 33 | - +-------+------+-----+-----+-------+ - | RIGHT | X | RX | 5 | 32 | - +-------+------+-----+-----+-------+ - | LEFT | Y | LY | 9 | 36 | - +-------+------+-----+-----+-------+ - | LEFT | X | LX | 5 | 35 | - +-------+------+-----+-----+-------+ - - With normal (NTSC or PAL) horiz. line rate, the pots will - give a full scale (FF) reading with about 500kohms in one - frame time. With proportionally faster horiz line times, - the counters will count proportionally faster. - This should be noted when doing variable beam displays. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -====== === ==== ==== ====== ================================================ -NAME rev ADDR type chip Description -====== === ==== ==== ====== ================================================ -POTGO 034 W Paula Pot port (4 bit) bi-direction and data, and pot - counter start. -====== === ==== ==== ====== ================================================ - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -====== === ==== ==== ====== ================================================ -NAME rev ADDR type chip Description -====== === ==== ==== ====== ================================================ -POTINP 016 R Paula Pot pin data read -====== === ==== ==== ====== ================================================ - - This register controls a 4 bit bi-direction I/O port - that shares the same 4 pins as the 4 pot counters above. - - +-------+----------+---------------------------------------------+ - | BIT# | FUNCTION | DESCRIPTION | - +=======+==========+=============================================+ - | 15 | OUTRY | Output enable for Paula pin 33 | - +-------+----------+---------------------------------------------+ - | 14 | DATRY | I/O data Paula pin 33 | - +-------+----------+---------------------------------------------+ - | 13 | OUTRX | Output enable for Paula pin 32 | - +-------+----------+---------------------------------------------+ - | 12 | DATRX | I/O data Paula pin 32 | - +-------+----------+---------------------------------------------+ - | 11 | OUTLY | Out put enable for Paula pin 36 | - +-------+----------+---------------------------------------------+ - | 10 | DATLY | I/O data Paula pin 36 | - +-------+----------+---------------------------------------------+ - | 09 | OUTLX | Output enable for Paula pin 35 | - +-------+----------+---------------------------------------------+ - | 08 | DATLX | I/O data Paula pin 35 | - +-------+----------+---------------------------------------------+ - | 07-01 | X | Not used | - +-------+----------+---------------------------------------------+ - | 00 | START | Start pots (dump capacitors,start counters) | - +-------+----------+---------------------------------------------+ diff --git a/Documentation/input/appletouch.rst b/Documentation/input/appletouch.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c94470e66533 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/input/appletouch.rst @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +.. include:: + +---------------------------------- +Apple Touchpad Driver (appletouch) +---------------------------------- + +:Copyright: |copy| 2005 Stelian Pop + +appletouch is a Linux kernel driver for the USB touchpad found on post +February 2005 and October 2005 Apple Aluminium Powerbooks. + +This driver is derived from Johannes Berg's appletrackpad driver [#f1]_, +but it has been improved in some areas: + + * appletouch is a full kernel driver, no userspace program is necessary + * appletouch can be interfaced with the synaptics X11 driver, in order + to have touchpad acceleration, scrolling, etc. + +Credits go to Johannes Berg for reverse-engineering the touchpad protocol, +Frank Arnold for further improvements, and Alex Harper for some additional +information about the inner workings of the touchpad sensors. Michael +Hanselmann added support for the October 2005 models. + +Usage +----- + +In order to use the touchpad in the basic mode, compile the driver and load +the module. A new input device will be detected and you will be able to read +the mouse data from /dev/input/mice (using gpm, or X11). + +In X11, you can configure the touchpad to use the synaptics X11 driver, which +will give additional functionalities, like acceleration, scrolling, 2 finger +tap for middle button mouse emulation, 3 finger tap for right button mouse +emulation, etc. In order to do this, make sure you're using a recent version of +the synaptics driver (tested with 0.14.2, available from [#f2]_), and configure +a new input device in your X11 configuration file (take a look below for an +example). For additional configuration, see the synaptics driver documentation:: + + Section "InputDevice" + Identifier "Synaptics Touchpad" + Driver "synaptics" + Option "SendCoreEvents" "true" + Option "Device" "/dev/input/mice" + Option "Protocol" "auto-dev" + Option "LeftEdge" "0" + Option "RightEdge" "850" + Option "TopEdge" "0" + Option "BottomEdge" "645" + Option "MinSpeed" "0.4" + Option "MaxSpeed" "1" + Option "AccelFactor" "0.02" + Option "FingerLow" "0" + Option "FingerHigh" "30" + Option "MaxTapMove" "20" + Option "MaxTapTime" "100" + Option "HorizScrollDelta" "0" + Option "VertScrollDelta" "30" + Option "SHMConfig" "on" + EndSection + + Section "ServerLayout" + ... + InputDevice "Mouse" + InputDevice "Synaptics Touchpad" + ... + EndSection + +Fuzz problems +------------- + +The touchpad sensors are very sensitive to heat, and will generate a lot of +noise when the temperature changes. This is especially true when you power-on +the laptop for the first time. + +The appletouch driver tries to handle this noise and auto adapt itself, but it +is not perfect. If finger movements are not recognized anymore, try reloading +the driver. + +You can activate debugging using the 'debug' module parameter. A value of 0 +deactivates any debugging, 1 activates tracing of invalid samples, 2 activates +full tracing (each sample is being traced):: + + modprobe appletouch debug=1 + +or:: + + echo "1" > /sys/module/appletouch/parameters/debug + + +.. Links: + +.. [#f1] http://johannes.sipsolutions.net/PowerBook/touchpad/ + +.. [#f2] ``_ diff --git a/Documentation/input/appletouch.txt b/Documentation/input/appletouch.txt deleted file mode 100644 index c94470e66533..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/input/appletouch.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,94 +0,0 @@ -.. include:: - ----------------------------------- -Apple Touchpad Driver (appletouch) ----------------------------------- - -:Copyright: |copy| 2005 Stelian Pop - -appletouch is a Linux kernel driver for the USB touchpad found on post -February 2005 and October 2005 Apple Aluminium Powerbooks. - -This driver is derived from Johannes Berg's appletrackpad driver [#f1]_, -but it has been improved in some areas: - - * appletouch is a full kernel driver, no userspace program is necessary - * appletouch can be interfaced with the synaptics X11 driver, in order - to have touchpad acceleration, scrolling, etc. - -Credits go to Johannes Berg for reverse-engineering the touchpad protocol, -Frank Arnold for further improvements, and Alex Harper for some additional -information about the inner workings of the touchpad sensors. Michael -Hanselmann added support for the October 2005 models. - -Usage ------ - -In order to use the touchpad in the basic mode, compile the driver and load -the module. A new input device will be detected and you will be able to read -the mouse data from /dev/input/mice (using gpm, or X11). - -In X11, you can configure the touchpad to use the synaptics X11 driver, which -will give additional functionalities, like acceleration, scrolling, 2 finger -tap for middle button mouse emulation, 3 finger tap for right button mouse -emulation, etc. In order to do this, make sure you're using a recent version of -the synaptics driver (tested with 0.14.2, available from [#f2]_), and configure -a new input device in your X11 configuration file (take a look below for an -example). For additional configuration, see the synaptics driver documentation:: - - Section "InputDevice" - Identifier "Synaptics Touchpad" - Driver "synaptics" - Option "SendCoreEvents" "true" - Option "Device" "/dev/input/mice" - Option "Protocol" "auto-dev" - Option "LeftEdge" "0" - Option "RightEdge" "850" - Option "TopEdge" "0" - Option "BottomEdge" "645" - Option "MinSpeed" "0.4" - Option "MaxSpeed" "1" - Option "AccelFactor" "0.02" - Option "FingerLow" "0" - Option "FingerHigh" "30" - Option "MaxTapMove" "20" - Option "MaxTapTime" "100" - Option "HorizScrollDelta" "0" - Option "VertScrollDelta" "30" - Option "SHMConfig" "on" - EndSection - - Section "ServerLayout" - ... - InputDevice "Mouse" - InputDevice "Synaptics Touchpad" - ... - EndSection - -Fuzz problems -------------- - -The touchpad sensors are very sensitive to heat, and will generate a lot of -noise when the temperature changes. This is especially true when you power-on -the laptop for the first time. - -The appletouch driver tries to handle this noise and auto adapt itself, but it -is not perfect. If finger movements are not recognized anymore, try reloading -the driver. - -You can activate debugging using the 'debug' module parameter. A value of 0 -deactivates any debugging, 1 activates tracing of invalid samples, 2 activates -full tracing (each sample is being traced):: - - modprobe appletouch debug=1 - -or:: - - echo "1" > /sys/module/appletouch/parameters/debug - - -.. Links: - -.. [#f1] http://johannes.sipsolutions.net/PowerBook/touchpad/ - -.. [#f2] ``_ diff --git a/Documentation/input/atarikbd.rst b/Documentation/input/atarikbd.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..745e7a1ff122 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/input/atarikbd.rst @@ -0,0 +1,820 @@ +==================================== +Intelligent Keyboard (ikbd) Protocol +==================================== + + +Introduction +============ + +The Atari Corp. Intelligent Keyboard (ikbd) is a general purpose keyboard +controller that is flexible enough that it can be used in a variety of +products without modification. The keyboard, with its microcontroller, +provides a convenient connection point for a mouse and switch-type joysticks. +The ikbd processor also maintains a time-of-day clock with one second +resolution. +The ikbd has been designed to be general enough that it can be used with a +variety of new computer products. Product variations in a number of +keyswitches, mouse resolution, etc. can be accommodated. +The ikbd communicates with the main processor over a high speed bi-directional +serial interface. It can function in a variety of modes to facilitate +different applications of the keyboard, joysticks, or mouse. Limited use of +the controller is possible in applications in which only a unidirectional +communications medium is available by carefully designing the default modes. + +Keyboard +======== + +The keyboard always returns key make/break scan codes. The ikbd generates +keyboard scan codes for each key press and release. The key scan make (key +closure) codes start at 1, and are defined in Appendix A. For example, the +ISO key position in the scan code table should exist even if no keyswitch +exists in that position on a particular keyboard. The break code for each key +is obtained by ORing 0x80 with the make code. + +The special codes 0xF6 through 0xFF are reserved for use as follows: + +=================== ==================================================== + Code Command +=================== ==================================================== + 0xF6 status report + 0xF7 absolute mouse position record + 0xF8-0xFB relative mouse position records (lsbs determined by + mouse button states) + 0xFC time-of-day + 0xFD joystick report (both sticks) + 0xFE joystick 0 event + 0xFF joystick 1 event +=================== ==================================================== + +The two shift keys return different scan codes in this mode. The ENTER key +and the RETurn key are also distinct. + +Mouse +===== + +The mouse port should be capable of supporting a mouse with resolution of +approximately 200 counts (phase changes or 'clicks') per inch of travel. The +mouse should be scanned at a rate that will permit accurate tracking at +velocities up to 10 inches per second. +The ikbd can report mouse motion in three distinctly different ways. It can +report relative motion, absolute motion in a coordinate system maintained +within the ikbd, or by converting mouse motion into keyboard cursor control +key equivalents. +The mouse buttons can be treated as part of the mouse or as additional +keyboard keys. + +Relative Position Reporting +--------------------------- + +In relative position mode, the ikbd will return relative mouse position +records whenever a mouse event occurs. A mouse event consists of a mouse +button being pressed or released, or motion in either axis exceeding a +settable threshold of motion. Regardless of the threshold, all bits of +resolution are returned to the host computer. +Note that the ikbd may return mouse relative position reports with +significantly more than the threshold delta x or y. This may happen since no +relative mouse motion events will be generated: (a) while the keyboard has +been 'paused' ( the event will be stored until keyboard communications is +resumed) (b) while any event is being transmitted. + +The relative mouse position record is a three byte record of the form +(regardless of keyboard mode):: + + %111110xy ; mouse position record flag + ; where y is the right button state + ; and x is the left button state + X ; delta x as twos complement integer + Y ; delta y as twos complement integer + +Note that the value of the button state bits should be valid even if the +MOUSE BUTTON ACTION has set the buttons to act like part of the keyboard. +If the accumulated motion before the report packet is generated exceeds the ++127...-128 range, the motion is broken into multiple packets. +Note that the sign of the delta y reported is a function of the Y origin +selected. + +Absolute Position reporting +--------------------------- + +The ikbd can also maintain absolute mouse position. Commands exist for +resetting the mouse position, setting X/Y scaling, and interrogating the +current mouse position. + +Mouse Cursor Key Mode +--------------------- + +The ikbd can translate mouse motion into the equivalent cursor keystrokes. +The number of mouse clicks per keystroke is independently programmable in +each axis. The ikbd internally maintains mouse motion information to the +highest resolution available, and merely generates a pair of cursor key events +for each multiple of the scale factor. +Mouse motion produces the cursor key make code immediately followed by the +break code for the appropriate cursor key. The mouse buttons produce scan +codes above those normally assigned for the largest envisioned keyboard (i.e. +LEFT=0x74 & RIGHT=0x75). + +Joystick +======== + +Joystick Event Reporting +------------------------ + +In this mode, the ikbd generates a record whenever the joystick position is +changed (i.e. for each opening or closing of a joystick switch or trigger). + +The joystick event record is two bytes of the form:: + + %1111111x ; Joystick event marker + ; where x is Joystick 0 or 1 + %x000yyyy ; where yyyy is the stick position + ; and x is the trigger + +Joystick Interrogation +---------------------- + +The current state of the joystick ports may be interrogated at any time in +this mode by sending an 'Interrogate Joystick' command to the ikbd. + +The ikbd response to joystick interrogation is a three byte report of the form:: + + 0xFD ; joystick report header + %x000yyyy ; Joystick 0 + %x000yyyy ; Joystick 1 + ; where x is the trigger + ; and yyy is the stick position + +Joystick Monitoring +------------------- + +A mode is available that devotes nearly all of the keyboard communications +time to reporting the state of the joystick ports at a user specifiable rate. +It remains in this mode until reset or commanded into another mode. The PAUSE +command in this mode not only stop the output but also temporarily stops +scanning the joysticks (samples are not queued). + +Fire Button Monitoring +---------------------- + +A mode is provided to permit monitoring a single input bit at a high rate. In +this mode the ikbd monitors the state of the Joystick 1 fire button at the +maximum rate permitted by the serial communication channel. The data is packed +8 bits per byte for transmission to the host. The ikbd remains in this mode +until reset or commanded into another mode. The PAUSE command in this mode not +only stops the output but also temporarily stops scanning the button (samples +are not queued). + +Joystick Key Code Mode +---------------------- + +The ikbd may be commanded to translate the use of either joystick into the +equivalent cursor control keystroke(s). The ikbd provides a single breakpoint +velocity joystick cursor. +Joystick events produce the make code, immediately followed by the break code +for the appropriate cursor motion keys. The trigger or fire buttons of the +joysticks produce pseudo key scan codes above those used by the largest key +matrix envisioned (i.e. JOYSTICK0=0x74, JOYSTICK1=0x75). + +Time-of-Day Clock +================= + +The ikbd also maintains a time-of-day clock for the system. Commands are +available to set and interrogate the timer-of-day clock. Time-keeping is +maintained down to a resolution of one second. + +Status Inquiries +================ + +The current state of ikbd modes and parameters may be found by sending status +inquiry commands that correspond to the ikbd set commands. + +Power-Up Mode +============= + +The keyboard controller will perform a simple self-test on power-up to detect +major controller faults (ROM checksum and RAM test) and such things as stuck +keys. Any keys down at power-up are presumed to be stuck, and their BREAK +(sic) code is returned (which without the preceding MAKE code is a flag for a +keyboard error). If the controller self-test completes without error, the code +0xF0 is returned. (This code will be used to indicate the version/release of +the ikbd controller. The first release of the ikbd is version 0xF0, should +there be a second release it will be 0xF1, and so on.) +The ikbd defaults to a mouse position reporting with threshold of 1 unit in +either axis and the Y=0 origin at the top of the screen, and joystick event +reporting mode for joystick 1, with both buttons being logically assigned to +the mouse. After any joystick command, the ikbd assumes that joysticks are +connected to both Joystick0 and Joystick1. Any mouse command (except MOUSE +DISABLE) then causes port 0 to again be scanned as if it were a mouse, and +both buttons are logically connected to it. If a mouse disable command is +received while port 0 is presumed to be a mouse, the button is logically +assigned to Joystick1 (until the mouse is reenabled by another mouse command). + +ikbd Command Set +================ + +This section contains a list of commands that can be sent to the ikbd. Command +codes (such as 0x00) which are not specified should perform no operation +(NOPs). + +RESET +----- + +:: + + 0x80 + 0x01 + +N.B. The RESET command is the only two byte command understood by the ikbd. +Any byte following an 0x80 command byte other than 0x01 is ignored (and causes +the 0x80 to be ignored). +A reset may also be caused by sending a break lasting at least 200mS to the +ikbd. +Executing the RESET command returns the keyboard to its default (power-up) +mode and parameter settings. It does not affect the time-of-day clock. +The RESET command or function causes the ikbd to perform a simple self-test. +If the test is successful, the ikbd will send the code of 0xF0 within 300mS +of receipt of the RESET command (or the end of the break, or power-up). The +ikbd will then scan the key matrix for any stuck (closed) keys. Any keys found +closed will cause the break scan code to be generated (the break code arriving +without being preceded by the make code is a flag for a key matrix error). + +SET MOUSE BUTTON ACTION +----------------------- + +:: + + 0x07 + %00000mss ; mouse button action + ; (m is presumed = 1 when in MOUSE KEYCODE mode) + ; mss=0xy, mouse button press or release causes mouse + ; position report + ; where y=1, mouse key press causes absolute report + ; and x=1, mouse key release causes absolute report + ; mss=100, mouse buttons act like keys + +This command sets how the ikbd should treat the buttons on the mouse. The +default mouse button action mode is %00000000, the buttons are treated as part +of the mouse logically. +When buttons act like keys, LEFT=0x74 & RIGHT=0x75. + +SET RELATIVE MOUSE POSITION REPORTING +------------------------------------- + +:: + + 0x08 + +Set relative mouse position reporting. (DEFAULT) Mouse position packets are +generated asynchronously by the ikbd whenever motion exceeds the setable +threshold in either axis (see SET MOUSE THRESHOLD). Depending upon the mouse +key mode, mouse position reports may also be generated when either mouse +button is pressed or released. Otherwise the mouse buttons behave as if they +were keyboard keys. + +SET ABSOLUTE MOUSE POSITIONING +------------------------------ + +:: + + 0x09 + XMSB ; X maximum (in scaled mouse clicks) + XLSB + YMSB ; Y maximum (in scaled mouse clicks) + YLSB + +Set absolute mouse position maintenance. Resets the ikbd maintained X and Y +coordinates. +In this mode, the value of the internally maintained coordinates does NOT wrap +between 0 and large positive numbers. Excess motion below 0 is ignored. The +command sets the maximum positive value that can be attained in the scaled +coordinate system. Motion beyond that value is also ignored. + +SET MOUSE KEYCODE MOSE +---------------------- + +:: + + 0x0A + deltax ; distance in X clicks to return (LEFT) or (RIGHT) + deltay ; distance in Y clicks to return (UP) or (DOWN) + +Set mouse monitoring routines to return cursor motion keycodes instead of +either RELATIVE or ABSOLUTE motion records. The ikbd returns the appropriate +cursor keycode after mouse travel exceeding the user specified deltas in +either axis. When the keyboard is in key scan code mode, mouse motion will +cause the make code immediately followed by the break code. Note that this +command is not affected by the mouse motion origin. + +SET MOUSE THRESHOLD +------------------- + +:: + + 0x0B + X ; x threshold in mouse ticks (positive integers) + Y ; y threshold in mouse ticks (positive integers) + +This command sets the threshold before a mouse event is generated. Note that +it does NOT affect the resolution of the data returned to the host. This +command is valid only in RELATIVE MOUSE POSITIONING mode. The thresholds +default to 1 at RESET (or power-up). + +SET MOUSE SCALE +--------------- + +:: + + 0x0C + X ; horizontal mouse ticks per internal X + Y ; vertical mouse ticks per internal Y + +This command sets the scale factor for the ABSOLUTE MOUSE POSITIONING mode. +In this mode, the specified number of mouse phase changes ('clicks') must +occur before the internally maintained coordinate is changed by one +(independently scaled for each axis). Remember that the mouse position +information is available only by interrogating the ikbd in the ABSOLUTE MOUSE +POSITIONING mode unless the ikbd has been commanded to report on button press +or release (see SET MOSE BUTTON ACTION). + +INTERROGATE MOUSE POSITION +-------------------------- + +:: + + 0x0D + Returns: + 0xF7 ; absolute mouse position header + BUTTONS + 0000dcba ; where a is right button down since last interrogation + ; b is right button up since last + ; c is left button down since last + ; d is left button up since last + XMSB ; X coordinate + XLSB + YMSB ; Y coordinate + YLSB + +The INTERROGATE MOUSE POSITION command is valid when in the ABSOLUTE MOUSE +POSITIONING mode, regardless of the setting of the MOUSE BUTTON ACTION. + +LOAD MOUSE POSITION +------------------- + +:: + + 0x0E + 0x00 ; filler + XMSB ; X coordinate + XLSB ; (in scaled coordinate system) + YMSB ; Y coordinate + YLSB + +This command allows the user to preset the internally maintained absolute +mouse position. + +SET Y=0 AT BOTTOM +----------------- + +:: + + 0x0F + +This command makes the origin of the Y axis to be at the bottom of the +logical coordinate system internal to the ikbd for all relative or absolute +mouse motion. This causes mouse motion toward the user to be negative in sign +and away from the user to be positive. + +SET Y=0 AT TOP +-------------- + +:: + + 0x10 + +Makes the origin of the Y axis to be at the top of the logical coordinate +system within the ikbd for all relative or absolute mouse motion. (DEFAULT) +This causes mouse motion toward the user to be positive in sign and away from +the user to be negative. + +RESUME +------ + +:: + + 0x11 + +Resume sending data to the host. Since any command received by the ikbd after +its output has been paused also causes an implicit RESUME this command can be +thought of as a NO OPERATION command. If this command is received by the ikbd +and it is not PAUSED, it is simply ignored. + +DISABLE MOUSE +------------- + +:: + + 0x12 + +All mouse event reporting is disabled (and scanning may be internally +disabled). Any valid mouse mode command resumes mouse motion monitoring. (The +valid mouse mode commands are SET RELATIVE MOUSE POSITION REPORTING, SET +ABSOLUTE MOUSE POSITIONING, and SET MOUSE KEYCODE MODE. ) +N.B. If the mouse buttons have been commanded to act like keyboard keys, this +command DOES affect their actions. + +PAUSE OUTPUT +------------ + +:: + + 0x13 + +Stop sending data to the host until another valid command is received. Key +matrix activity is still monitored and scan codes or ASCII characters enqueued +(up to the maximum supported by the microcontroller) to be sent when the host +allows the output to be resumed. If in the JOYSTICK EVENT REPORTING mode, +joystick events are also queued. +Mouse motion should be accumulated while the output is paused. If the ikbd is +in RELATIVE MOUSE POSITIONING REPORTING mode, motion is accumulated beyond the +normal threshold limits to produce the minimum number of packets necessary for +transmission when output is resumed. Pressing or releasing either mouse button +causes any accumulated motion to be immediately queued as packets, if the +mouse is in RELATIVE MOUSE POSITION REPORTING mode. +Because of the limitations of the microcontroller memory this command should +be used sparingly, and the output should not be shut of for more than +milliseconds at a time. +The output is stopped only at the end of the current 'even'. If the PAUSE +OUTPUT command is received in the middle of a multiple byte report, the packet +will still be transmitted to conclusion and then the PAUSE will take effect. +When the ikbd is in either the JOYSTICK MONITORING mode or the FIRE BUTTON +MONITORING mode, the PAUSE OUTPUT command also temporarily stops the +monitoring process (i.e. the samples are not enqueued for transmission). + +SET JOYSTICK EVENT REPORTING +---------------------------- + +:: + + 0x14 + +Enter JOYSTICK EVENT REPORTING mode (DEFAULT). Each opening or closure of a +joystick switch or trigger causes a joystick event record to be generated. + +SET JOYSTICK INTERROGATION MODE +------------------------------- + +:: + + 0x15 + +Disables JOYSTICK EVENT REPORTING. Host must send individual JOYSTICK +INTERROGATE commands to sense joystick state. + +JOYSTICK INTERROGATE +-------------------- + +:: + + 0x16 + +Return a record indicating the current state of the joysticks. This command +is valid in either the JOYSTICK EVENT REPORTING mode or the JOYSTICK +INTERROGATION MODE. + +SET JOYSTICK MONITORING +----------------------- + +:: + + 0x17 + rate ; time between samples in hundredths of a second + Returns: (in packets of two as long as in mode) + %000000xy ; where y is JOYSTICK1 Fire button + ; and x is JOYSTICK0 Fire button + %nnnnmmmm ; where m is JOYSTICK1 state + ; and n is JOYSTICK0 state + +Sets the ikbd to do nothing but monitor the serial command line, maintain the +time-of-day clock, and monitor the joystick. The rate sets the interval +between joystick samples. +N.B. The user should not set the rate higher than the serial communications +channel will allow the 2 bytes packets to be transmitted. + +SET FIRE BUTTON MONITORING +-------------------------- + +:: + + 0x18 + Returns: (as long as in mode) + %bbbbbbbb ; state of the JOYSTICK1 fire button packed + ; 8 bits per byte, the first sample if the MSB + +Set the ikbd to do nothing but monitor the serial command line, maintain the +time-of-day clock, and monitor the fire button on Joystick 1. The fire button +is scanned at a rate that causes 8 samples to be made in the time it takes for +the previous byte to be sent to the host (i.e. scan rate = 8/10 * baud rate). +The sample interval should be as constant as possible. + +SET JOYSTICK KEYCODE MODE +------------------------- + +:: + + 0x19 + RX ; length of time (in tenths of seconds) until + ; horizontal velocity breakpoint is reached + RY ; length of time (in tenths of seconds) until + ; vertical velocity breakpoint is reached + TX ; length (in tenths of seconds) of joystick closure + ; until horizontal cursor key is generated before RX + ; has elapsed + TY ; length (in tenths of seconds) of joystick closure + ; until vertical cursor key is generated before RY + ; has elapsed + VX ; length (in tenths of seconds) of joystick closure + ; until horizontal cursor keystrokes are generated + ; after RX has elapsed + VY ; length (in tenths of seconds) of joystick closure + ; until vertical cursor keystrokes are generated + ; after RY has elapsed + +In this mode, joystick 0 is scanned in a way that simulates cursor keystrokes. +On initial closure, a keystroke pair (make/break) is generated. Then up to Rn +tenths of seconds later, keystroke pairs are generated every Tn tenths of +seconds. After the Rn breakpoint is reached, keystroke pairs are generated +every Vn tenths of seconds. This provides a velocity (auto-repeat) breakpoint +feature. +Note that by setting RX and/or Ry to zero, the velocity feature can be +disabled. The values of TX and TY then become meaningless, and the generation +of cursor 'keystrokes' is set by VX and VY. + +DISABLE JOYSTICKS +----------------- + +:: + + 0x1A + +Disable the generation of any joystick events (and scanning may be internally +disabled). Any valid joystick mode command resumes joystick monitoring. (The +joystick mode commands are SET JOYSTICK EVENT REPORTING, SET JOYSTICK +INTERROGATION MODE, SET JOYSTICK MONITORING, SET FIRE BUTTON MONITORING, and +SET JOYSTICK KEYCODE MODE.) + +TIME-OF-DAY CLOCK SET +--------------------- + +:: + + 0x1B + YY ; year (2 least significant digits) + MM ; month + DD ; day + hh ; hour + mm ; minute + ss ; second + +All time-of-day data should be sent to the ikbd in packed BCD format. +Any digit that is not a valid BCD digit should be treated as a 'don't care' +and not alter that particular field of the date or time. This permits setting +only some subfields of the time-of-day clock. + +INTERROGATE TIME-OF-DAT CLOCK +----------------------------- + +:: + + 0x1C + Returns: + 0xFC ; time-of-day event header + YY ; year (2 least significant digits) + MM ; month + DD ; day + hh ; hour + mm ; minute + ss ; second + + All time-of-day is sent in packed BCD format. + +MEMORY LOAD +----------- + +:: + + 0x20 + ADRMSB ; address in controller + ADRLSB ; memory to be loaded + NUM ; number of bytes (0-128) + { data } + +This command permits the host to load arbitrary values into the ikbd +controller memory. The time between data bytes must be less than 20ms. + +MEMORY READ +----------- + +:: + + 0x21 + ADRMSB ; address in controller + ADRLSB ; memory to be read + Returns: + 0xF6 ; status header + 0x20 ; memory access + { data } ; 6 data bytes starting at ADR + +This command permits the host to read from the ikbd controller memory. + +CONTROLLER EXECUTE +------------------ + +:: + + 0x22 + ADRMSB ; address of subroutine in + ADRLSB ; controller memory to be called + +This command allows the host to command the execution of a subroutine in the +ikbd controller memory. + +STATUS INQUIRIES +---------------- + +:: + + Status commands are formed by inclusively ORing 0x80 with the + relevant SET command. + + Example: + 0x88 (or 0x89 or 0x8A) ; request mouse mode + Returns: + 0xF6 ; status response header + mode ; 0x08 is RELATIVE + ; 0x09 is ABSOLUTE + ; 0x0A is KEYCODE + param1 ; 0 is RELATIVE + ; XMSB maximum if ABSOLUTE + ; DELTA X is KEYCODE + param2 ; 0 is RELATIVE + ; YMSB maximum if ABSOLUTE + ; DELTA Y is KEYCODE + param3 ; 0 if RELATIVE + ; or KEYCODE + ; YMSB is ABSOLUTE + param4 ; 0 if RELATIVE + ; or KEYCODE + ; YLSB is ABSOLUTE + 0 ; pad + 0 + +The STATUS INQUIRY commands request the ikbd to return either the current mode +or the parameters associated with a given command. All status reports are +padded to form 8 byte long return packets. The responses to the status +requests are designed so that the host may store them away (after stripping +off the status report header byte) and later send them back as commands to +ikbd to restore its state. The 0 pad bytes will be treated as NOPs by the +ikbd. + + Valid STATUS INQUIRY commands are:: + + 0x87 mouse button action + 0x88 mouse mode + 0x89 + 0x8A + 0x8B mnouse threshold + 0x8C mouse scale + 0x8F mouse vertical coordinates + 0x90 ( returns 0x0F Y=0 at bottom + 0x10 Y=0 at top ) + 0x92 mouse enable/disable + ( returns 0x00 enabled) + 0x12 disabled ) + 0x94 joystick mode + 0x95 + 0x96 + 0x9A joystick enable/disable + ( returns 0x00 enabled + 0x1A disabled ) + +It is the (host) programmer's responsibility to have only one unanswered +inquiry in process at a time. +STATUS INQUIRY commands are not valid if the ikbd is in JOYSTICK MONITORING +mode or FIRE BUTTON MONITORING mode. + + +SCAN CODES +========== + +The key scan codes returned by the ikbd are chosen to simplify the +implementation of GSX. + +GSX Standard Keyboard Mapping + +======= ============ +Hex Keytop +======= ============ +01 Esc +02 1 +03 2 +04 3 +05 4 +06 5 +07 6 +08 7 +09 8 +0A 9 +0B 0 +0C \- +0D \= +0E BS +0F TAB +10 Q +11 W +12 E +13 R +14 T +15 Y +16 U +17 I +18 O +19 P +1A [ +1B ] +1C RET +1D CTRL +1E A +1F S +20 D +21 F +22 G +23 H +24 J +25 K +26 L +27 ; +28 ' +29 \` +2A (LEFT) SHIFT +2B \\ +2C Z +2D X +2E C +2F V +30 B +31 N +32 M +33 , +34 . +35 / +36 (RIGHT) SHIFT +37 { NOT USED } +38 ALT +39 SPACE BAR +3A CAPS LOCK +3B F1 +3C F2 +3D F3 +3E F4 +3F F5 +40 F6 +41 F7 +42 F8 +43 F9 +44 F10 +45 { NOT USED } +46 { NOT USED } +47 HOME +48 UP ARROW +49 { NOT USED } +4A KEYPAD - +4B LEFT ARROW +4C { NOT USED } +4D RIGHT ARROW +4E KEYPAD + +4F { NOT USED } +50 DOWN ARROW +51 { NOT USED } +52 INSERT +53 DEL +54 { NOT USED } +5F { NOT USED } +60 ISO KEY +61 UNDO +62 HELP +63 KEYPAD ( +64 KEYPAD / +65 KEYPAD * +66 KEYPAD * +67 KEYPAD 7 +68 KEYPAD 8 +69 KEYPAD 9 +6A KEYPAD 4 +6B KEYPAD 5 +6C KEYPAD 6 +6D KEYPAD 1 +6E KEYPAD 2 +6F KEYPAD 3 +70 KEYPAD 0 +71 KEYPAD . +72 KEYPAD ENTER +======= ============ diff --git a/Documentation/input/atarikbd.txt b/Documentation/input/atarikbd.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 745e7a1ff122..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/input/atarikbd.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,820 +0,0 @@ -==================================== -Intelligent Keyboard (ikbd) Protocol -==================================== - - -Introduction -============ - -The Atari Corp. Intelligent Keyboard (ikbd) is a general purpose keyboard -controller that is flexible enough that it can be used in a variety of -products without modification. The keyboard, with its microcontroller, -provides a convenient connection point for a mouse and switch-type joysticks. -The ikbd processor also maintains a time-of-day clock with one second -resolution. -The ikbd has been designed to be general enough that it can be used with a -variety of new computer products. Product variations in a number of -keyswitches, mouse resolution, etc. can be accommodated. -The ikbd communicates with the main processor over a high speed bi-directional -serial interface. It can function in a variety of modes to facilitate -different applications of the keyboard, joysticks, or mouse. Limited use of -the controller is possible in applications in which only a unidirectional -communications medium is available by carefully designing the default modes. - -Keyboard -======== - -The keyboard always returns key make/break scan codes. The ikbd generates -keyboard scan codes for each key press and release. The key scan make (key -closure) codes start at 1, and are defined in Appendix A. For example, the -ISO key position in the scan code table should exist even if no keyswitch -exists in that position on a particular keyboard. The break code for each key -is obtained by ORing 0x80 with the make code. - -The special codes 0xF6 through 0xFF are reserved for use as follows: - -=================== ==================================================== - Code Command -=================== ==================================================== - 0xF6 status report - 0xF7 absolute mouse position record - 0xF8-0xFB relative mouse position records (lsbs determined by - mouse button states) - 0xFC time-of-day - 0xFD joystick report (both sticks) - 0xFE joystick 0 event - 0xFF joystick 1 event -=================== ==================================================== - -The two shift keys return different scan codes in this mode. The ENTER key -and the RETurn key are also distinct. - -Mouse -===== - -The mouse port should be capable of supporting a mouse with resolution of -approximately 200 counts (phase changes or 'clicks') per inch of travel. The -mouse should be scanned at a rate that will permit accurate tracking at -velocities up to 10 inches per second. -The ikbd can report mouse motion in three distinctly different ways. It can -report relative motion, absolute motion in a coordinate system maintained -within the ikbd, or by converting mouse motion into keyboard cursor control -key equivalents. -The mouse buttons can be treated as part of the mouse or as additional -keyboard keys. - -Relative Position Reporting ---------------------------- - -In relative position mode, the ikbd will return relative mouse position -records whenever a mouse event occurs. A mouse event consists of a mouse -button being pressed or released, or motion in either axis exceeding a -settable threshold of motion. Regardless of the threshold, all bits of -resolution are returned to the host computer. -Note that the ikbd may return mouse relative position reports with -significantly more than the threshold delta x or y. This may happen since no -relative mouse motion events will be generated: (a) while the keyboard has -been 'paused' ( the event will be stored until keyboard communications is -resumed) (b) while any event is being transmitted. - -The relative mouse position record is a three byte record of the form -(regardless of keyboard mode):: - - %111110xy ; mouse position record flag - ; where y is the right button state - ; and x is the left button state - X ; delta x as twos complement integer - Y ; delta y as twos complement integer - -Note that the value of the button state bits should be valid even if the -MOUSE BUTTON ACTION has set the buttons to act like part of the keyboard. -If the accumulated motion before the report packet is generated exceeds the -+127...-128 range, the motion is broken into multiple packets. -Note that the sign of the delta y reported is a function of the Y origin -selected. - -Absolute Position reporting ---------------------------- - -The ikbd can also maintain absolute mouse position. Commands exist for -resetting the mouse position, setting X/Y scaling, and interrogating the -current mouse position. - -Mouse Cursor Key Mode ---------------------- - -The ikbd can translate mouse motion into the equivalent cursor keystrokes. -The number of mouse clicks per keystroke is independently programmable in -each axis. The ikbd internally maintains mouse motion information to the -highest resolution available, and merely generates a pair of cursor key events -for each multiple of the scale factor. -Mouse motion produces the cursor key make code immediately followed by the -break code for the appropriate cursor key. The mouse buttons produce scan -codes above those normally assigned for the largest envisioned keyboard (i.e. -LEFT=0x74 & RIGHT=0x75). - -Joystick -======== - -Joystick Event Reporting ------------------------- - -In this mode, the ikbd generates a record whenever the joystick position is -changed (i.e. for each opening or closing of a joystick switch or trigger). - -The joystick event record is two bytes of the form:: - - %1111111x ; Joystick event marker - ; where x is Joystick 0 or 1 - %x000yyyy ; where yyyy is the stick position - ; and x is the trigger - -Joystick Interrogation ----------------------- - -The current state of the joystick ports may be interrogated at any time in -this mode by sending an 'Interrogate Joystick' command to the ikbd. - -The ikbd response to joystick interrogation is a three byte report of the form:: - - 0xFD ; joystick report header - %x000yyyy ; Joystick 0 - %x000yyyy ; Joystick 1 - ; where x is the trigger - ; and yyy is the stick position - -Joystick Monitoring -------------------- - -A mode is available that devotes nearly all of the keyboard communications -time to reporting the state of the joystick ports at a user specifiable rate. -It remains in this mode until reset or commanded into another mode. The PAUSE -command in this mode not only stop the output but also temporarily stops -scanning the joysticks (samples are not queued). - -Fire Button Monitoring ----------------------- - -A mode is provided to permit monitoring a single input bit at a high rate. In -this mode the ikbd monitors the state of the Joystick 1 fire button at the -maximum rate permitted by the serial communication channel. The data is packed -8 bits per byte for transmission to the host. The ikbd remains in this mode -until reset or commanded into another mode. The PAUSE command in this mode not -only stops the output but also temporarily stops scanning the button (samples -are not queued). - -Joystick Key Code Mode ----------------------- - -The ikbd may be commanded to translate the use of either joystick into the -equivalent cursor control keystroke(s). The ikbd provides a single breakpoint -velocity joystick cursor. -Joystick events produce the make code, immediately followed by the break code -for the appropriate cursor motion keys. The trigger or fire buttons of the -joysticks produce pseudo key scan codes above those used by the largest key -matrix envisioned (i.e. JOYSTICK0=0x74, JOYSTICK1=0x75). - -Time-of-Day Clock -================= - -The ikbd also maintains a time-of-day clock for the system. Commands are -available to set and interrogate the timer-of-day clock. Time-keeping is -maintained down to a resolution of one second. - -Status Inquiries -================ - -The current state of ikbd modes and parameters may be found by sending status -inquiry commands that correspond to the ikbd set commands. - -Power-Up Mode -============= - -The keyboard controller will perform a simple self-test on power-up to detect -major controller faults (ROM checksum and RAM test) and such things as stuck -keys. Any keys down at power-up are presumed to be stuck, and their BREAK -(sic) code is returned (which without the preceding MAKE code is a flag for a -keyboard error). If the controller self-test completes without error, the code -0xF0 is returned. (This code will be used to indicate the version/release of -the ikbd controller. The first release of the ikbd is version 0xF0, should -there be a second release it will be 0xF1, and so on.) -The ikbd defaults to a mouse position reporting with threshold of 1 unit in -either axis and the Y=0 origin at the top of the screen, and joystick event -reporting mode for joystick 1, with both buttons being logically assigned to -the mouse. After any joystick command, the ikbd assumes that joysticks are -connected to both Joystick0 and Joystick1. Any mouse command (except MOUSE -DISABLE) then causes port 0 to again be scanned as if it were a mouse, and -both buttons are logically connected to it. If a mouse disable command is -received while port 0 is presumed to be a mouse, the button is logically -assigned to Joystick1 (until the mouse is reenabled by another mouse command). - -ikbd Command Set -================ - -This section contains a list of commands that can be sent to the ikbd. Command -codes (such as 0x00) which are not specified should perform no operation -(NOPs). - -RESET ------ - -:: - - 0x80 - 0x01 - -N.B. The RESET command is the only two byte command understood by the ikbd. -Any byte following an 0x80 command byte other than 0x01 is ignored (and causes -the 0x80 to be ignored). -A reset may also be caused by sending a break lasting at least 200mS to the -ikbd. -Executing the RESET command returns the keyboard to its default (power-up) -mode and parameter settings. It does not affect the time-of-day clock. -The RESET command or function causes the ikbd to perform a simple self-test. -If the test is successful, the ikbd will send the code of 0xF0 within 300mS -of receipt of the RESET command (or the end of the break, or power-up). The -ikbd will then scan the key matrix for any stuck (closed) keys. Any keys found -closed will cause the break scan code to be generated (the break code arriving -without being preceded by the make code is a flag for a key matrix error). - -SET MOUSE BUTTON ACTION ------------------------ - -:: - - 0x07 - %00000mss ; mouse button action - ; (m is presumed = 1 when in MOUSE KEYCODE mode) - ; mss=0xy, mouse button press or release causes mouse - ; position report - ; where y=1, mouse key press causes absolute report - ; and x=1, mouse key release causes absolute report - ; mss=100, mouse buttons act like keys - -This command sets how the ikbd should treat the buttons on the mouse. The -default mouse button action mode is %00000000, the buttons are treated as part -of the mouse logically. -When buttons act like keys, LEFT=0x74 & RIGHT=0x75. - -SET RELATIVE MOUSE POSITION REPORTING -------------------------------------- - -:: - - 0x08 - -Set relative mouse position reporting. (DEFAULT) Mouse position packets are -generated asynchronously by the ikbd whenever motion exceeds the setable -threshold in either axis (see SET MOUSE THRESHOLD). Depending upon the mouse -key mode, mouse position reports may also be generated when either mouse -button is pressed or released. Otherwise the mouse buttons behave as if they -were keyboard keys. - -SET ABSOLUTE MOUSE POSITIONING ------------------------------- - -:: - - 0x09 - XMSB ; X maximum (in scaled mouse clicks) - XLSB - YMSB ; Y maximum (in scaled mouse clicks) - YLSB - -Set absolute mouse position maintenance. Resets the ikbd maintained X and Y -coordinates. -In this mode, the value of the internally maintained coordinates does NOT wrap -between 0 and large positive numbers. Excess motion below 0 is ignored. The -command sets the maximum positive value that can be attained in the scaled -coordinate system. Motion beyond that value is also ignored. - -SET MOUSE KEYCODE MOSE ----------------------- - -:: - - 0x0A - deltax ; distance in X clicks to return (LEFT) or (RIGHT) - deltay ; distance in Y clicks to return (UP) or (DOWN) - -Set mouse monitoring routines to return cursor motion keycodes instead of -either RELATIVE or ABSOLUTE motion records. The ikbd returns the appropriate -cursor keycode after mouse travel exceeding the user specified deltas in -either axis. When the keyboard is in key scan code mode, mouse motion will -cause the make code immediately followed by the break code. Note that this -command is not affected by the mouse motion origin. - -SET MOUSE THRESHOLD -------------------- - -:: - - 0x0B - X ; x threshold in mouse ticks (positive integers) - Y ; y threshold in mouse ticks (positive integers) - -This command sets the threshold before a mouse event is generated. Note that -it does NOT affect the resolution of the data returned to the host. This -command is valid only in RELATIVE MOUSE POSITIONING mode. The thresholds -default to 1 at RESET (or power-up). - -SET MOUSE SCALE ---------------- - -:: - - 0x0C - X ; horizontal mouse ticks per internal X - Y ; vertical mouse ticks per internal Y - -This command sets the scale factor for the ABSOLUTE MOUSE POSITIONING mode. -In this mode, the specified number of mouse phase changes ('clicks') must -occur before the internally maintained coordinate is changed by one -(independently scaled for each axis). Remember that the mouse position -information is available only by interrogating the ikbd in the ABSOLUTE MOUSE -POSITIONING mode unless the ikbd has been commanded to report on button press -or release (see SET MOSE BUTTON ACTION). - -INTERROGATE MOUSE POSITION --------------------------- - -:: - - 0x0D - Returns: - 0xF7 ; absolute mouse position header - BUTTONS - 0000dcba ; where a is right button down since last interrogation - ; b is right button up since last - ; c is left button down since last - ; d is left button up since last - XMSB ; X coordinate - XLSB - YMSB ; Y coordinate - YLSB - -The INTERROGATE MOUSE POSITION command is valid when in the ABSOLUTE MOUSE -POSITIONING mode, regardless of the setting of the MOUSE BUTTON ACTION. - -LOAD MOUSE POSITION -------------------- - -:: - - 0x0E - 0x00 ; filler - XMSB ; X coordinate - XLSB ; (in scaled coordinate system) - YMSB ; Y coordinate - YLSB - -This command allows the user to preset the internally maintained absolute -mouse position. - -SET Y=0 AT BOTTOM ------------------ - -:: - - 0x0F - -This command makes the origin of the Y axis to be at the bottom of the -logical coordinate system internal to the ikbd for all relative or absolute -mouse motion. This causes mouse motion toward the user to be negative in sign -and away from the user to be positive. - -SET Y=0 AT TOP --------------- - -:: - - 0x10 - -Makes the origin of the Y axis to be at the top of the logical coordinate -system within the ikbd for all relative or absolute mouse motion. (DEFAULT) -This causes mouse motion toward the user to be positive in sign and away from -the user to be negative. - -RESUME ------- - -:: - - 0x11 - -Resume sending data to the host. Since any command received by the ikbd after -its output has been paused also causes an implicit RESUME this command can be -thought of as a NO OPERATION command. If this command is received by the ikbd -and it is not PAUSED, it is simply ignored. - -DISABLE MOUSE -------------- - -:: - - 0x12 - -All mouse event reporting is disabled (and scanning may be internally -disabled). Any valid mouse mode command resumes mouse motion monitoring. (The -valid mouse mode commands are SET RELATIVE MOUSE POSITION REPORTING, SET -ABSOLUTE MOUSE POSITIONING, and SET MOUSE KEYCODE MODE. ) -N.B. If the mouse buttons have been commanded to act like keyboard keys, this -command DOES affect their actions. - -PAUSE OUTPUT ------------- - -:: - - 0x13 - -Stop sending data to the host until another valid command is received. Key -matrix activity is still monitored and scan codes or ASCII characters enqueued -(up to the maximum supported by the microcontroller) to be sent when the host -allows the output to be resumed. If in the JOYSTICK EVENT REPORTING mode, -joystick events are also queued. -Mouse motion should be accumulated while the output is paused. If the ikbd is -in RELATIVE MOUSE POSITIONING REPORTING mode, motion is accumulated beyond the -normal threshold limits to produce the minimum number of packets necessary for -transmission when output is resumed. Pressing or releasing either mouse button -causes any accumulated motion to be immediately queued as packets, if the -mouse is in RELATIVE MOUSE POSITION REPORTING mode. -Because of the limitations of the microcontroller memory this command should -be used sparingly, and the output should not be shut of for more than -milliseconds at a time. -The output is stopped only at the end of the current 'even'. If the PAUSE -OUTPUT command is received in the middle of a multiple byte report, the packet -will still be transmitted to conclusion and then the PAUSE will take effect. -When the ikbd is in either the JOYSTICK MONITORING mode or the FIRE BUTTON -MONITORING mode, the PAUSE OUTPUT command also temporarily stops the -monitoring process (i.e. the samples are not enqueued for transmission). - -SET JOYSTICK EVENT REPORTING ----------------------------- - -:: - - 0x14 - -Enter JOYSTICK EVENT REPORTING mode (DEFAULT). Each opening or closure of a -joystick switch or trigger causes a joystick event record to be generated. - -SET JOYSTICK INTERROGATION MODE -------------------------------- - -:: - - 0x15 - -Disables JOYSTICK EVENT REPORTING. Host must send individual JOYSTICK -INTERROGATE commands to sense joystick state. - -JOYSTICK INTERROGATE --------------------- - -:: - - 0x16 - -Return a record indicating the current state of the joysticks. This command -is valid in either the JOYSTICK EVENT REPORTING mode or the JOYSTICK -INTERROGATION MODE. - -SET JOYSTICK MONITORING ------------------------ - -:: - - 0x17 - rate ; time between samples in hundredths of a second - Returns: (in packets of two as long as in mode) - %000000xy ; where y is JOYSTICK1 Fire button - ; and x is JOYSTICK0 Fire button - %nnnnmmmm ; where m is JOYSTICK1 state - ; and n is JOYSTICK0 state - -Sets the ikbd to do nothing but monitor the serial command line, maintain the -time-of-day clock, and monitor the joystick. The rate sets the interval -between joystick samples. -N.B. The user should not set the rate higher than the serial communications -channel will allow the 2 bytes packets to be transmitted. - -SET FIRE BUTTON MONITORING --------------------------- - -:: - - 0x18 - Returns: (as long as in mode) - %bbbbbbbb ; state of the JOYSTICK1 fire button packed - ; 8 bits per byte, the first sample if the MSB - -Set the ikbd to do nothing but monitor the serial command line, maintain the -time-of-day clock, and monitor the fire button on Joystick 1. The fire button -is scanned at a rate that causes 8 samples to be made in the time it takes for -the previous byte to be sent to the host (i.e. scan rate = 8/10 * baud rate). -The sample interval should be as constant as possible. - -SET JOYSTICK KEYCODE MODE -------------------------- - -:: - - 0x19 - RX ; length of time (in tenths of seconds) until - ; horizontal velocity breakpoint is reached - RY ; length of time (in tenths of seconds) until - ; vertical velocity breakpoint is reached - TX ; length (in tenths of seconds) of joystick closure - ; until horizontal cursor key is generated before RX - ; has elapsed - TY ; length (in tenths of seconds) of joystick closure - ; until vertical cursor key is generated before RY - ; has elapsed - VX ; length (in tenths of seconds) of joystick closure - ; until horizontal cursor keystrokes are generated - ; after RX has elapsed - VY ; length (in tenths of seconds) of joystick closure - ; until vertical cursor keystrokes are generated - ; after RY has elapsed - -In this mode, joystick 0 is scanned in a way that simulates cursor keystrokes. -On initial closure, a keystroke pair (make/break) is generated. Then up to Rn -tenths of seconds later, keystroke pairs are generated every Tn tenths of -seconds. After the Rn breakpoint is reached, keystroke pairs are generated -every Vn tenths of seconds. This provides a velocity (auto-repeat) breakpoint -feature. -Note that by setting RX and/or Ry to zero, the velocity feature can be -disabled. The values of TX and TY then become meaningless, and the generation -of cursor 'keystrokes' is set by VX and VY. - -DISABLE JOYSTICKS ------------------ - -:: - - 0x1A - -Disable the generation of any joystick events (and scanning may be internally -disabled). Any valid joystick mode command resumes joystick monitoring. (The -joystick mode commands are SET JOYSTICK EVENT REPORTING, SET JOYSTICK -INTERROGATION MODE, SET JOYSTICK MONITORING, SET FIRE BUTTON MONITORING, and -SET JOYSTICK KEYCODE MODE.) - -TIME-OF-DAY CLOCK SET ---------------------- - -:: - - 0x1B - YY ; year (2 least significant digits) - MM ; month - DD ; day - hh ; hour - mm ; minute - ss ; second - -All time-of-day data should be sent to the ikbd in packed BCD format. -Any digit that is not a valid BCD digit should be treated as a 'don't care' -and not alter that particular field of the date or time. This permits setting -only some subfields of the time-of-day clock. - -INTERROGATE TIME-OF-DAT CLOCK ------------------------------ - -:: - - 0x1C - Returns: - 0xFC ; time-of-day event header - YY ; year (2 least significant digits) - MM ; month - DD ; day - hh ; hour - mm ; minute - ss ; second - - All time-of-day is sent in packed BCD format. - -MEMORY LOAD ------------ - -:: - - 0x20 - ADRMSB ; address in controller - ADRLSB ; memory to be loaded - NUM ; number of bytes (0-128) - { data } - -This command permits the host to load arbitrary values into the ikbd -controller memory. The time between data bytes must be less than 20ms. - -MEMORY READ ------------ - -:: - - 0x21 - ADRMSB ; address in controller - ADRLSB ; memory to be read - Returns: - 0xF6 ; status header - 0x20 ; memory access - { data } ; 6 data bytes starting at ADR - -This command permits the host to read from the ikbd controller memory. - -CONTROLLER EXECUTE ------------------- - -:: - - 0x22 - ADRMSB ; address of subroutine in - ADRLSB ; controller memory to be called - -This command allows the host to command the execution of a subroutine in the -ikbd controller memory. - -STATUS INQUIRIES ----------------- - -:: - - Status commands are formed by inclusively ORing 0x80 with the - relevant SET command. - - Example: - 0x88 (or 0x89 or 0x8A) ; request mouse mode - Returns: - 0xF6 ; status response header - mode ; 0x08 is RELATIVE - ; 0x09 is ABSOLUTE - ; 0x0A is KEYCODE - param1 ; 0 is RELATIVE - ; XMSB maximum if ABSOLUTE - ; DELTA X is KEYCODE - param2 ; 0 is RELATIVE - ; YMSB maximum if ABSOLUTE - ; DELTA Y is KEYCODE - param3 ; 0 if RELATIVE - ; or KEYCODE - ; YMSB is ABSOLUTE - param4 ; 0 if RELATIVE - ; or KEYCODE - ; YLSB is ABSOLUTE - 0 ; pad - 0 - -The STATUS INQUIRY commands request the ikbd to return either the current mode -or the parameters associated with a given command. All status reports are -padded to form 8 byte long return packets. The responses to the status -requests are designed so that the host may store them away (after stripping -off the status report header byte) and later send them back as commands to -ikbd to restore its state. The 0 pad bytes will be treated as NOPs by the -ikbd. - - Valid STATUS INQUIRY commands are:: - - 0x87 mouse button action - 0x88 mouse mode - 0x89 - 0x8A - 0x8B mnouse threshold - 0x8C mouse scale - 0x8F mouse vertical coordinates - 0x90 ( returns 0x0F Y=0 at bottom - 0x10 Y=0 at top ) - 0x92 mouse enable/disable - ( returns 0x00 enabled) - 0x12 disabled ) - 0x94 joystick mode - 0x95 - 0x96 - 0x9A joystick enable/disable - ( returns 0x00 enabled - 0x1A disabled ) - -It is the (host) programmer's responsibility to have only one unanswered -inquiry in process at a time. -STATUS INQUIRY commands are not valid if the ikbd is in JOYSTICK MONITORING -mode or FIRE BUTTON MONITORING mode. - - -SCAN CODES -========== - -The key scan codes returned by the ikbd are chosen to simplify the -implementation of GSX. - -GSX Standard Keyboard Mapping - -======= ============ -Hex Keytop -======= ============ -01 Esc -02 1 -03 2 -04 3 -05 4 -06 5 -07 6 -08 7 -09 8 -0A 9 -0B 0 -0C \- -0D \= -0E BS -0F TAB -10 Q -11 W -12 E -13 R -14 T -15 Y -16 U -17 I -18 O -19 P -1A [ -1B ] -1C RET -1D CTRL -1E A -1F S -20 D -21 F -22 G -23 H -24 J -25 K -26 L -27 ; -28 ' -29 \` -2A (LEFT) SHIFT -2B \\ -2C Z -2D X -2E C -2F V -30 B -31 N -32 M -33 , -34 . -35 / -36 (RIGHT) SHIFT -37 { NOT USED } -38 ALT -39 SPACE BAR -3A CAPS LOCK -3B F1 -3C F2 -3D F3 -3E F4 -3F F5 -40 F6 -41 F7 -42 F8 -43 F9 -44 F10 -45 { NOT USED } -46 { NOT USED } -47 HOME -48 UP ARROW -49 { NOT USED } -4A KEYPAD - -4B LEFT ARROW -4C { NOT USED } -4D RIGHT ARROW -4E KEYPAD + -4F { NOT USED } -50 DOWN ARROW -51 { NOT USED } -52 INSERT -53 DEL -54 { NOT USED } -5F { NOT USED } -60 ISO KEY -61 UNDO -62 HELP -63 KEYPAD ( -64 KEYPAD / -65 KEYPAD * -66 KEYPAD * -67 KEYPAD 7 -68 KEYPAD 8 -69 KEYPAD 9 -6A KEYPAD 4 -6B KEYPAD 5 -6C KEYPAD 6 -6D KEYPAD 1 -6E KEYPAD 2 -6F KEYPAD 3 -70 KEYPAD 0 -71 KEYPAD . -72 KEYPAD ENTER -======= ============ diff --git a/Documentation/input/bcm5974.rst b/Documentation/input/bcm5974.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4aca199b0aa6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/input/bcm5974.rst @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ +.. include:: + +------------------------ +BCM5974 Driver (bcm5974) +------------------------ + +:Copyright: |copy| 2008-2009 Henrik Rydberg + +The USB initialization and package decoding was made by Scott Shawcroft as +part of the touchd user-space driver project: + +:Copyright: |copy| 2008 Scott Shawcroft (scott.shawcroft@gmail.com) + +The BCM5974 driver is based on the appletouch driver: + +:Copyright: |copy| 2001-2004 Greg Kroah-Hartman (greg@kroah.com) +:Copyright: |copy| 2005 Johannes Berg (johannes@sipsolutions.net) +:Copyright: |copy| 2005 Stelian Pop (stelian@popies.net) +:Copyright: |copy| 2005 Frank Arnold (frank@scirocco-5v-turbo.de) +:Copyright: |copy| 2005 Peter Osterlund (petero2@telia.com) +:Copyright: |copy| 2005 Michael Hanselmann (linux-kernel@hansmi.ch) +:Copyright: |copy| 2006 Nicolas Boichat (nicolas@boichat.ch) + +This driver adds support for the multi-touch trackpad on the new Apple +Macbook Air and Macbook Pro laptops. It replaces the appletouch driver on +those computers, and integrates well with the synaptics driver of the Xorg +system. + +Known to work on Macbook Air, Macbook Pro Penryn and the new unibody +Macbook 5 and Macbook Pro 5. + +Usage +----- + +The driver loads automatically for the supported usb device ids, and +becomes available both as an event device (/dev/input/event*) and as a +mouse via the mousedev driver (/dev/input/mice). + +USB Race +-------- + +The Apple multi-touch trackpads report both mouse and keyboard events via +different interfaces of the same usb device. This creates a race condition +with the HID driver, which, if not told otherwise, will find the standard +HID mouse and keyboard, and claim the whole device. To remedy, the usb +product id must be listed in the mouse_ignore list of the hid driver. + +Debug output +------------ + +To ease the development for new hardware version, verbose packet output can +be switched on with the debug kernel module parameter. The range [1-9] +yields different levels of verbosity. Example (as root):: + + echo -n 9 > /sys/module/bcm5974/parameters/debug + + tail -f /var/log/debug + + echo -n 0 > /sys/module/bcm5974/parameters/debug + +Trivia +------ + +The driver was developed at the ubuntu forums in June 2008 [#f1]_, and now has +a more permanent home at bitmath.org [#f2]_. + +.. Links + +.. [#f1] http://ubuntuforums.org/showthread.php?t=840040 +.. [#f2] http://bitmath.org/code/ diff --git a/Documentation/input/bcm5974.txt b/Documentation/input/bcm5974.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 4aca199b0aa6..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/input/bcm5974.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,70 +0,0 @@ -.. include:: - ------------------------- -BCM5974 Driver (bcm5974) ------------------------- - -:Copyright: |copy| 2008-2009 Henrik Rydberg - -The USB initialization and package decoding was made by Scott Shawcroft as -part of the touchd user-space driver project: - -:Copyright: |copy| 2008 Scott Shawcroft (scott.shawcroft@gmail.com) - -The BCM5974 driver is based on the appletouch driver: - -:Copyright: |copy| 2001-2004 Greg Kroah-Hartman (greg@kroah.com) -:Copyright: |copy| 2005 Johannes Berg (johannes@sipsolutions.net) -:Copyright: |copy| 2005 Stelian Pop (stelian@popies.net) -:Copyright: |copy| 2005 Frank Arnold (frank@scirocco-5v-turbo.de) -:Copyright: |copy| 2005 Peter Osterlund (petero2@telia.com) -:Copyright: |copy| 2005 Michael Hanselmann (linux-kernel@hansmi.ch) -:Copyright: |copy| 2006 Nicolas Boichat (nicolas@boichat.ch) - -This driver adds support for the multi-touch trackpad on the new Apple -Macbook Air and Macbook Pro laptops. It replaces the appletouch driver on -those computers, and integrates well with the synaptics driver of the Xorg -system. - -Known to work on Macbook Air, Macbook Pro Penryn and the new unibody -Macbook 5 and Macbook Pro 5. - -Usage ------ - -The driver loads automatically for the supported usb device ids, and -becomes available both as an event device (/dev/input/event*) and as a -mouse via the mousedev driver (/dev/input/mice). - -USB Race --------- - -The Apple multi-touch trackpads report both mouse and keyboard events via -different interfaces of the same usb device. This creates a race condition -with the HID driver, which, if not told otherwise, will find the standard -HID mouse and keyboard, and claim the whole device. To remedy, the usb -product id must be listed in the mouse_ignore list of the hid driver. - -Debug output ------------- - -To ease the development for new hardware version, verbose packet output can -be switched on with the debug kernel module parameter. The range [1-9] -yields different levels of verbosity. Example (as root):: - - echo -n 9 > /sys/module/bcm5974/parameters/debug - - tail -f /var/log/debug - - echo -n 0 > /sys/module/bcm5974/parameters/debug - -Trivia ------- - -The driver was developed at the ubuntu forums in June 2008 [#f1]_, and now has -a more permanent home at bitmath.org [#f2]_. - -.. Links - -.. [#f1] http://ubuntuforums.org/showthread.php?t=840040 -.. [#f2] http://bitmath.org/code/ diff --git a/Documentation/input/cd32.rst b/Documentation/input/cd32.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..935028b957d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/input/cd32.rst @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +========== +Amiga CD32 +========== + +I have written a small patch that let's me use my Amiga CD32 +joypad connected to the parallel port. Thought I'd share it with you so +you can add it to the list of supported joysticks (hopefully someone will +find it useful). + +It needs the following wiring: + +=========== ============= +CD32 pad Parallel port +=========== ============= +1 (Up) 2 (D0) +2 (Down) 3 (D1) +3 (Left) 4 (D2) +4 (Right) 5 (D3) +5 (Fire3) 14 (AUTOFD) +6 (Fire1) 17 (SELIN) +7 (+5V) 1 (STROBE) +8 (Gnd) 18 (Gnd) +9 (Fire2) 7 (D5) +=========== ============= diff --git a/Documentation/input/cd32.txt b/Documentation/input/cd32.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 935028b957d9..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/input/cd32.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -========== -Amiga CD32 -========== - -I have written a small patch that let's me use my Amiga CD32 -joypad connected to the parallel port. Thought I'd share it with you so -you can add it to the list of supported joysticks (hopefully someone will -find it useful). - -It needs the following wiring: - -=========== ============= -CD32 pad Parallel port -=========== ============= -1 (Up) 2 (D0) -2 (Down) 3 (D1) -3 (Left) 4 (D2) -4 (Right) 5 (D3) -5 (Fire3) 14 (AUTOFD) -6 (Fire1) 17 (SELIN) -7 (+5V) 1 (STROBE) -8 (Gnd) 18 (Gnd) -9 (Fire2) 7 (D5) -=========== ============= diff --git a/Documentation/input/cma3000_d0x.rst b/Documentation/input/cma3000_d0x.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6f40c17c1aca --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/input/cma3000_d0x.rst @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ +Kernel driver for CMA3000-D0x +============================= + +Supported chips: +* VTI CMA3000-D0x + +Datasheet: + CMA3000-D0X Product Family Specification 8281000A.02.pdf + + +:Author: Hemanth V + + +Description +----------- + +CMA3000 Tri-axis accelerometer supports Motion detect, Measurement and +Free fall modes. + +Motion Detect Mode: + Its the low power mode where interrupts are generated only + when motion exceeds the defined thresholds. + +Measurement Mode: + This mode is used to read the acceleration data on X,Y,Z + axis and supports 400, 100, 40 Hz sample frequency. + +Free fall Mode: + This mode is intended to save system resources. + +Threshold values: + Chip supports defining threshold values for above modes + which includes time and g value. Refer product specifications for + more details. + +CMA3000 chip supports mutually exclusive I2C and SPI interfaces for +communication, currently the driver supports I2C based communication only. +Initial configuration for bus mode is set in non volatile memory and can later +be modified through bus interface command. + +Driver reports acceleration data through input subsystem. It generates ABS_MISC +event with value 1 when free fall is detected. + +Platform data need to be configured for initial default values. + +Platform Data +------------- + +fuzz_x: + Noise on X Axis + +fuzz_y: + Noise on Y Axis + +fuzz_z: + Noise on Z Axis + +g_range: + G range in milli g i.e 2000 or 8000 + +mode: + Default Operating mode + +mdthr: + Motion detect g range threshold value + +mdfftmr: + Motion detect and free fall time threshold value + +ffthr: + Free fall g range threshold value + +Input Interface +--------------- + +Input driver version is 1.0.0 +Input device ID: bus 0x18 vendor 0x0 product 0x0 version 0x0 +Input device name: "cma3000-accelerometer" + +Supported events:: + + Event type 0 (Sync) + Event type 3 (Absolute) + Event code 0 (X) + Value 47 + Min -8000 + Max 8000 + Fuzz 200 + Event code 1 (Y) + Value -28 + Min -8000 + Max 8000 + Fuzz 200 + Event code 2 (Z) + Value 905 + Min -8000 + Max 8000 + Fuzz 200 + Event code 40 (Misc) + Value 0 + Min 0 + Max 1 + Event type 4 (Misc) + + +Register/Platform parameters Description +---------------------------------------- + +mode:: + + 0: power down mode + 1: 100 Hz Measurement mode + 2: 400 Hz Measurement mode + 3: 40 Hz Measurement mode + 4: Motion Detect mode (default) + 5: 100 Hz Free fall mode + 6: 40 Hz Free fall mode + 7: Power off mode + +grange:: + + 2000: 2000 mg or 2G Range + 8000: 8000 mg or 8G Range + +mdthr:: + + X: X * 71mg (8G Range) + X: X * 18mg (2G Range) + +mdfftmr:: + + X: (X & 0x70) * 100 ms (MDTMR) + (X & 0x0F) * 2.5 ms (FFTMR 400 Hz) + (X & 0x0F) * 10 ms (FFTMR 100 Hz) + +ffthr:: + + X: (X >> 2) * 18mg (2G Range) + X: (X & 0x0F) * 71 mg (8G Range) diff --git a/Documentation/input/cma3000_d0x.txt b/Documentation/input/cma3000_d0x.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 6f40c17c1aca..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/input/cma3000_d0x.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,139 +0,0 @@ -Kernel driver for CMA3000-D0x -============================= - -Supported chips: -* VTI CMA3000-D0x - -Datasheet: - CMA3000-D0X Product Family Specification 8281000A.02.pdf - - -:Author: Hemanth V - - -Description ------------ - -CMA3000 Tri-axis accelerometer supports Motion detect, Measurement and -Free fall modes. - -Motion Detect Mode: - Its the low power mode where interrupts are generated only - when motion exceeds the defined thresholds. - -Measurement Mode: - This mode is used to read the acceleration data on X,Y,Z - axis and supports 400, 100, 40 Hz sample frequency. - -Free fall Mode: - This mode is intended to save system resources. - -Threshold values: - Chip supports defining threshold values for above modes - which includes time and g value. Refer product specifications for - more details. - -CMA3000 chip supports mutually exclusive I2C and SPI interfaces for -communication, currently the driver supports I2C based communication only. -Initial configuration for bus mode is set in non volatile memory and can later -be modified through bus interface command. - -Driver reports acceleration data through input subsystem. It generates ABS_MISC -event with value 1 when free fall is detected. - -Platform data need to be configured for initial default values. - -Platform Data -------------- - -fuzz_x: - Noise on X Axis - -fuzz_y: - Noise on Y Axis - -fuzz_z: - Noise on Z Axis - -g_range: - G range in milli g i.e 2000 or 8000 - -mode: - Default Operating mode - -mdthr: - Motion detect g range threshold value - -mdfftmr: - Motion detect and free fall time threshold value - -ffthr: - Free fall g range threshold value - -Input Interface ---------------- - -Input driver version is 1.0.0 -Input device ID: bus 0x18 vendor 0x0 product 0x0 version 0x0 -Input device name: "cma3000-accelerometer" - -Supported events:: - - Event type 0 (Sync) - Event type 3 (Absolute) - Event code 0 (X) - Value 47 - Min -8000 - Max 8000 - Fuzz 200 - Event code 1 (Y) - Value -28 - Min -8000 - Max 8000 - Fuzz 200 - Event code 2 (Z) - Value 905 - Min -8000 - Max 8000 - Fuzz 200 - Event code 40 (Misc) - Value 0 - Min 0 - Max 1 - Event type 4 (Misc) - - -Register/Platform parameters Description ----------------------------------------- - -mode:: - - 0: power down mode - 1: 100 Hz Measurement mode - 2: 400 Hz Measurement mode - 3: 40 Hz Measurement mode - 4: Motion Detect mode (default) - 5: 100 Hz Free fall mode - 6: 40 Hz Free fall mode - 7: Power off mode - -grange:: - - 2000: 2000 mg or 2G Range - 8000: 8000 mg or 8G Range - -mdthr:: - - X: X * 71mg (8G Range) - X: X * 18mg (2G Range) - -mdfftmr:: - - X: (X & 0x70) * 100 ms (MDTMR) - (X & 0x0F) * 2.5 ms (FFTMR 400 Hz) - (X & 0x0F) * 10 ms (FFTMR 100 Hz) - -ffthr:: - - X: (X >> 2) * 18mg (2G Range) - X: (X & 0x0F) * 71 mg (8G Range) diff --git a/Documentation/input/conf.py b/Documentation/input/conf.py new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d2352fdc92ed --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/input/conf.py @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +# -*- coding: utf-8; mode: python -*- + +project = "The Linux input driver subsystem" + +tags.add("subproject") + +latex_documents = [ + ('index', 'linux-input.tex', project, + 'The kernel development community', 'manual'), +] diff --git a/Documentation/input/cs461x.rst b/Documentation/input/cs461x.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1450436dcc9e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/input/cs461x.rst @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +Crystal SoundFusion CS4610/CS4612/CS461 joystick +================================================ + +Preface +------- + +This is a new low-level driver to support analog joystick attached to +Crystal SoundFusion CS4610/CS4612/CS4615. This code is based upon +Vortex/Solo drivers as an example of decoration style, and ALSA +0.5.8a kernel drivers as an chipset documentation and samples. + +This version does not have cooked mode support; the basic code +is present here, but have not tested completely. The button analysis +is completed in this mode, but the axis movement is not. + +Raw mode works fine with analog joystick front-end driver and cs461x +driver as a backend. I've tested this driver with CS4610, 4-axis and +4-button joystick; I mean the jstest utility. Also I've tried to +play in xracer game using joystick, and the result is better than +keyboard only mode. + +The sensitivity and calibrate quality have not been tested; the two +reasons are performed: the same hardware cannot work under Win95 (blue +screen in VJOYD); I have no documentation on my chip; and the existing +behavior in my case was not raised the requirement of joystick calibration. +So the driver have no code to perform hardware related calibration. + +The patch contains minor changes of Config.in and Makefile files. All +needed code have been moved to one separate file cs461x.c like ns558.c +This driver have the basic support for PCI devices only; there is no +ISA or PnP ISA cards supported. AFAIK the ns558 have support for Crystal +ISA and PnP ISA series. + +The driver works with ALSA drivers simultaneously. For example, the xracer +uses joystick as input device and PCM device as sound output in one time. +There are no sound or input collisions detected. The source code have +comments about them; but I've found the joystick can be initialized +separately of ALSA modules. So, you can use only one joystick driver +without ALSA drivers. The ALSA drivers are not needed to compile or +run this driver. + +There are no debug information print have been placed in source, and no +specific options required to work this driver. The found chipset parameters +are printed via printk(KERN_INFO "..."), see the /var/log/messages to +inspect cs461x: prefixed messages to determine possible card detection +errors. + +Regards, +Viktor diff --git a/Documentation/input/cs461x.txt b/Documentation/input/cs461x.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 1450436dcc9e..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/input/cs461x.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,49 +0,0 @@ -Crystal SoundFusion CS4610/CS4612/CS461 joystick -================================================ - -Preface -------- - -This is a new low-level driver to support analog joystick attached to -Crystal SoundFusion CS4610/CS4612/CS4615. This code is based upon -Vortex/Solo drivers as an example of decoration style, and ALSA -0.5.8a kernel drivers as an chipset documentation and samples. - -This version does not have cooked mode support; the basic code -is present here, but have not tested completely. The button analysis -is completed in this mode, but the axis movement is not. - -Raw mode works fine with analog joystick front-end driver and cs461x -driver as a backend. I've tested this driver with CS4610, 4-axis and -4-button joystick; I mean the jstest utility. Also I've tried to -play in xracer game using joystick, and the result is better than -keyboard only mode. - -The sensitivity and calibrate quality have not been tested; the two -reasons are performed: the same hardware cannot work under Win95 (blue -screen in VJOYD); I have no documentation on my chip; and the existing -behavior in my case was not raised the requirement of joystick calibration. -So the driver have no code to perform hardware related calibration. - -The patch contains minor changes of Config.in and Makefile files. All -needed code have been moved to one separate file cs461x.c like ns558.c -This driver have the basic support for PCI devices only; there is no -ISA or PnP ISA cards supported. AFAIK the ns558 have support for Crystal -ISA and PnP ISA series. - -The driver works with ALSA drivers simultaneously. For example, the xracer -uses joystick as input device and PCM device as sound output in one time. -There are no sound or input collisions detected. The source code have -comments about them; but I've found the joystick can be initialized -separately of ALSA modules. So, you can use only one joystick driver -without ALSA drivers. The ALSA drivers are not needed to compile or -run this driver. - -There are no debug information print have been placed in source, and no -specific options required to work this driver. The found chipset parameters -are printed via printk(KERN_INFO "..."), see the /var/log/messages to -inspect cs461x: prefixed messages to determine possible card detection -errors. - -Regards, -Viktor diff --git a/Documentation/input/edt-ft5x06.rst b/Documentation/input/edt-ft5x06.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2032f0b7a8fa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/input/edt-ft5x06.rst @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +EDT ft5x06 based Polytouch devices +---------------------------------- + +The edt-ft5x06 driver is useful for the EDT "Polytouch" family of capacitive +touch screens. Note that it is *not* suitable for other devices based on the +focaltec ft5x06 devices, since they contain vendor-specific firmware. In +particular this driver is not suitable for the Nook tablet. + +It has been tested with the following devices: + * EP0350M06 + * EP0430M06 + * EP0570M06 + * EP0700M06 + +The driver allows configuration of the touch screen via a set of sysfs files: + +/sys/class/input/eventX/device/device/threshold: + allows setting the "click"-threshold in the range from 20 to 80. + +/sys/class/input/eventX/device/device/gain: + allows setting the sensitivity in the range from 0 to 31. Note that + lower values indicate higher sensitivity. + +/sys/class/input/eventX/device/device/offset: + allows setting the edge compensation in the range from 0 to 31. + +/sys/class/input/eventX/device/device/report_rate: + allows setting the report rate in the range from 3 to 14. + + +For debugging purposes the driver provides a few files in the debug +filesystem (if available in the kernel). In /sys/kernel/debug/edt_ft5x06 +you'll find the following files: + +num_x, num_y: + (readonly) contains the number of sensor fields in X- and + Y-direction. + +mode: + allows switching the sensor between "factory mode" and "operation + mode" by writing "1" or "0" to it. In factory mode (1) it is + possible to get the raw data from the sensor. Note that in factory + mode regular events don't get delivered and the options described + above are unavailable. + +raw_data: + contains num_x * num_y big endian 16 bit values describing the raw + values for each sensor field. Note that each read() call on this + files triggers a new readout. It is recommended to provide a buffer + big enough to contain num_x * num_y * 2 bytes. + +Note that reading raw_data gives a I/O error when the device is not in factory +mode. The same happens when reading/writing to the parameter files when the +device is not in regular operation mode. diff --git a/Documentation/input/edt-ft5x06.txt b/Documentation/input/edt-ft5x06.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 2032f0b7a8fa..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/input/edt-ft5x06.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@ -EDT ft5x06 based Polytouch devices ----------------------------------- - -The edt-ft5x06 driver is useful for the EDT "Polytouch" family of capacitive -touch screens. Note that it is *not* suitable for other devices based on the -focaltec ft5x06 devices, since they contain vendor-specific firmware. In -particular this driver is not suitable for the Nook tablet. - -It has been tested with the following devices: - * EP0350M06 - * EP0430M06 - * EP0570M06 - * EP0700M06 - -The driver allows configuration of the touch screen via a set of sysfs files: - -/sys/class/input/eventX/device/device/threshold: - allows setting the "click"-threshold in the range from 20 to 80. - -/sys/class/input/eventX/device/device/gain: - allows setting the sensitivity in the range from 0 to 31. Note that - lower values indicate higher sensitivity. - -/sys/class/input/eventX/device/device/offset: - allows setting the edge compensation in the range from 0 to 31. - -/sys/class/input/eventX/device/device/report_rate: - allows setting the report rate in the range from 3 to 14. - - -For debugging purposes the driver provides a few files in the debug -filesystem (if available in the kernel). In /sys/kernel/debug/edt_ft5x06 -you'll find the following files: - -num_x, num_y: - (readonly) contains the number of sensor fields in X- and - Y-direction. - -mode: - allows switching the sensor between "factory mode" and "operation - mode" by writing "1" or "0" to it. In factory mode (1) it is - possible to get the raw data from the sensor. Note that in factory - mode regular events don't get delivered and the options described - above are unavailable. - -raw_data: - contains num_x * num_y big endian 16 bit values describing the raw - values for each sensor field. Note that each read() call on this - files triggers a new readout. It is recommended to provide a buffer - big enough to contain num_x * num_y * 2 bytes. - -Note that reading raw_data gives a I/O error when the device is not in factory -mode. The same happens when reading/writing to the parameter files when the -device is not in regular operation mode. diff --git a/Documentation/input/elantech.rst b/Documentation/input/elantech.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c3374a7ce7af --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/input/elantech.rst @@ -0,0 +1,841 @@ +Elantech Touchpad Driver +======================== + + Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Arjan Opmeer + + Extra information for hardware version 1 found and + provided by Steve Havelka + + Version 2 (EeePC) hardware support based on patches + received from Woody at Xandros and forwarded to me + by user StewieGriffin at the eeeuser.com forum + +.. Contents + + 1. Introduction + 2. Extra knobs + 3. Differentiating hardware versions + 4. Hardware version 1 + 4.1 Registers + 4.2 Native relative mode 4 byte packet format + 4.3 Native absolute mode 4 byte packet format + 5. Hardware version 2 + 5.1 Registers + 5.2 Native absolute mode 6 byte packet format + 5.2.1 Parity checking and packet re-synchronization + 5.2.2 One/Three finger touch + 5.2.3 Two finger touch + 6. Hardware version 3 + 6.1 Registers + 6.2 Native absolute mode 6 byte packet format + 6.2.1 One/Three finger touch + 6.2.2 Two finger touch + 7. Hardware version 4 + 7.1 Registers + 7.2 Native absolute mode 6 byte packet format + 7.2.1 Status packet + 7.2.2 Head packet + 7.2.3 Motion packet + 8. Trackpoint (for Hardware version 3 and 4) + 8.1 Registers + 8.2 Native relative mode 6 byte packet format + 8.2.1 Status Packet + + + +Introduction +~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Currently the Linux Elantech touchpad driver is aware of four different +hardware versions unimaginatively called version 1,version 2, version 3 +and version 4. Version 1 is found in "older" laptops and uses 4 bytes per +packet. Version 2 seems to be introduced with the EeePC and uses 6 bytes +per packet, and provides additional features such as position of two fingers, +and width of the touch. Hardware version 3 uses 6 bytes per packet (and +for 2 fingers the concatenation of two 6 bytes packets) and allows tracking +of up to 3 fingers. Hardware version 4 uses 6 bytes per packet, and can +combine a status packet with multiple head or motion packets. Hardware version +4 allows tracking up to 5 fingers. + +Some Hardware version 3 and version 4 also have a trackpoint which uses a +separate packet format. It is also 6 bytes per packet. + +The driver tries to support both hardware versions and should be compatible +with the Xorg Synaptics touchpad driver and its graphical configuration +utilities. + +Note that a mouse button is also associated with either the touchpad or the +trackpoint when a trackpoint is available. Disabling the Touchpad in xorg +(TouchPadOff=0) will also disable the buttons associated with the touchpad. + +Additionally the operation of the touchpad can be altered by adjusting the +contents of some of its internal registers. These registers are represented +by the driver as sysfs entries under /sys/bus/serio/drivers/psmouse/serio? +that can be read from and written to. + +Currently only the registers for hardware version 1 are somewhat understood. +Hardware version 2 seems to use some of the same registers but it is not +known whether the bits in the registers represent the same thing or might +have changed their meaning. + +On top of that, some register settings have effect only when the touchpad is +in relative mode and not in absolute mode. As the Linux Elantech touchpad +driver always puts the hardware into absolute mode not all information +mentioned below can be used immediately. But because there is no freely +available Elantech documentation the information is provided here anyway for +completeness sake. + + +Extra knobs +~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Currently the Linux Elantech touchpad driver provides three extra knobs under +/sys/bus/serio/drivers/psmouse/serio? for the user. + +* debug + + Turn different levels of debugging ON or OFF. + + By echoing "0" to this file all debugging will be turned OFF. + + Currently a value of "1" will turn on some basic debugging and a value of + "2" will turn on packet debugging. For hardware version 1 the default is + OFF. For version 2 the default is "1". + + Turning packet debugging on will make the driver dump every packet + received to the syslog before processing it. Be warned that this can + generate quite a lot of data! + +* paritycheck + + Turns parity checking ON or OFF. + + By echoing "0" to this file parity checking will be turned OFF. Any + non-zero value will turn it ON. For hardware version 1 the default is ON. + For version 2 the default it is OFF. + + Hardware version 1 provides basic data integrity verification by + calculating a parity bit for the last 3 bytes of each packet. The driver + can check these bits and reject any packet that appears corrupted. Using + this knob you can bypass that check. + + Hardware version 2 does not provide the same parity bits. Only some basic + data consistency checking can be done. For now checking is disabled by + default. Currently even turning it on will do nothing. + +* crc_enabled + + Sets crc_enabled to 0/1. The name "crc_enabled" is the official name of + this integrity check, even though it is not an actual cyclic redundancy + check. + + Depending on the state of crc_enabled, certain basic data integrity + verification is done by the driver on hardware version 3 and 4. The + driver will reject any packet that appears corrupted. Using this knob, + The state of crc_enabled can be altered with this knob. + + Reading the crc_enabled value will show the active value. Echoing + "0" or "1" to this file will set the state to "0" or "1". + +Differentiating hardware versions +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +To detect the hardware version, read the version number as param[0].param[1].param[2]:: + + 4 bytes version: (after the arrow is the name given in the Dell-provided driver) + 02.00.22 => EF013 + 02.06.00 => EF019 + +In the wild, there appear to be more versions, such as 00.01.64, 01.00.21, +02.00.00, 02.00.04, 02.00.06:: + + 6 bytes: + 02.00.30 => EF113 + 02.08.00 => EF023 + 02.08.XX => EF123 + 02.0B.00 => EF215 + 04.01.XX => Scroll_EF051 + 04.02.XX => EF051 + +In the wild, there appear to be more versions, such as 04.03.01, 04.04.11. There +appears to be almost no difference, except for EF113, which does not report +pressure/width and has different data consistency checks. + +Probably all the versions with param[0] <= 01 can be considered as +4 bytes/firmware 1. The versions < 02.08.00, with the exception of 02.00.30, as +4 bytes/firmware 2. Everything >= 02.08.00 can be considered as 6 bytes. + + +Hardware version 1 +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Registers +--------- + +By echoing a hexadecimal value to a register it contents can be altered. + +For example:: + + echo -n 0x16 > reg_10 + +* reg_10:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + B C T D L A S E + + E: 1 = enable smart edges unconditionally + S: 1 = enable smart edges only when dragging + A: 1 = absolute mode (needs 4 byte packets, see reg_11) + L: 1 = enable drag lock (see reg_22) + D: 1 = disable dynamic resolution + T: 1 = disable tapping + C: 1 = enable corner tap + B: 1 = swap left and right button + +* reg_11:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + 1 0 0 H V 1 F P + + P: 1 = enable parity checking for relative mode + F: 1 = enable native 4 byte packet mode + V: 1 = enable vertical scroll area + H: 1 = enable horizontal scroll area + +* reg_20:: + + single finger width? + +* reg_21:: + + scroll area width (small: 0x40 ... wide: 0xff) + +* reg_22:: + + drag lock time out (short: 0x14 ... long: 0xfe; + 0xff = tap again to release) + +* reg_23:: + + tap make timeout? + +* reg_24:: + + tap release timeout? + +* reg_25:: + + smart edge cursor speed (0x02 = slow, 0x03 = medium, 0x04 = fast) + +* reg_26:: + + smart edge activation area width? + + +Native relative mode 4 byte packet format +----------------------------------------- + +byte 0:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + c c p2 p1 1 M R L + + L, R, M = 1 when Left, Right, Middle mouse button pressed + some models have M as byte 3 odd parity bit + when parity checking is enabled (reg_11, P = 1): + p1..p2 = byte 1 and 2 odd parity bit + c = 1 when corner tap detected + +byte 1:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + dx7 dx6 dx5 dx4 dx3 dx2 dx1 dx0 + + dx7..dx0 = x movement; positive = right, negative = left + byte 1 = 0xf0 when corner tap detected + +byte 2:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + dy7 dy6 dy5 dy4 dy3 dy2 dy1 dy0 + + dy7..dy0 = y movement; positive = up, negative = down + +byte 3:: + + parity checking enabled (reg_11, P = 1): + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + w h n1 n0 ds3 ds2 ds1 ds0 + + normally: + ds3..ds0 = scroll wheel amount and direction + positive = down or left + negative = up or right + when corner tap detected: + ds0 = 1 when top right corner tapped + ds1 = 1 when bottom right corner tapped + ds2 = 1 when bottom left corner tapped + ds3 = 1 when top left corner tapped + n1..n0 = number of fingers on touchpad + only models with firmware 2.x report this, models with + firmware 1.x seem to map one, two and three finger taps + directly to L, M and R mouse buttons + h = 1 when horizontal scroll action + w = 1 when wide finger touch? + + otherwise (reg_11, P = 0): + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + ds7 ds6 ds5 ds4 ds3 ds2 ds1 ds0 + + ds7..ds0 = vertical scroll amount and direction + negative = up + positive = down + + +Native absolute mode 4 byte packet format +----------------------------------------- + +EF013 and EF019 have a special behaviour (due to a bug in the firmware?), and +when 1 finger is touching, the first 2 position reports must be discarded. +This counting is reset whenever a different number of fingers is reported. + +byte 0:: + + firmware version 1.x: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + D U p1 p2 1 p3 R L + + L, R = 1 when Left, Right mouse button pressed + p1..p3 = byte 1..3 odd parity bit + D, U = 1 when rocker switch pressed Up, Down + + firmware version 2.x: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + n1 n0 p2 p1 1 p3 R L + + L, R = 1 when Left, Right mouse button pressed + p1..p3 = byte 1..3 odd parity bit + n1..n0 = number of fingers on touchpad + +byte 1:: + + firmware version 1.x: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + f 0 th tw x9 x8 y9 y8 + + tw = 1 when two finger touch + th = 1 when three finger touch + f = 1 when finger touch + + firmware version 2.x: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + . . . . x9 x8 y9 y8 + +byte 2:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + x7 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 x1 x0 + + x9..x0 = absolute x value (horizontal) + +byte 3:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + y7 y6 y5 y4 y3 y2 y1 y0 + + y9..y0 = absolute y value (vertical) + + +Hardware version 2 +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + + +Registers +--------- + +By echoing a hexadecimal value to a register it contents can be altered. + +For example:: + + echo -n 0x56 > reg_10 + +* reg_10:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + 0 1 0 1 0 1 D 0 + + D: 1 = enable drag and drop + +* reg_11:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + 1 0 0 0 S 0 1 0 + + S: 1 = enable vertical scroll + +* reg_21:: + + unknown (0x00) + +* reg_22:: + + drag and drop release time out (short: 0x70 ... long 0x7e; + 0x7f = never i.e. tap again to release) + + +Native absolute mode 6 byte packet format +----------------------------------------- + +Parity checking and packet re-synchronization +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +There is no parity checking, however some consistency checks can be performed. + +For instance for EF113:: + + SA1= packet[0]; + A1 = packet[1]; + B1 = packet[2]; + SB1= packet[3]; + C1 = packet[4]; + D1 = packet[5]; + if( (((SA1 & 0x3C) != 0x3C) && ((SA1 & 0xC0) != 0x80)) || // check Byte 1 + (((SA1 & 0x0C) != 0x0C) && ((SA1 & 0xC0) == 0x80)) || // check Byte 1 (one finger pressed) + (((SA1 & 0xC0) != 0x80) && (( A1 & 0xF0) != 0x00)) || // check Byte 2 + (((SB1 & 0x3E) != 0x38) && ((SA1 & 0xC0) != 0x80)) || // check Byte 4 + (((SB1 & 0x0E) != 0x08) && ((SA1 & 0xC0) == 0x80)) || // check Byte 4 (one finger pressed) + (((SA1 & 0xC0) != 0x80) && (( C1 & 0xF0) != 0x00)) ) // check Byte 5 + // error detected + +For all the other ones, there are just a few constant bits:: + + if( ((packet[0] & 0x0C) != 0x04) || + ((packet[3] & 0x0f) != 0x02) ) + // error detected + + +In case an error is detected, all the packets are shifted by one (and packet[0] is discarded). + +One/Three finger touch +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +byte 0:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + n1 n0 w3 w2 . . R L + + L, R = 1 when Left, Right mouse button pressed + n1..n0 = number of fingers on touchpad + +byte 1:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + p7 p6 p5 p4 x11 x10 x9 x8 + +byte 2:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + x7 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 x1 x0 + + x11..x0 = absolute x value (horizontal) + +byte 3:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + n4 vf w1 w0 . . . b2 + + n4 = set if more than 3 fingers (only in 3 fingers mode) + vf = a kind of flag ? (only on EF123, 0 when finger is over one + of the buttons, 1 otherwise) + w3..w0 = width of the finger touch (not EF113) + b2 (on EF113 only, 0 otherwise), b2.R.L indicates one button pressed: + 0 = none + 1 = Left + 2 = Right + 3 = Middle (Left and Right) + 4 = Forward + 5 = Back + 6 = Another one + 7 = Another one + +byte 4:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + p3 p1 p2 p0 y11 y10 y9 y8 + + p7..p0 = pressure (not EF113) + +byte 5:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + y7 y6 y5 y4 y3 y2 y1 y0 + + y11..y0 = absolute y value (vertical) + + +Two finger touch +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Note that the two pairs of coordinates are not exactly the coordinates of the +two fingers, but only the pair of the lower-left and upper-right coordinates. +So the actual fingers might be situated on the other diagonal of the square +defined by these two points. + +byte 0:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + n1 n0 ay8 ax8 . . R L + + L, R = 1 when Left, Right mouse button pressed + n1..n0 = number of fingers on touchpad + +byte 1:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + ax7 ax6 ax5 ax4 ax3 ax2 ax1 ax0 + + ax8..ax0 = lower-left finger absolute x value + +byte 2:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + ay7 ay6 ay5 ay4 ay3 ay2 ay1 ay0 + + ay8..ay0 = lower-left finger absolute y value + +byte 3:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + . . by8 bx8 . . . . + +byte 4:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + bx7 bx6 bx5 bx4 bx3 bx2 bx1 bx0 + + bx8..bx0 = upper-right finger absolute x value + +byte 5:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + by7 by8 by5 by4 by3 by2 by1 by0 + + by8..by0 = upper-right finger absolute y value + +Hardware version 3 +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Registers +--------- + +* reg_10:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + 0 0 0 0 R F T A + + A: 1 = enable absolute tracking + T: 1 = enable two finger mode auto correct + F: 1 = disable ABS Position Filter + R: 1 = enable real hardware resolution + +Native absolute mode 6 byte packet format +----------------------------------------- + +1 and 3 finger touch shares the same 6-byte packet format, except that +3 finger touch only reports the position of the center of all three fingers. + +Firmware would send 12 bytes of data for 2 finger touch. + +Note on debounce: +In case the box has unstable power supply or other electricity issues, or +when number of finger changes, F/W would send "debounce packet" to inform +driver that the hardware is in debounce status. +The debouce packet has the following signature:: + + byte 0: 0xc4 + byte 1: 0xff + byte 2: 0xff + byte 3: 0x02 + byte 4: 0xff + byte 5: 0xff + +When we encounter this kind of packet, we just ignore it. + +One/Three finger touch +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +byte 0:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + n1 n0 w3 w2 0 1 R L + + L, R = 1 when Left, Right mouse button pressed + n1..n0 = number of fingers on touchpad + +byte 1:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + p7 p6 p5 p4 x11 x10 x9 x8 + +byte 2:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + x7 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 x1 x0 + + x11..x0 = absolute x value (horizontal) + +byte 3:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + 0 0 w1 w0 0 0 1 0 + + w3..w0 = width of the finger touch + +byte 4:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + p3 p1 p2 p0 y11 y10 y9 y8 + + p7..p0 = pressure + +byte 5:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + y7 y6 y5 y4 y3 y2 y1 y0 + + y11..y0 = absolute y value (vertical) + +Two finger touch +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +The packet format is exactly the same for two finger touch, except the hardware +sends two 6 byte packets. The first packet contains data for the first finger, +the second packet has data for the second finger. So for two finger touch a +total of 12 bytes are sent. + +Hardware version 4 +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Registers +--------- + +* reg_07:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 A + + A: 1 = enable absolute tracking + +Native absolute mode 6 byte packet format +----------------------------------------- + +v4 hardware is a true multitouch touchpad, capable of tracking up to 5 fingers. +Unfortunately, due to PS/2's limited bandwidth, its packet format is rather +complex. + +Whenever the numbers or identities of the fingers changes, the hardware sends a +status packet to indicate how many and which fingers is on touchpad, followed by +head packets or motion packets. A head packet contains data of finger id, finger +position (absolute x, y values), width, and pressure. A motion packet contains +two fingers' position delta. + +For example, when status packet tells there are 2 fingers on touchpad, then we +can expect two following head packets. If the finger status doesn't change, +the following packets would be motion packets, only sending delta of finger +position, until we receive a status packet. + +One exception is one finger touch. when a status packet tells us there is only +one finger, the hardware would just send head packets afterwards. + +Status packet +^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +byte 0:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + . . . . 0 1 R L + + L, R = 1 when Left, Right mouse button pressed + +byte 1:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + . . . ft4 ft3 ft2 ft1 ft0 + + ft4 ft3 ft2 ft1 ft0 ftn = 1 when finger n is on touchpad + +byte 2:: + + not used + +byte 3:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + . . . 1 0 0 0 0 + + constant bits + +byte 4:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + p . . . . . . . + + p = 1 for palm + +byte 5:: + + not used + +Head packet +^^^^^^^^^^^ + +byte 0:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + w3 w2 w1 w0 0 1 R L + + L, R = 1 when Left, Right mouse button pressed + w3..w0 = finger width (spans how many trace lines) + +byte 1:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + p7 p6 p5 p4 x11 x10 x9 x8 + +byte 2:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + x7 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 x1 x0 + + x11..x0 = absolute x value (horizontal) + +byte 3:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + id2 id1 id0 1 0 0 0 1 + + id2..id0 = finger id + +byte 4:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + p3 p1 p2 p0 y11 y10 y9 y8 + + p7..p0 = pressure + +byte 5:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + y7 y6 y5 y4 y3 y2 y1 y0 + + y11..y0 = absolute y value (vertical) + +Motion packet +^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +byte 0:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + id2 id1 id0 w 0 1 R L + + L, R = 1 when Left, Right mouse button pressed + id2..id0 = finger id + w = 1 when delta overflows (> 127 or < -128), in this case + firmware sends us (delta x / 5) and (delta y / 5) + +byte 1:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + x7 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 x1 x0 + + x7..x0 = delta x (two's complement) + +byte 2:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + y7 y6 y5 y4 y3 y2 y1 y0 + + y7..y0 = delta y (two's complement) + +byte 3:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + id2 id1 id0 1 0 0 1 0 + + id2..id0 = finger id + +byte 4:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + x7 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 x1 x0 + + x7..x0 = delta x (two's complement) + +byte 5:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + y7 y6 y5 y4 y3 y2 y1 y0 + + y7..y0 = delta y (two's complement) + + byte 0 ~ 2 for one finger + byte 3 ~ 5 for another + + +Trackpoint (for Hardware version 3 and 4) +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Registers +--------- + +No special registers have been identified. + +Native relative mode 6 byte packet format +----------------------------------------- + +Status Packet +^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +byte 0:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + 0 0 sx sy 0 M R L + +byte 1:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + ~sx 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + +byte 2:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + ~sy 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + +byte 3:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + 0 0 ~sy ~sx 0 1 1 0 + +byte 4:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + x7 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 x1 x0 + +byte 5:: + + bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + y7 y6 y5 y4 y3 y2 y1 y0 + + + x and y are written in two's complement spread + over 9 bits with sx/sy the relative top bit and + x7..x0 and y7..y0 the lower bits. + ~sx is the inverse of sx, ~sy is the inverse of sy. + The sign of y is opposite to what the input driver + expects for a relative movement diff --git a/Documentation/input/elantech.txt b/Documentation/input/elantech.txt deleted file mode 100644 index c3374a7ce7af..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/input/elantech.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,841 +0,0 @@ -Elantech Touchpad Driver -======================== - - Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Arjan Opmeer - - Extra information for hardware version 1 found and - provided by Steve Havelka - - Version 2 (EeePC) hardware support based on patches - received from Woody at Xandros and forwarded to me - by user StewieGriffin at the eeeuser.com forum - -.. Contents - - 1. Introduction - 2. Extra knobs - 3. Differentiating hardware versions - 4. Hardware version 1 - 4.1 Registers - 4.2 Native relative mode 4 byte packet format - 4.3 Native absolute mode 4 byte packet format - 5. Hardware version 2 - 5.1 Registers - 5.2 Native absolute mode 6 byte packet format - 5.2.1 Parity checking and packet re-synchronization - 5.2.2 One/Three finger touch - 5.2.3 Two finger touch - 6. Hardware version 3 - 6.1 Registers - 6.2 Native absolute mode 6 byte packet format - 6.2.1 One/Three finger touch - 6.2.2 Two finger touch - 7. Hardware version 4 - 7.1 Registers - 7.2 Native absolute mode 6 byte packet format - 7.2.1 Status packet - 7.2.2 Head packet - 7.2.3 Motion packet - 8. Trackpoint (for Hardware version 3 and 4) - 8.1 Registers - 8.2 Native relative mode 6 byte packet format - 8.2.1 Status Packet - - - -Introduction -~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -Currently the Linux Elantech touchpad driver is aware of four different -hardware versions unimaginatively called version 1,version 2, version 3 -and version 4. Version 1 is found in "older" laptops and uses 4 bytes per -packet. Version 2 seems to be introduced with the EeePC and uses 6 bytes -per packet, and provides additional features such as position of two fingers, -and width of the touch. Hardware version 3 uses 6 bytes per packet (and -for 2 fingers the concatenation of two 6 bytes packets) and allows tracking -of up to 3 fingers. Hardware version 4 uses 6 bytes per packet, and can -combine a status packet with multiple head or motion packets. Hardware version -4 allows tracking up to 5 fingers. - -Some Hardware version 3 and version 4 also have a trackpoint which uses a -separate packet format. It is also 6 bytes per packet. - -The driver tries to support both hardware versions and should be compatible -with the Xorg Synaptics touchpad driver and its graphical configuration -utilities. - -Note that a mouse button is also associated with either the touchpad or the -trackpoint when a trackpoint is available. Disabling the Touchpad in xorg -(TouchPadOff=0) will also disable the buttons associated with the touchpad. - -Additionally the operation of the touchpad can be altered by adjusting the -contents of some of its internal registers. These registers are represented -by the driver as sysfs entries under /sys/bus/serio/drivers/psmouse/serio? -that can be read from and written to. - -Currently only the registers for hardware version 1 are somewhat understood. -Hardware version 2 seems to use some of the same registers but it is not -known whether the bits in the registers represent the same thing or might -have changed their meaning. - -On top of that, some register settings have effect only when the touchpad is -in relative mode and not in absolute mode. As the Linux Elantech touchpad -driver always puts the hardware into absolute mode not all information -mentioned below can be used immediately. But because there is no freely -available Elantech documentation the information is provided here anyway for -completeness sake. - - -Extra knobs -~~~~~~~~~~~ - -Currently the Linux Elantech touchpad driver provides three extra knobs under -/sys/bus/serio/drivers/psmouse/serio? for the user. - -* debug - - Turn different levels of debugging ON or OFF. - - By echoing "0" to this file all debugging will be turned OFF. - - Currently a value of "1" will turn on some basic debugging and a value of - "2" will turn on packet debugging. For hardware version 1 the default is - OFF. For version 2 the default is "1". - - Turning packet debugging on will make the driver dump every packet - received to the syslog before processing it. Be warned that this can - generate quite a lot of data! - -* paritycheck - - Turns parity checking ON or OFF. - - By echoing "0" to this file parity checking will be turned OFF. Any - non-zero value will turn it ON. For hardware version 1 the default is ON. - For version 2 the default it is OFF. - - Hardware version 1 provides basic data integrity verification by - calculating a parity bit for the last 3 bytes of each packet. The driver - can check these bits and reject any packet that appears corrupted. Using - this knob you can bypass that check. - - Hardware version 2 does not provide the same parity bits. Only some basic - data consistency checking can be done. For now checking is disabled by - default. Currently even turning it on will do nothing. - -* crc_enabled - - Sets crc_enabled to 0/1. The name "crc_enabled" is the official name of - this integrity check, even though it is not an actual cyclic redundancy - check. - - Depending on the state of crc_enabled, certain basic data integrity - verification is done by the driver on hardware version 3 and 4. The - driver will reject any packet that appears corrupted. Using this knob, - The state of crc_enabled can be altered with this knob. - - Reading the crc_enabled value will show the active value. Echoing - "0" or "1" to this file will set the state to "0" or "1". - -Differentiating hardware versions -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -To detect the hardware version, read the version number as param[0].param[1].param[2]:: - - 4 bytes version: (after the arrow is the name given in the Dell-provided driver) - 02.00.22 => EF013 - 02.06.00 => EF019 - -In the wild, there appear to be more versions, such as 00.01.64, 01.00.21, -02.00.00, 02.00.04, 02.00.06:: - - 6 bytes: - 02.00.30 => EF113 - 02.08.00 => EF023 - 02.08.XX => EF123 - 02.0B.00 => EF215 - 04.01.XX => Scroll_EF051 - 04.02.XX => EF051 - -In the wild, there appear to be more versions, such as 04.03.01, 04.04.11. There -appears to be almost no difference, except for EF113, which does not report -pressure/width and has different data consistency checks. - -Probably all the versions with param[0] <= 01 can be considered as -4 bytes/firmware 1. The versions < 02.08.00, with the exception of 02.00.30, as -4 bytes/firmware 2. Everything >= 02.08.00 can be considered as 6 bytes. - - -Hardware version 1 -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -Registers ---------- - -By echoing a hexadecimal value to a register it contents can be altered. - -For example:: - - echo -n 0x16 > reg_10 - -* reg_10:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - B C T D L A S E - - E: 1 = enable smart edges unconditionally - S: 1 = enable smart edges only when dragging - A: 1 = absolute mode (needs 4 byte packets, see reg_11) - L: 1 = enable drag lock (see reg_22) - D: 1 = disable dynamic resolution - T: 1 = disable tapping - C: 1 = enable corner tap - B: 1 = swap left and right button - -* reg_11:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - 1 0 0 H V 1 F P - - P: 1 = enable parity checking for relative mode - F: 1 = enable native 4 byte packet mode - V: 1 = enable vertical scroll area - H: 1 = enable horizontal scroll area - -* reg_20:: - - single finger width? - -* reg_21:: - - scroll area width (small: 0x40 ... wide: 0xff) - -* reg_22:: - - drag lock time out (short: 0x14 ... long: 0xfe; - 0xff = tap again to release) - -* reg_23:: - - tap make timeout? - -* reg_24:: - - tap release timeout? - -* reg_25:: - - smart edge cursor speed (0x02 = slow, 0x03 = medium, 0x04 = fast) - -* reg_26:: - - smart edge activation area width? - - -Native relative mode 4 byte packet format ------------------------------------------ - -byte 0:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - c c p2 p1 1 M R L - - L, R, M = 1 when Left, Right, Middle mouse button pressed - some models have M as byte 3 odd parity bit - when parity checking is enabled (reg_11, P = 1): - p1..p2 = byte 1 and 2 odd parity bit - c = 1 when corner tap detected - -byte 1:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - dx7 dx6 dx5 dx4 dx3 dx2 dx1 dx0 - - dx7..dx0 = x movement; positive = right, negative = left - byte 1 = 0xf0 when corner tap detected - -byte 2:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - dy7 dy6 dy5 dy4 dy3 dy2 dy1 dy0 - - dy7..dy0 = y movement; positive = up, negative = down - -byte 3:: - - parity checking enabled (reg_11, P = 1): - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - w h n1 n0 ds3 ds2 ds1 ds0 - - normally: - ds3..ds0 = scroll wheel amount and direction - positive = down or left - negative = up or right - when corner tap detected: - ds0 = 1 when top right corner tapped - ds1 = 1 when bottom right corner tapped - ds2 = 1 when bottom left corner tapped - ds3 = 1 when top left corner tapped - n1..n0 = number of fingers on touchpad - only models with firmware 2.x report this, models with - firmware 1.x seem to map one, two and three finger taps - directly to L, M and R mouse buttons - h = 1 when horizontal scroll action - w = 1 when wide finger touch? - - otherwise (reg_11, P = 0): - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - ds7 ds6 ds5 ds4 ds3 ds2 ds1 ds0 - - ds7..ds0 = vertical scroll amount and direction - negative = up - positive = down - - -Native absolute mode 4 byte packet format ------------------------------------------ - -EF013 and EF019 have a special behaviour (due to a bug in the firmware?), and -when 1 finger is touching, the first 2 position reports must be discarded. -This counting is reset whenever a different number of fingers is reported. - -byte 0:: - - firmware version 1.x: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - D U p1 p2 1 p3 R L - - L, R = 1 when Left, Right mouse button pressed - p1..p3 = byte 1..3 odd parity bit - D, U = 1 when rocker switch pressed Up, Down - - firmware version 2.x: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - n1 n0 p2 p1 1 p3 R L - - L, R = 1 when Left, Right mouse button pressed - p1..p3 = byte 1..3 odd parity bit - n1..n0 = number of fingers on touchpad - -byte 1:: - - firmware version 1.x: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - f 0 th tw x9 x8 y9 y8 - - tw = 1 when two finger touch - th = 1 when three finger touch - f = 1 when finger touch - - firmware version 2.x: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - . . . . x9 x8 y9 y8 - -byte 2:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - x7 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 x1 x0 - - x9..x0 = absolute x value (horizontal) - -byte 3:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - y7 y6 y5 y4 y3 y2 y1 y0 - - y9..y0 = absolute y value (vertical) - - -Hardware version 2 -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - - -Registers ---------- - -By echoing a hexadecimal value to a register it contents can be altered. - -For example:: - - echo -n 0x56 > reg_10 - -* reg_10:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - 0 1 0 1 0 1 D 0 - - D: 1 = enable drag and drop - -* reg_11:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - 1 0 0 0 S 0 1 0 - - S: 1 = enable vertical scroll - -* reg_21:: - - unknown (0x00) - -* reg_22:: - - drag and drop release time out (short: 0x70 ... long 0x7e; - 0x7f = never i.e. tap again to release) - - -Native absolute mode 6 byte packet format ------------------------------------------ - -Parity checking and packet re-synchronization -^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ - -There is no parity checking, however some consistency checks can be performed. - -For instance for EF113:: - - SA1= packet[0]; - A1 = packet[1]; - B1 = packet[2]; - SB1= packet[3]; - C1 = packet[4]; - D1 = packet[5]; - if( (((SA1 & 0x3C) != 0x3C) && ((SA1 & 0xC0) != 0x80)) || // check Byte 1 - (((SA1 & 0x0C) != 0x0C) && ((SA1 & 0xC0) == 0x80)) || // check Byte 1 (one finger pressed) - (((SA1 & 0xC0) != 0x80) && (( A1 & 0xF0) != 0x00)) || // check Byte 2 - (((SB1 & 0x3E) != 0x38) && ((SA1 & 0xC0) != 0x80)) || // check Byte 4 - (((SB1 & 0x0E) != 0x08) && ((SA1 & 0xC0) == 0x80)) || // check Byte 4 (one finger pressed) - (((SA1 & 0xC0) != 0x80) && (( C1 & 0xF0) != 0x00)) ) // check Byte 5 - // error detected - -For all the other ones, there are just a few constant bits:: - - if( ((packet[0] & 0x0C) != 0x04) || - ((packet[3] & 0x0f) != 0x02) ) - // error detected - - -In case an error is detected, all the packets are shifted by one (and packet[0] is discarded). - -One/Three finger touch -^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ - -byte 0:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - n1 n0 w3 w2 . . R L - - L, R = 1 when Left, Right mouse button pressed - n1..n0 = number of fingers on touchpad - -byte 1:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - p7 p6 p5 p4 x11 x10 x9 x8 - -byte 2:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - x7 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 x1 x0 - - x11..x0 = absolute x value (horizontal) - -byte 3:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - n4 vf w1 w0 . . . b2 - - n4 = set if more than 3 fingers (only in 3 fingers mode) - vf = a kind of flag ? (only on EF123, 0 when finger is over one - of the buttons, 1 otherwise) - w3..w0 = width of the finger touch (not EF113) - b2 (on EF113 only, 0 otherwise), b2.R.L indicates one button pressed: - 0 = none - 1 = Left - 2 = Right - 3 = Middle (Left and Right) - 4 = Forward - 5 = Back - 6 = Another one - 7 = Another one - -byte 4:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - p3 p1 p2 p0 y11 y10 y9 y8 - - p7..p0 = pressure (not EF113) - -byte 5:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - y7 y6 y5 y4 y3 y2 y1 y0 - - y11..y0 = absolute y value (vertical) - - -Two finger touch -^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ - -Note that the two pairs of coordinates are not exactly the coordinates of the -two fingers, but only the pair of the lower-left and upper-right coordinates. -So the actual fingers might be situated on the other diagonal of the square -defined by these two points. - -byte 0:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - n1 n0 ay8 ax8 . . R L - - L, R = 1 when Left, Right mouse button pressed - n1..n0 = number of fingers on touchpad - -byte 1:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - ax7 ax6 ax5 ax4 ax3 ax2 ax1 ax0 - - ax8..ax0 = lower-left finger absolute x value - -byte 2:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - ay7 ay6 ay5 ay4 ay3 ay2 ay1 ay0 - - ay8..ay0 = lower-left finger absolute y value - -byte 3:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - . . by8 bx8 . . . . - -byte 4:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - bx7 bx6 bx5 bx4 bx3 bx2 bx1 bx0 - - bx8..bx0 = upper-right finger absolute x value - -byte 5:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - by7 by8 by5 by4 by3 by2 by1 by0 - - by8..by0 = upper-right finger absolute y value - -Hardware version 3 -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -Registers ---------- - -* reg_10:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - 0 0 0 0 R F T A - - A: 1 = enable absolute tracking - T: 1 = enable two finger mode auto correct - F: 1 = disable ABS Position Filter - R: 1 = enable real hardware resolution - -Native absolute mode 6 byte packet format ------------------------------------------ - -1 and 3 finger touch shares the same 6-byte packet format, except that -3 finger touch only reports the position of the center of all three fingers. - -Firmware would send 12 bytes of data for 2 finger touch. - -Note on debounce: -In case the box has unstable power supply or other electricity issues, or -when number of finger changes, F/W would send "debounce packet" to inform -driver that the hardware is in debounce status. -The debouce packet has the following signature:: - - byte 0: 0xc4 - byte 1: 0xff - byte 2: 0xff - byte 3: 0x02 - byte 4: 0xff - byte 5: 0xff - -When we encounter this kind of packet, we just ignore it. - -One/Three finger touch -^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ - -byte 0:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - n1 n0 w3 w2 0 1 R L - - L, R = 1 when Left, Right mouse button pressed - n1..n0 = number of fingers on touchpad - -byte 1:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - p7 p6 p5 p4 x11 x10 x9 x8 - -byte 2:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - x7 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 x1 x0 - - x11..x0 = absolute x value (horizontal) - -byte 3:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - 0 0 w1 w0 0 0 1 0 - - w3..w0 = width of the finger touch - -byte 4:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - p3 p1 p2 p0 y11 y10 y9 y8 - - p7..p0 = pressure - -byte 5:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - y7 y6 y5 y4 y3 y2 y1 y0 - - y11..y0 = absolute y value (vertical) - -Two finger touch -^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ - -The packet format is exactly the same for two finger touch, except the hardware -sends two 6 byte packets. The first packet contains data for the first finger, -the second packet has data for the second finger. So for two finger touch a -total of 12 bytes are sent. - -Hardware version 4 -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -Registers ---------- - -* reg_07:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 A - - A: 1 = enable absolute tracking - -Native absolute mode 6 byte packet format ------------------------------------------ - -v4 hardware is a true multitouch touchpad, capable of tracking up to 5 fingers. -Unfortunately, due to PS/2's limited bandwidth, its packet format is rather -complex. - -Whenever the numbers or identities of the fingers changes, the hardware sends a -status packet to indicate how many and which fingers is on touchpad, followed by -head packets or motion packets. A head packet contains data of finger id, finger -position (absolute x, y values), width, and pressure. A motion packet contains -two fingers' position delta. - -For example, when status packet tells there are 2 fingers on touchpad, then we -can expect two following head packets. If the finger status doesn't change, -the following packets would be motion packets, only sending delta of finger -position, until we receive a status packet. - -One exception is one finger touch. when a status packet tells us there is only -one finger, the hardware would just send head packets afterwards. - -Status packet -^^^^^^^^^^^^^ - -byte 0:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - . . . . 0 1 R L - - L, R = 1 when Left, Right mouse button pressed - -byte 1:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - . . . ft4 ft3 ft2 ft1 ft0 - - ft4 ft3 ft2 ft1 ft0 ftn = 1 when finger n is on touchpad - -byte 2:: - - not used - -byte 3:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - . . . 1 0 0 0 0 - - constant bits - -byte 4:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - p . . . . . . . - - p = 1 for palm - -byte 5:: - - not used - -Head packet -^^^^^^^^^^^ - -byte 0:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - w3 w2 w1 w0 0 1 R L - - L, R = 1 when Left, Right mouse button pressed - w3..w0 = finger width (spans how many trace lines) - -byte 1:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - p7 p6 p5 p4 x11 x10 x9 x8 - -byte 2:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - x7 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 x1 x0 - - x11..x0 = absolute x value (horizontal) - -byte 3:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - id2 id1 id0 1 0 0 0 1 - - id2..id0 = finger id - -byte 4:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - p3 p1 p2 p0 y11 y10 y9 y8 - - p7..p0 = pressure - -byte 5:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - y7 y6 y5 y4 y3 y2 y1 y0 - - y11..y0 = absolute y value (vertical) - -Motion packet -^^^^^^^^^^^^^ - -byte 0:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - id2 id1 id0 w 0 1 R L - - L, R = 1 when Left, Right mouse button pressed - id2..id0 = finger id - w = 1 when delta overflows (> 127 or < -128), in this case - firmware sends us (delta x / 5) and (delta y / 5) - -byte 1:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - x7 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 x1 x0 - - x7..x0 = delta x (two's complement) - -byte 2:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - y7 y6 y5 y4 y3 y2 y1 y0 - - y7..y0 = delta y (two's complement) - -byte 3:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - id2 id1 id0 1 0 0 1 0 - - id2..id0 = finger id - -byte 4:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - x7 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 x1 x0 - - x7..x0 = delta x (two's complement) - -byte 5:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - y7 y6 y5 y4 y3 y2 y1 y0 - - y7..y0 = delta y (two's complement) - - byte 0 ~ 2 for one finger - byte 3 ~ 5 for another - - -Trackpoint (for Hardware version 3 and 4) -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -Registers ---------- - -No special registers have been identified. - -Native relative mode 6 byte packet format ------------------------------------------ - -Status Packet -^^^^^^^^^^^^^ - -byte 0:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - 0 0 sx sy 0 M R L - -byte 1:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - ~sx 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - -byte 2:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - ~sy 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - -byte 3:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - 0 0 ~sy ~sx 0 1 1 0 - -byte 4:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - x7 x6 x5 x4 x3 x2 x1 x0 - -byte 5:: - - bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - y7 y6 y5 y4 y3 y2 y1 y0 - - - x and y are written in two's complement spread - over 9 bits with sx/sy the relative top bit and - x7..x0 and y7..y0 the lower bits. - ~sx is the inverse of sx, ~sy is the inverse of sy. - The sign of y is opposite to what the input driver - expects for a relative movement diff --git a/Documentation/input/event-codes.rst b/Documentation/input/event-codes.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..92db50954169 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/input/event-codes.rst @@ -0,0 +1,404 @@ +================= +Input event codes +================= + + +The input protocol uses a map of types and codes to express input device values +to userspace. This document describes the types and codes and how and when they +may be used. + +A single hardware event generates multiple input events. Each input event +contains the new value of a single data item. A special event type, EV_SYN, is +used to separate input events into packets of input data changes occurring at +the same moment in time. In the following, the term "event" refers to a single +input event encompassing a type, code, and value. + +The input protocol is a stateful protocol. Events are emitted only when values +of event codes have changed. However, the state is maintained within the Linux +input subsystem; drivers do not need to maintain the state and may attempt to +emit unchanged values without harm. Userspace may obtain the current state of +event code values using the EVIOCG* ioctls defined in linux/input.h. The event +reports supported by a device are also provided by sysfs in +class/input/event*/device/capabilities/, and the properties of a device are +provided in class/input/event*/device/properties. + +Event types +=========== + +Event types are groupings of codes under a logical input construct. Each +type has a set of applicable codes to be used in generating events. See the +Codes section for details on valid codes for each type. + +* EV_SYN: + + - Used as markers to separate events. Events may be separated in time or in + space, such as with the multitouch protocol. + +* EV_KEY: + + - Used to describe state changes of keyboards, buttons, or other key-like + devices. + +* EV_REL: + + - Used to describe relative axis value changes, e.g. moving the mouse 5 units + to the left. + +* EV_ABS: + + - Used to describe absolute axis value changes, e.g. describing the + coordinates of a touch on a touchscreen. + +* EV_MSC: + + - Used to describe miscellaneous input data that do not fit into other types. + +* EV_SW: + + - Used to describe binary state input switches. + +* EV_LED: + + - Used to turn LEDs on devices on and off. + +* EV_SND: + + - Used to output sound to devices. + +* EV_REP: + + - Used for autorepeating devices. + +* EV_FF: + + - Used to send force feedback commands to an input device. + +* EV_PWR: + + - A special type for power button and switch input. + +* EV_FF_STATUS: + + - Used to receive force feedback device status. + +Event codes +=========== + +Event codes define the precise type of event. + +EV_SYN +------ + +EV_SYN event values are undefined. Their usage is defined only by when they are +sent in the evdev event stream. + +* SYN_REPORT: + + - Used to synchronize and separate events into packets of input data changes + occurring at the same moment in time. For example, motion of a mouse may set + the REL_X and REL_Y values for one motion, then emit a SYN_REPORT. The next + motion will emit more REL_X and REL_Y values and send another SYN_REPORT. + +* SYN_CONFIG: + + - TBD + +* SYN_MT_REPORT: + + - Used to synchronize and separate touch events. See the + multi-touch-protocol.txt document for more information. + +* SYN_DROPPED: + + - Used to indicate buffer overrun in the evdev client's event queue. + Client should ignore all events up to and including next SYN_REPORT + event and query the device (using EVIOCG* ioctls) to obtain its + current state. + +EV_KEY +------ + +EV_KEY events take the form KEY_ or BTN_. For example, KEY_A is used +to represent the 'A' key on a keyboard. When a key is depressed, an event with +the key's code is emitted with value 1. When the key is released, an event is +emitted with value 0. Some hardware send events when a key is repeated. These +events have a value of 2. In general, KEY_ is used for keyboard keys, and +BTN_ is used for other types of momentary switch events. + +A few EV_KEY codes have special meanings: + +* BTN_TOOL_: + + - These codes are used in conjunction with input trackpads, tablets, and + touchscreens. These devices may be used with fingers, pens, or other tools. + When an event occurs and a tool is used, the corresponding BTN_TOOL_ + code should be set to a value of 1. When the tool is no longer interacting + with the input device, the BTN_TOOL_ code should be reset to 0. All + trackpads, tablets, and touchscreens should use at least one BTN_TOOL_ + code when events are generated. + +* BTN_TOUCH: + + BTN_TOUCH is used for touch contact. While an input tool is determined to be + within meaningful physical contact, the value of this property must be set + to 1. Meaningful physical contact may mean any contact, or it may mean + contact conditioned by an implementation defined property. For example, a + touchpad may set the value to 1 only when the touch pressure rises above a + certain value. BTN_TOUCH may be combined with BTN_TOOL_ codes. For + example, a pen tablet may set BTN_TOOL_PEN to 1 and BTN_TOUCH to 0 while the + pen is hovering over but not touching the tablet surface. + +Note: For appropriate function of the legacy mousedev emulation driver, +BTN_TOUCH must be the first evdev code emitted in a synchronization frame. + +Note: Historically a touch device with BTN_TOOL_FINGER and BTN_TOUCH was +interpreted as a touchpad by userspace, while a similar device without +BTN_TOOL_FINGER was interpreted as a touchscreen. For backwards compatibility +with current userspace it is recommended to follow this distinction. In the +future, this distinction will be deprecated and the device properties ioctl +EVIOCGPROP, defined in linux/input.h, will be used to convey the device type. + +* BTN_TOOL_FINGER, BTN_TOOL_DOUBLETAP, BTN_TOOL_TRIPLETAP, BTN_TOOL_QUADTAP: + + - These codes denote one, two, three, and four finger interaction on a + trackpad or touchscreen. For example, if the user uses two fingers and moves + them on the touchpad in an effort to scroll content on screen, + BTN_TOOL_DOUBLETAP should be set to value 1 for the duration of the motion. + Note that all BTN_TOOL_ codes and the BTN_TOUCH code are orthogonal in + purpose. A trackpad event generated by finger touches should generate events + for one code from each group. At most only one of these BTN_TOOL_ + codes should have a value of 1 during any synchronization frame. + +Note: Historically some drivers emitted multiple of the finger count codes with +a value of 1 in the same synchronization frame. This usage is deprecated. + +Note: In multitouch drivers, the input_mt_report_finger_count() function should +be used to emit these codes. Please see multi-touch-protocol.txt for details. + +EV_REL +------ + +EV_REL events describe relative changes in a property. For example, a mouse may +move to the left by a certain number of units, but its absolute position in +space is unknown. If the absolute position is known, EV_ABS codes should be used +instead of EV_REL codes. + +A few EV_REL codes have special meanings: + +* REL_WHEEL, REL_HWHEEL: + + - These codes are used for vertical and horizontal scroll wheels, + respectively. + +EV_ABS +------ + +EV_ABS events describe absolute changes in a property. For example, a touchpad +may emit coordinates for a touch location. + +A few EV_ABS codes have special meanings: + +* ABS_DISTANCE: + + - Used to describe the distance of a tool from an interaction surface. This + event should only be emitted while the tool is hovering, meaning in close + proximity of the device and while the value of the BTN_TOUCH code is 0. If + the input device may be used freely in three dimensions, consider ABS_Z + instead. + - BTN_TOOL_ should be set to 1 when the tool comes into detectable + proximity and set to 0 when the tool leaves detectable proximity. + BTN_TOOL_ signals the type of tool that is currently detected by the + hardware and is otherwise independent of ABS_DISTANCE and/or BTN_TOUCH. + +* ABS_MT_: + + - Used to describe multitouch input events. Please see + multi-touch-protocol.txt for details. + +EV_SW +----- + +EV_SW events describe stateful binary switches. For example, the SW_LID code is +used to denote when a laptop lid is closed. + +Upon binding to a device or resuming from suspend, a driver must report +the current switch state. This ensures that the device, kernel, and userspace +state is in sync. + +Upon resume, if the switch state is the same as before suspend, then the input +subsystem will filter out the duplicate switch state reports. The driver does +not need to keep the state of the switch at any time. + +EV_MSC +------ + +EV_MSC events are used for input and output events that do not fall under other +categories. + +A few EV_MSC codes have special meaning: + +* MSC_TIMESTAMP: + + - Used to report the number of microseconds since the last reset. This event + should be coded as an uint32 value, which is allowed to wrap around with + no special consequence. It is assumed that the time difference between two + consecutive events is reliable on a reasonable time scale (hours). + A reset to zero can happen, in which case the time since the last event is + unknown. If the device does not provide this information, the driver must + not provide it to user space. + +EV_LED +------ + +EV_LED events are used for input and output to set and query the state of +various LEDs on devices. + +EV_REP +------ + +EV_REP events are used for specifying autorepeating events. + +EV_SND +------ + +EV_SND events are used for sending sound commands to simple sound output +devices. + +EV_FF +----- + +EV_FF events are used to initialize a force feedback capable device and to cause +such device to feedback. + +EV_PWR +------ + +EV_PWR events are a special type of event used specifically for power +management. Its usage is not well defined. To be addressed later. + +Device properties +================= + +Normally, userspace sets up an input device based on the data it emits, +i.e., the event types. In the case of two devices emitting the same event +types, additional information can be provided in the form of device +properties. + +INPUT_PROP_DIRECT + INPUT_PROP_POINTER +-------------------------------------- + +The INPUT_PROP_DIRECT property indicates that device coordinates should be +directly mapped to screen coordinates (not taking into account trivial +transformations, such as scaling, flipping and rotating). Non-direct input +devices require non-trivial transformation, such as absolute to relative +transformation for touchpads. Typical direct input devices: touchscreens, +drawing tablets; non-direct devices: touchpads, mice. + +The INPUT_PROP_POINTER property indicates that the device is not transposed +on the screen and thus requires use of an on-screen pointer to trace user's +movements. Typical pointer devices: touchpads, tablets, mice; non-pointer +device: touchscreen. + +If neither INPUT_PROP_DIRECT or INPUT_PROP_POINTER are set, the property is +considered undefined and the device type should be deduced in the +traditional way, using emitted event types. + +INPUT_PROP_BUTTONPAD +-------------------- + +For touchpads where the button is placed beneath the surface, such that +pressing down on the pad causes a button click, this property should be +set. Common in clickpad notebooks and macbooks from 2009 and onwards. + +Originally, the buttonpad property was coded into the bcm5974 driver +version field under the name integrated button. For backwards +compatibility, both methods need to be checked in userspace. + +INPUT_PROP_SEMI_MT +------------------ + +Some touchpads, most common between 2008 and 2011, can detect the presence +of multiple contacts without resolving the individual positions; only the +number of contacts and a rectangular shape is known. For such +touchpads, the semi-mt property should be set. + +Depending on the device, the rectangle may enclose all touches, like a +bounding box, or just some of them, for instance the two most recent +touches. The diversity makes the rectangle of limited use, but some +gestures can normally be extracted from it. + +If INPUT_PROP_SEMI_MT is not set, the device is assumed to be a true MT +device. + +INPUT_PROP_TOPBUTTONPAD +----------------------- + +Some laptops, most notably the Lenovo 40 series provide a trackstick +device but do not have physical buttons associated with the trackstick +device. Instead, the top area of the touchpad is marked to show +visual/haptic areas for left, middle, right buttons intended to be used +with the trackstick. + +If INPUT_PROP_TOPBUTTONPAD is set, userspace should emulate buttons +accordingly. This property does not affect kernel behavior. +The kernel does not provide button emulation for such devices but treats +them as any other INPUT_PROP_BUTTONPAD device. + +INPUT_PROP_ACCELEROMETER +------------------------ + +Directional axes on this device (absolute and/or relative x, y, z) represent +accelerometer data. All other axes retain their meaning. A device must not mix +regular directional axes and accelerometer axes on the same event node. + +Guidelines +========== + +The guidelines below ensure proper single-touch and multi-finger functionality. +For multi-touch functionality, see the multi-touch-protocol.txt document for +more information. + +Mice +---- + +REL_{X,Y} must be reported when the mouse moves. BTN_LEFT must be used to report +the primary button press. BTN_{MIDDLE,RIGHT,4,5,etc.} should be used to report +further buttons of the device. REL_WHEEL and REL_HWHEEL should be used to report +scroll wheel events where available. + +Touchscreens +------------ + +ABS_{X,Y} must be reported with the location of the touch. BTN_TOUCH must be +used to report when a touch is active on the screen. +BTN_{MOUSE,LEFT,MIDDLE,RIGHT} must not be reported as the result of touch +contact. BTN_TOOL_ events should be reported where possible. + +For new hardware, INPUT_PROP_DIRECT should be set. + +Trackpads +--------- + +Legacy trackpads that only provide relative position information must report +events like mice described above. + +Trackpads that provide absolute touch position must report ABS_{X,Y} for the +location of the touch. BTN_TOUCH should be used to report when a touch is active +on the trackpad. Where multi-finger support is available, BTN_TOOL_ should +be used to report the number of touches active on the trackpad. + +For new hardware, INPUT_PROP_POINTER should be set. + +Tablets +------- + +BTN_TOOL_ events must be reported when a stylus or other tool is active on +the tablet. ABS_{X,Y} must be reported with the location of the tool. BTN_TOUCH +should be used to report when the tool is in contact with the tablet. +BTN_{STYLUS,STYLUS2} should be used to report buttons on the tool itself. Any +button may be used for buttons on the tablet except BTN_{MOUSE,LEFT}. +BTN_{0,1,2,etc} are good generic codes for unlabeled buttons. Do not use +meaningful buttons, like BTN_FORWARD, unless the button is labeled for that +purpose on the device. + +For new hardware, both INPUT_PROP_DIRECT and INPUT_PROP_POINTER should be set. diff --git a/Documentation/input/event-codes.txt b/Documentation/input/event-codes.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 92db50954169..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/input/event-codes.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,404 +0,0 @@ -================= -Input event codes -================= - - -The input protocol uses a map of types and codes to express input device values -to userspace. This document describes the types and codes and how and when they -may be used. - -A single hardware event generates multiple input events. Each input event -contains the new value of a single data item. A special event type, EV_SYN, is -used to separate input events into packets of input data changes occurring at -the same moment in time. In the following, the term "event" refers to a single -input event encompassing a type, code, and value. - -The input protocol is a stateful protocol. Events are emitted only when values -of event codes have changed. However, the state is maintained within the Linux -input subsystem; drivers do not need to maintain the state and may attempt to -emit unchanged values without harm. Userspace may obtain the current state of -event code values using the EVIOCG* ioctls defined in linux/input.h. The event -reports supported by a device are also provided by sysfs in -class/input/event*/device/capabilities/, and the properties of a device are -provided in class/input/event*/device/properties. - -Event types -=========== - -Event types are groupings of codes under a logical input construct. Each -type has a set of applicable codes to be used in generating events. See the -Codes section for details on valid codes for each type. - -* EV_SYN: - - - Used as markers to separate events. Events may be separated in time or in - space, such as with the multitouch protocol. - -* EV_KEY: - - - Used to describe state changes of keyboards, buttons, or other key-like - devices. - -* EV_REL: - - - Used to describe relative axis value changes, e.g. moving the mouse 5 units - to the left. - -* EV_ABS: - - - Used to describe absolute axis value changes, e.g. describing the - coordinates of a touch on a touchscreen. - -* EV_MSC: - - - Used to describe miscellaneous input data that do not fit into other types. - -* EV_SW: - - - Used to describe binary state input switches. - -* EV_LED: - - - Used to turn LEDs on devices on and off. - -* EV_SND: - - - Used to output sound to devices. - -* EV_REP: - - - Used for autorepeating devices. - -* EV_FF: - - - Used to send force feedback commands to an input device. - -* EV_PWR: - - - A special type for power button and switch input. - -* EV_FF_STATUS: - - - Used to receive force feedback device status. - -Event codes -=========== - -Event codes define the precise type of event. - -EV_SYN ------- - -EV_SYN event values are undefined. Their usage is defined only by when they are -sent in the evdev event stream. - -* SYN_REPORT: - - - Used to synchronize and separate events into packets of input data changes - occurring at the same moment in time. For example, motion of a mouse may set - the REL_X and REL_Y values for one motion, then emit a SYN_REPORT. The next - motion will emit more REL_X and REL_Y values and send another SYN_REPORT. - -* SYN_CONFIG: - - - TBD - -* SYN_MT_REPORT: - - - Used to synchronize and separate touch events. See the - multi-touch-protocol.txt document for more information. - -* SYN_DROPPED: - - - Used to indicate buffer overrun in the evdev client's event queue. - Client should ignore all events up to and including next SYN_REPORT - event and query the device (using EVIOCG* ioctls) to obtain its - current state. - -EV_KEY ------- - -EV_KEY events take the form KEY_ or BTN_. For example, KEY_A is used -to represent the 'A' key on a keyboard. When a key is depressed, an event with -the key's code is emitted with value 1. When the key is released, an event is -emitted with value 0. Some hardware send events when a key is repeated. These -events have a value of 2. In general, KEY_ is used for keyboard keys, and -BTN_ is used for other types of momentary switch events. - -A few EV_KEY codes have special meanings: - -* BTN_TOOL_: - - - These codes are used in conjunction with input trackpads, tablets, and - touchscreens. These devices may be used with fingers, pens, or other tools. - When an event occurs and a tool is used, the corresponding BTN_TOOL_ - code should be set to a value of 1. When the tool is no longer interacting - with the input device, the BTN_TOOL_ code should be reset to 0. All - trackpads, tablets, and touchscreens should use at least one BTN_TOOL_ - code when events are generated. - -* BTN_TOUCH: - - BTN_TOUCH is used for touch contact. While an input tool is determined to be - within meaningful physical contact, the value of this property must be set - to 1. Meaningful physical contact may mean any contact, or it may mean - contact conditioned by an implementation defined property. For example, a - touchpad may set the value to 1 only when the touch pressure rises above a - certain value. BTN_TOUCH may be combined with BTN_TOOL_ codes. For - example, a pen tablet may set BTN_TOOL_PEN to 1 and BTN_TOUCH to 0 while the - pen is hovering over but not touching the tablet surface. - -Note: For appropriate function of the legacy mousedev emulation driver, -BTN_TOUCH must be the first evdev code emitted in a synchronization frame. - -Note: Historically a touch device with BTN_TOOL_FINGER and BTN_TOUCH was -interpreted as a touchpad by userspace, while a similar device without -BTN_TOOL_FINGER was interpreted as a touchscreen. For backwards compatibility -with current userspace it is recommended to follow this distinction. In the -future, this distinction will be deprecated and the device properties ioctl -EVIOCGPROP, defined in linux/input.h, will be used to convey the device type. - -* BTN_TOOL_FINGER, BTN_TOOL_DOUBLETAP, BTN_TOOL_TRIPLETAP, BTN_TOOL_QUADTAP: - - - These codes denote one, two, three, and four finger interaction on a - trackpad or touchscreen. For example, if the user uses two fingers and moves - them on the touchpad in an effort to scroll content on screen, - BTN_TOOL_DOUBLETAP should be set to value 1 for the duration of the motion. - Note that all BTN_TOOL_ codes and the BTN_TOUCH code are orthogonal in - purpose. A trackpad event generated by finger touches should generate events - for one code from each group. At most only one of these BTN_TOOL_ - codes should have a value of 1 during any synchronization frame. - -Note: Historically some drivers emitted multiple of the finger count codes with -a value of 1 in the same synchronization frame. This usage is deprecated. - -Note: In multitouch drivers, the input_mt_report_finger_count() function should -be used to emit these codes. Please see multi-touch-protocol.txt for details. - -EV_REL ------- - -EV_REL events describe relative changes in a property. For example, a mouse may -move to the left by a certain number of units, but its absolute position in -space is unknown. If the absolute position is known, EV_ABS codes should be used -instead of EV_REL codes. - -A few EV_REL codes have special meanings: - -* REL_WHEEL, REL_HWHEEL: - - - These codes are used for vertical and horizontal scroll wheels, - respectively. - -EV_ABS ------- - -EV_ABS events describe absolute changes in a property. For example, a touchpad -may emit coordinates for a touch location. - -A few EV_ABS codes have special meanings: - -* ABS_DISTANCE: - - - Used to describe the distance of a tool from an interaction surface. This - event should only be emitted while the tool is hovering, meaning in close - proximity of the device and while the value of the BTN_TOUCH code is 0. If - the input device may be used freely in three dimensions, consider ABS_Z - instead. - - BTN_TOOL_ should be set to 1 when the tool comes into detectable - proximity and set to 0 when the tool leaves detectable proximity. - BTN_TOOL_ signals the type of tool that is currently detected by the - hardware and is otherwise independent of ABS_DISTANCE and/or BTN_TOUCH. - -* ABS_MT_: - - - Used to describe multitouch input events. Please see - multi-touch-protocol.txt for details. - -EV_SW ------ - -EV_SW events describe stateful binary switches. For example, the SW_LID code is -used to denote when a laptop lid is closed. - -Upon binding to a device or resuming from suspend, a driver must report -the current switch state. This ensures that the device, kernel, and userspace -state is in sync. - -Upon resume, if the switch state is the same as before suspend, then the input -subsystem will filter out the duplicate switch state reports. The driver does -not need to keep the state of the switch at any time. - -EV_MSC ------- - -EV_MSC events are used for input and output events that do not fall under other -categories. - -A few EV_MSC codes have special meaning: - -* MSC_TIMESTAMP: - - - Used to report the number of microseconds since the last reset. This event - should be coded as an uint32 value, which is allowed to wrap around with - no special consequence. It is assumed that the time difference between two - consecutive events is reliable on a reasonable time scale (hours). - A reset to zero can happen, in which case the time since the last event is - unknown. If the device does not provide this information, the driver must - not provide it to user space. - -EV_LED ------- - -EV_LED events are used for input and output to set and query the state of -various LEDs on devices. - -EV_REP ------- - -EV_REP events are used for specifying autorepeating events. - -EV_SND ------- - -EV_SND events are used for sending sound commands to simple sound output -devices. - -EV_FF ------ - -EV_FF events are used to initialize a force feedback capable device and to cause -such device to feedback. - -EV_PWR ------- - -EV_PWR events are a special type of event used specifically for power -management. Its usage is not well defined. To be addressed later. - -Device properties -================= - -Normally, userspace sets up an input device based on the data it emits, -i.e., the event types. In the case of two devices emitting the same event -types, additional information can be provided in the form of device -properties. - -INPUT_PROP_DIRECT + INPUT_PROP_POINTER --------------------------------------- - -The INPUT_PROP_DIRECT property indicates that device coordinates should be -directly mapped to screen coordinates (not taking into account trivial -transformations, such as scaling, flipping and rotating). Non-direct input -devices require non-trivial transformation, such as absolute to relative -transformation for touchpads. Typical direct input devices: touchscreens, -drawing tablets; non-direct devices: touchpads, mice. - -The INPUT_PROP_POINTER property indicates that the device is not transposed -on the screen and thus requires use of an on-screen pointer to trace user's -movements. Typical pointer devices: touchpads, tablets, mice; non-pointer -device: touchscreen. - -If neither INPUT_PROP_DIRECT or INPUT_PROP_POINTER are set, the property is -considered undefined and the device type should be deduced in the -traditional way, using emitted event types. - -INPUT_PROP_BUTTONPAD --------------------- - -For touchpads where the button is placed beneath the surface, such that -pressing down on the pad causes a button click, this property should be -set. Common in clickpad notebooks and macbooks from 2009 and onwards. - -Originally, the buttonpad property was coded into the bcm5974 driver -version field under the name integrated button. For backwards -compatibility, both methods need to be checked in userspace. - -INPUT_PROP_SEMI_MT ------------------- - -Some touchpads, most common between 2008 and 2011, can detect the presence -of multiple contacts without resolving the individual positions; only the -number of contacts and a rectangular shape is known. For such -touchpads, the semi-mt property should be set. - -Depending on the device, the rectangle may enclose all touches, like a -bounding box, or just some of them, for instance the two most recent -touches. The diversity makes the rectangle of limited use, but some -gestures can normally be extracted from it. - -If INPUT_PROP_SEMI_MT is not set, the device is assumed to be a true MT -device. - -INPUT_PROP_TOPBUTTONPAD ------------------------ - -Some laptops, most notably the Lenovo 40 series provide a trackstick -device but do not have physical buttons associated with the trackstick -device. Instead, the top area of the touchpad is marked to show -visual/haptic areas for left, middle, right buttons intended to be used -with the trackstick. - -If INPUT_PROP_TOPBUTTONPAD is set, userspace should emulate buttons -accordingly. This property does not affect kernel behavior. -The kernel does not provide button emulation for such devices but treats -them as any other INPUT_PROP_BUTTONPAD device. - -INPUT_PROP_ACCELEROMETER ------------------------- - -Directional axes on this device (absolute and/or relative x, y, z) represent -accelerometer data. All other axes retain their meaning. A device must not mix -regular directional axes and accelerometer axes on the same event node. - -Guidelines -========== - -The guidelines below ensure proper single-touch and multi-finger functionality. -For multi-touch functionality, see the multi-touch-protocol.txt document for -more information. - -Mice ----- - -REL_{X,Y} must be reported when the mouse moves. BTN_LEFT must be used to report -the primary button press. BTN_{MIDDLE,RIGHT,4,5,etc.} should be used to report -further buttons of the device. REL_WHEEL and REL_HWHEEL should be used to report -scroll wheel events where available. - -Touchscreens ------------- - -ABS_{X,Y} must be reported with the location of the touch. BTN_TOUCH must be -used to report when a touch is active on the screen. -BTN_{MOUSE,LEFT,MIDDLE,RIGHT} must not be reported as the result of touch -contact. BTN_TOOL_ events should be reported where possible. - -For new hardware, INPUT_PROP_DIRECT should be set. - -Trackpads ---------- - -Legacy trackpads that only provide relative position information must report -events like mice described above. - -Trackpads that provide absolute touch position must report ABS_{X,Y} for the -location of the touch. BTN_TOUCH should be used to report when a touch is active -on the trackpad. Where multi-finger support is available, BTN_TOOL_ should -be used to report the number of touches active on the trackpad. - -For new hardware, INPUT_PROP_POINTER should be set. - -Tablets -------- - -BTN_TOOL_ events must be reported when a stylus or other tool is active on -the tablet. ABS_{X,Y} must be reported with the location of the tool. BTN_TOUCH -should be used to report when the tool is in contact with the tablet. -BTN_{STYLUS,STYLUS2} should be used to report buttons on the tool itself. Any -button may be used for buttons on the tablet except BTN_{MOUSE,LEFT}. -BTN_{0,1,2,etc} are good generic codes for unlabeled buttons. Do not use -meaningful buttons, like BTN_FORWARD, unless the button is labeled for that -purpose on the device. - -For new hardware, both INPUT_PROP_DIRECT and INPUT_PROP_POINTER should be set. diff --git a/Documentation/input/ff.rst b/Documentation/input/ff.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..6d6688a63dd8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/input/ff.rst @@ -0,0 +1,257 @@ +======================== +Force feedback for Linux +======================== + +:Author: Johann Deneux on 2001/04/22. +:Updated: Anssi Hannula on 2006/04/09. + +You may redistribute this file. Please remember to include shape.fig and +interactive.fig as well. + +Introduction +~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +This document describes how to use force feedback devices under Linux. The +goal is not to support these devices as if they were simple input-only devices +(as it is already the case), but to really enable the rendering of force +effects. +This document only describes the force feedback part of the Linux input +interface. Please read joystick.txt and input.txt before reading further this +document. + +Instructions to the user +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +To enable force feedback, you have to: + +1. have your kernel configured with evdev and a driver that supports your + device. +2. make sure evdev module is loaded and /dev/input/event* device files are + created. + +Before you start, let me WARN you that some devices shake violently during the +initialisation phase. This happens for example with my "AVB Top Shot Pegasus". +To stop this annoying behaviour, move you joystick to its limits. Anyway, you +should keep a hand on your device, in order to avoid it to break down if +something goes wrong. + +If you have a serial iforce device, you need to start inputattach. See +joystick.txt for details. + +Does it work ? +-------------- + +There is an utility called fftest that will allow you to test the driver:: + + % fftest /dev/input/eventXX + +Instructions to the developer +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +All interactions are done using the event API. That is, you can use ioctl() +and write() on /dev/input/eventXX. +This information is subject to change. + +Querying device capabilities +---------------------------- + +:: + + #include + #include + + #define BITS_TO_LONGS(x) \ + (((x) + 8 * sizeof (unsigned long) - 1) / (8 * sizeof (unsigned long))) + unsigned long features[BITS_TO_LONGS(FF_CNT)]; + int ioctl(int file_descriptor, int request, unsigned long *features); + +"request" must be EVIOCGBIT(EV_FF, size of features array in bytes ) + +Returns the features supported by the device. features is a bitfield with the +following bits: + +- FF_CONSTANT can render constant force effects +- FF_PERIODIC can render periodic effects with the following waveforms: + + - FF_SQUARE square waveform + - FF_TRIANGLE triangle waveform + - FF_SINE sine waveform + - FF_SAW_UP sawtooth up waveform + - FF_SAW_DOWN sawtooth down waveform + - FF_CUSTOM custom waveform + +- FF_RAMP can render ramp effects +- FF_SPRING can simulate the presence of a spring +- FF_FRICTION can simulate friction +- FF_DAMPER can simulate damper effects +- FF_RUMBLE rumble effects +- FF_INERTIA can simulate inertia +- FF_GAIN gain is adjustable +- FF_AUTOCENTER autocenter is adjustable + +.. note:: + + - In most cases you should use FF_PERIODIC instead of FF_RUMBLE. All + devices that support FF_RUMBLE support FF_PERIODIC (square, triangle, + sine) and the other way around. + + - The exact syntax FF_CUSTOM is undefined for the time being as no driver + supports it yet. + +:: + + int ioctl(int fd, EVIOCGEFFECTS, int *n); + +Returns the number of effects the device can keep in its memory. + +Uploading effects to the device +------------------------------- + +:: + + #include + #include + + int ioctl(int file_descriptor, int request, struct ff_effect *effect); + +"request" must be EVIOCSFF. + +"effect" points to a structure describing the effect to upload. The effect is +uploaded, but not played. +The content of effect may be modified. In particular, its field "id" is set +to the unique id assigned by the driver. This data is required for performing +some operations (removing an effect, controlling the playback). +This if field must be set to -1 by the user in order to tell the driver to +allocate a new effect. + +Effects are file descriptor specific. + +See for a description of the ff_effect struct. You should also +find help in a few sketches, contained in files shape.fig and interactive.fig. +You need xfig to visualize these files. + + +Removing an effect from the device +---------------------------------- + +:: + + int ioctl(int fd, EVIOCRMFF, effect.id); + +This makes room for new effects in the device's memory. Note that this also +stops the effect if it was playing. + +Controlling the playback of effects +----------------------------------- + +Control of playing is done with write(). Below is an example: + +:: + + #include + #include + + struct input_event play; + struct input_event stop; + struct ff_effect effect; + int fd; + ... + fd = open("/dev/input/eventXX", O_RDWR); + ... + /* Play three times */ + play.type = EV_FF; + play.code = effect.id; + play.value = 3; + + write(fd, (const void*) &play, sizeof(play)); + ... + /* Stop an effect */ + stop.type = EV_FF; + stop.code = effect.id; + stop.value = 0; + + write(fd, (const void*) &play, sizeof(stop)); + +Setting the gain +---------------- + +Not all devices have the same strength. Therefore, users should set a gain +factor depending on how strong they want effects to be. This setting is +persistent across access to the driver. + +:: + + /* Set the gain of the device + int gain; /* between 0 and 100 */ + struct input_event ie; /* structure used to communicate with the driver */ + + ie.type = EV_FF; + ie.code = FF_GAIN; + ie.value = 0xFFFFUL * gain / 100; + + if (write(fd, &ie, sizeof(ie)) == -1) + perror("set gain"); + +Enabling/Disabling autocenter +----------------------------- + +The autocenter feature quite disturbs the rendering of effects in my opinion, +and I think it should be an effect, which computation depends on the game +type. But you can enable it if you want. + +:: + + int autocenter; /* between 0 and 100 */ + struct input_event ie; + + ie.type = EV_FF; + ie.code = FF_AUTOCENTER; + ie.value = 0xFFFFUL * autocenter / 100; + + if (write(fd, &ie, sizeof(ie)) == -1) + perror("set auto-center"); + +A value of 0 means "no auto-center". + +Dynamic update of an effect +--------------------------- + +Proceed as if you wanted to upload a new effect, except that instead of +setting the id field to -1, you set it to the wanted effect id. +Normally, the effect is not stopped and restarted. However, depending on the +type of device, not all parameters can be dynamically updated. For example, +the direction of an effect cannot be updated with iforce devices. In this +case, the driver stops the effect, up-load it, and restart it. + +Therefore it is recommended to dynamically change direction while the effect +is playing only when it is ok to restart the effect with a replay count of 1. + +Information about the status of effects +--------------------------------------- + +Every time the status of an effect is changed, an event is sent. The values +and meanings of the fields of the event are as follows:: + + struct input_event { + /* When the status of the effect changed */ + struct timeval time; + + /* Set to EV_FF_STATUS */ + unsigned short type; + + /* Contains the id of the effect */ + unsigned short code; + + /* Indicates the status */ + unsigned int value; + }; + + FF_STATUS_STOPPED The effect stopped playing + FF_STATUS_PLAYING The effect started to play + +.. note:: + + - Status feedback is only supported by iforce driver. If you have + a really good reason to use this, please contact + linux-joystick@atrey.karlin.mff.cuni.cz or anssi.hannula@gmail.com + so that support for it can be added to the rest of the drivers. diff --git a/Documentation/input/ff.txt b/Documentation/input/ff.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 6d6688a63dd8..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/input/ff.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,257 +0,0 @@ -======================== -Force feedback for Linux -======================== - -:Author: Johann Deneux on 2001/04/22. -:Updated: Anssi Hannula on 2006/04/09. - -You may redistribute this file. Please remember to include shape.fig and -interactive.fig as well. - -Introduction -~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -This document describes how to use force feedback devices under Linux. The -goal is not to support these devices as if they were simple input-only devices -(as it is already the case), but to really enable the rendering of force -effects. -This document only describes the force feedback part of the Linux input -interface. Please read joystick.txt and input.txt before reading further this -document. - -Instructions to the user -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -To enable force feedback, you have to: - -1. have your kernel configured with evdev and a driver that supports your - device. -2. make sure evdev module is loaded and /dev/input/event* device files are - created. - -Before you start, let me WARN you that some devices shake violently during the -initialisation phase. This happens for example with my "AVB Top Shot Pegasus". -To stop this annoying behaviour, move you joystick to its limits. Anyway, you -should keep a hand on your device, in order to avoid it to break down if -something goes wrong. - -If you have a serial iforce device, you need to start inputattach. See -joystick.txt for details. - -Does it work ? --------------- - -There is an utility called fftest that will allow you to test the driver:: - - % fftest /dev/input/eventXX - -Instructions to the developer -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -All interactions are done using the event API. That is, you can use ioctl() -and write() on /dev/input/eventXX. -This information is subject to change. - -Querying device capabilities ----------------------------- - -:: - - #include - #include - - #define BITS_TO_LONGS(x) \ - (((x) + 8 * sizeof (unsigned long) - 1) / (8 * sizeof (unsigned long))) - unsigned long features[BITS_TO_LONGS(FF_CNT)]; - int ioctl(int file_descriptor, int request, unsigned long *features); - -"request" must be EVIOCGBIT(EV_FF, size of features array in bytes ) - -Returns the features supported by the device. features is a bitfield with the -following bits: - -- FF_CONSTANT can render constant force effects -- FF_PERIODIC can render periodic effects with the following waveforms: - - - FF_SQUARE square waveform - - FF_TRIANGLE triangle waveform - - FF_SINE sine waveform - - FF_SAW_UP sawtooth up waveform - - FF_SAW_DOWN sawtooth down waveform - - FF_CUSTOM custom waveform - -- FF_RAMP can render ramp effects -- FF_SPRING can simulate the presence of a spring -- FF_FRICTION can simulate friction -- FF_DAMPER can simulate damper effects -- FF_RUMBLE rumble effects -- FF_INERTIA can simulate inertia -- FF_GAIN gain is adjustable -- FF_AUTOCENTER autocenter is adjustable - -.. note:: - - - In most cases you should use FF_PERIODIC instead of FF_RUMBLE. All - devices that support FF_RUMBLE support FF_PERIODIC (square, triangle, - sine) and the other way around. - - - The exact syntax FF_CUSTOM is undefined for the time being as no driver - supports it yet. - -:: - - int ioctl(int fd, EVIOCGEFFECTS, int *n); - -Returns the number of effects the device can keep in its memory. - -Uploading effects to the device -------------------------------- - -:: - - #include - #include - - int ioctl(int file_descriptor, int request, struct ff_effect *effect); - -"request" must be EVIOCSFF. - -"effect" points to a structure describing the effect to upload. The effect is -uploaded, but not played. -The content of effect may be modified. In particular, its field "id" is set -to the unique id assigned by the driver. This data is required for performing -some operations (removing an effect, controlling the playback). -This if field must be set to -1 by the user in order to tell the driver to -allocate a new effect. - -Effects are file descriptor specific. - -See for a description of the ff_effect struct. You should also -find help in a few sketches, contained in files shape.fig and interactive.fig. -You need xfig to visualize these files. - - -Removing an effect from the device ----------------------------------- - -:: - - int ioctl(int fd, EVIOCRMFF, effect.id); - -This makes room for new effects in the device's memory. Note that this also -stops the effect if it was playing. - -Controlling the playback of effects ------------------------------------ - -Control of playing is done with write(). Below is an example: - -:: - - #include - #include - - struct input_event play; - struct input_event stop; - struct ff_effect effect; - int fd; - ... - fd = open("/dev/input/eventXX", O_RDWR); - ... - /* Play three times */ - play.type = EV_FF; - play.code = effect.id; - play.value = 3; - - write(fd, (const void*) &play, sizeof(play)); - ... - /* Stop an effect */ - stop.type = EV_FF; - stop.code = effect.id; - stop.value = 0; - - write(fd, (const void*) &play, sizeof(stop)); - -Setting the gain ----------------- - -Not all devices have the same strength. Therefore, users should set a gain -factor depending on how strong they want effects to be. This setting is -persistent across access to the driver. - -:: - - /* Set the gain of the device - int gain; /* between 0 and 100 */ - struct input_event ie; /* structure used to communicate with the driver */ - - ie.type = EV_FF; - ie.code = FF_GAIN; - ie.value = 0xFFFFUL * gain / 100; - - if (write(fd, &ie, sizeof(ie)) == -1) - perror("set gain"); - -Enabling/Disabling autocenter ------------------------------ - -The autocenter feature quite disturbs the rendering of effects in my opinion, -and I think it should be an effect, which computation depends on the game -type. But you can enable it if you want. - -:: - - int autocenter; /* between 0 and 100 */ - struct input_event ie; - - ie.type = EV_FF; - ie.code = FF_AUTOCENTER; - ie.value = 0xFFFFUL * autocenter / 100; - - if (write(fd, &ie, sizeof(ie)) == -1) - perror("set auto-center"); - -A value of 0 means "no auto-center". - -Dynamic update of an effect ---------------------------- - -Proceed as if you wanted to upload a new effect, except that instead of -setting the id field to -1, you set it to the wanted effect id. -Normally, the effect is not stopped and restarted. However, depending on the -type of device, not all parameters can be dynamically updated. For example, -the direction of an effect cannot be updated with iforce devices. In this -case, the driver stops the effect, up-load it, and restart it. - -Therefore it is recommended to dynamically change direction while the effect -is playing only when it is ok to restart the effect with a replay count of 1. - -Information about the status of effects ---------------------------------------- - -Every time the status of an effect is changed, an event is sent. The values -and meanings of the fields of the event are as follows:: - - struct input_event { - /* When the status of the effect changed */ - struct timeval time; - - /* Set to EV_FF_STATUS */ - unsigned short type; - - /* Contains the id of the effect */ - unsigned short code; - - /* Indicates the status */ - unsigned int value; - }; - - FF_STATUS_STOPPED The effect stopped playing - FF_STATUS_PLAYING The effect started to play - -.. note:: - - - Status feedback is only supported by iforce driver. If you have - a really good reason to use this, please contact - linux-joystick@atrey.karlin.mff.cuni.cz or anssi.hannula@gmail.com - so that support for it can be added to the rest of the drivers. diff --git a/Documentation/input/gamepad.rst b/Documentation/input/gamepad.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..1bc4555c0ccb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/input/gamepad.rst @@ -0,0 +1,191 @@ +----------------- +Linux Gamepad API +----------------- + +:Author: 2013 by David Herrmann + + +Intro +~~~~~ +Linux provides many different input drivers for gamepad hardware. To avoid +having user-space deal with different button-mappings for each gamepad, this +document defines how gamepads are supposed to report their data. + +Geometry +~~~~~~~~ +As "gamepad" we define devices which roughly look like this:: + + ____________________________ __ + / [__ZL__] [__ZR__] \ | + / [__ TL __] [__ TR __] \ | Front Triggers + __/________________________________\__ __| + / _ \ | + / /\ __ (N) \ | + / || __ |MO| __ _ _ \ | Main Pad + | <===DP===> |SE| |ST| (W) -|- (E) | | + \ || ___ ___ _ / | + /\ \/ / \ / \ (S) /\ __| + / \________ | LS | ____ | RS | ________/ \ | + | / \ \___/ / \ \___/ / \ | | Control Sticks + | / \_____/ \_____/ \ | __| + | / \ | + \_____/ \_____/ + + |________|______| |______|___________| + D-Pad Left Right Action Pad + Stick Stick + + |_____________| + Menu Pad + +Most gamepads have the following features: + + - Action-Pad + 4 buttons in diamonds-shape (on the right side). The buttons are + differently labeled on most devices so we define them as NORTH, + SOUTH, WEST and EAST. + - D-Pad (Direction-pad) + 4 buttons (on the left side) that point up, down, left and right. + - Menu-Pad + Different constellations, but most-times 2 buttons: SELECT - START + Furthermore, many gamepads have a fancy branded button that is used as + special system-button. It often looks different to the other buttons and + is used to pop up system-menus or system-settings. + - Analog-Sticks + Analog-sticks provide freely moveable sticks to control directions. Not + all devices have both or any, but they are present at most times. + Analog-sticks may also provide a digital button if you press them. + - Triggers + Triggers are located on the upper-side of the pad in vertical direction. + Not all devices provide them, but the upper buttons are normally named + Left- and Right-Triggers, the lower buttons Z-Left and Z-Right. + - Rumble + Many devices provide force-feedback features. But are mostly just + simple rumble motors. + +Detection +~~~~~~~~~ + +All gamepads that follow the protocol described here map BTN_GAMEPAD. This is +an alias for BTN_SOUTH/BTN_A. It can be used to identify a gamepad as such. +However, not all gamepads provide all features, so you need to test for all +features that you need, first. How each feature is mapped is described below. + +Legacy drivers often don't comply to these rules. As we cannot change them +for backwards-compatibility reasons, you need to provide fixup mappings in +user-space yourself. Some of them might also provide module-options that +change the mappings so you can advise users to set these. + +All new gamepads are supposed to comply with this mapping. Please report any +bugs, if they don't. + +There are a lot of less-featured/less-powerful devices out there, which re-use +the buttons from this protocol. However, they try to do this in a compatible +fashion. For example, the "Nintendo Wii Nunchuk" provides two trigger buttons +and one analog stick. It reports them as if it were a gamepad with only one +analog stick and two trigger buttons on the right side. +But that means, that if you only support "real" gamepads, you must test +devices for _all_ reported events that you need. Otherwise, you will also get +devices that report a small subset of the events. + +No other devices, that do not look/feel like a gamepad, shall report these +events. + +Events +~~~~~~ + +Gamepads report the following events: + +- Action-Pad: + + Every gamepad device has at least 2 action buttons. This means, that every + device reports BTN_SOUTH (which BTN_GAMEPAD is an alias for). Regardless + of the labels on the buttons, the codes are sent according to the + physical position of the buttons. + + Please note that 2- and 3-button pads are fairly rare and old. You might + want to filter gamepads that do not report all four. + + - 2-Button Pad: + + If only 2 action-buttons are present, they are reported as BTN_SOUTH and + BTN_EAST. For vertical layouts, the upper button is BTN_EAST. For + horizontal layouts, the button more on the right is BTN_EAST. + + - 3-Button Pad: + + If only 3 action-buttons are present, they are reported as (from left + to right): BTN_WEST, BTN_SOUTH, BTN_EAST + If the buttons are aligned perfectly vertically, they are reported as + (from top down): BTN_WEST, BTN_SOUTH, BTN_EAST + + - 4-Button Pad: + + If all 4 action-buttons are present, they can be aligned in two + different formations. If diamond-shaped, they are reported as BTN_NORTH, + BTN_WEST, BTN_SOUTH, BTN_EAST according to their physical location. + If rectangular-shaped, the upper-left button is BTN_NORTH, lower-left + is BTN_WEST, lower-right is BTN_SOUTH and upper-right is BTN_EAST. + +- D-Pad: + + Every gamepad provides a D-Pad with four directions: Up, Down, Left, Right + Some of these are available as digital buttons, some as analog buttons. Some + may even report both. The kernel does not convert between these so + applications should support both and choose what is more appropriate if + both are reported. + + - Digital buttons are reported as: + + BTN_DPAD_* + + - Analog buttons are reported as: + + ABS_HAT0X and ABS_HAT0Y + + (for ABS values negative is left/up, positive is right/down) + +- Analog-Sticks: + + The left analog-stick is reported as ABS_X, ABS_Y. The right analog stick is + reported as ABS_RX, ABS_RY. Zero, one or two sticks may be present. + If analog-sticks provide digital buttons, they are mapped accordingly as + BTN_THUMBL (first/left) and BTN_THUMBR (second/right). + + (for ABS values negative is left/up, positive is right/down) + +- Triggers: + + Trigger buttons can be available as digital or analog buttons or both. User- + space must correctly deal with any situation and choose the most appropriate + mode. + + Upper trigger buttons are reported as BTN_TR or ABS_HAT1X (right) and BTN_TL + or ABS_HAT1Y (left). Lower trigger buttons are reported as BTN_TR2 or + ABS_HAT2X (right/ZR) and BTN_TL2 or ABS_HAT2Y (left/ZL). + + If only one trigger-button combination is present (upper+lower), they are + reported as "right" triggers (BTN_TR/ABS_HAT1X). + + (ABS trigger values start at 0, pressure is reported as positive values) + +- Menu-Pad: + + Menu buttons are always digital and are mapped according to their location + instead of their labels. That is: + + - 1-button Pad: + + Mapped as BTN_START + + - 2-button Pad: + + Left button mapped as BTN_SELECT, right button mapped as BTN_START + + Many pads also have a third button which is branded or has a special symbol + and meaning. Such buttons are mapped as BTN_MODE. Examples are the Nintendo + "HOME" button, the XBox "X"-button or Sony "PS" button. + +- Rumble: + + Rumble is advertised as FF_RUMBLE. diff --git a/Documentation/input/gamepad.txt b/Documentation/input/gamepad.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 1bc4555c0ccb..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/input/gamepad.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,191 +0,0 @@ ------------------ -Linux Gamepad API ------------------ - -:Author: 2013 by David Herrmann - - -Intro -~~~~~ -Linux provides many different input drivers for gamepad hardware. To avoid -having user-space deal with different button-mappings for each gamepad, this -document defines how gamepads are supposed to report their data. - -Geometry -~~~~~~~~ -As "gamepad" we define devices which roughly look like this:: - - ____________________________ __ - / [__ZL__] [__ZR__] \ | - / [__ TL __] [__ TR __] \ | Front Triggers - __/________________________________\__ __| - / _ \ | - / /\ __ (N) \ | - / || __ |MO| __ _ _ \ | Main Pad - | <===DP===> |SE| |ST| (W) -|- (E) | | - \ || ___ ___ _ / | - /\ \/ / \ / \ (S) /\ __| - / \________ | LS | ____ | RS | ________/ \ | - | / \ \___/ / \ \___/ / \ | | Control Sticks - | / \_____/ \_____/ \ | __| - | / \ | - \_____/ \_____/ - - |________|______| |______|___________| - D-Pad Left Right Action Pad - Stick Stick - - |_____________| - Menu Pad - -Most gamepads have the following features: - - - Action-Pad - 4 buttons in diamonds-shape (on the right side). The buttons are - differently labeled on most devices so we define them as NORTH, - SOUTH, WEST and EAST. - - D-Pad (Direction-pad) - 4 buttons (on the left side) that point up, down, left and right. - - Menu-Pad - Different constellations, but most-times 2 buttons: SELECT - START - Furthermore, many gamepads have a fancy branded button that is used as - special system-button. It often looks different to the other buttons and - is used to pop up system-menus or system-settings. - - Analog-Sticks - Analog-sticks provide freely moveable sticks to control directions. Not - all devices have both or any, but they are present at most times. - Analog-sticks may also provide a digital button if you press them. - - Triggers - Triggers are located on the upper-side of the pad in vertical direction. - Not all devices provide them, but the upper buttons are normally named - Left- and Right-Triggers, the lower buttons Z-Left and Z-Right. - - Rumble - Many devices provide force-feedback features. But are mostly just - simple rumble motors. - -Detection -~~~~~~~~~ - -All gamepads that follow the protocol described here map BTN_GAMEPAD. This is -an alias for BTN_SOUTH/BTN_A. It can be used to identify a gamepad as such. -However, not all gamepads provide all features, so you need to test for all -features that you need, first. How each feature is mapped is described below. - -Legacy drivers often don't comply to these rules. As we cannot change them -for backwards-compatibility reasons, you need to provide fixup mappings in -user-space yourself. Some of them might also provide module-options that -change the mappings so you can advise users to set these. - -All new gamepads are supposed to comply with this mapping. Please report any -bugs, if they don't. - -There are a lot of less-featured/less-powerful devices out there, which re-use -the buttons from this protocol. However, they try to do this in a compatible -fashion. For example, the "Nintendo Wii Nunchuk" provides two trigger buttons -and one analog stick. It reports them as if it were a gamepad with only one -analog stick and two trigger buttons on the right side. -But that means, that if you only support "real" gamepads, you must test -devices for _all_ reported events that you need. Otherwise, you will also get -devices that report a small subset of the events. - -No other devices, that do not look/feel like a gamepad, shall report these -events. - -Events -~~~~~~ - -Gamepads report the following events: - -- Action-Pad: - - Every gamepad device has at least 2 action buttons. This means, that every - device reports BTN_SOUTH (which BTN_GAMEPAD is an alias for). Regardless - of the labels on the buttons, the codes are sent according to the - physical position of the buttons. - - Please note that 2- and 3-button pads are fairly rare and old. You might - want to filter gamepads that do not report all four. - - - 2-Button Pad: - - If only 2 action-buttons are present, they are reported as BTN_SOUTH and - BTN_EAST. For vertical layouts, the upper button is BTN_EAST. For - horizontal layouts, the button more on the right is BTN_EAST. - - - 3-Button Pad: - - If only 3 action-buttons are present, they are reported as (from left - to right): BTN_WEST, BTN_SOUTH, BTN_EAST - If the buttons are aligned perfectly vertically, they are reported as - (from top down): BTN_WEST, BTN_SOUTH, BTN_EAST - - - 4-Button Pad: - - If all 4 action-buttons are present, they can be aligned in two - different formations. If diamond-shaped, they are reported as BTN_NORTH, - BTN_WEST, BTN_SOUTH, BTN_EAST according to their physical location. - If rectangular-shaped, the upper-left button is BTN_NORTH, lower-left - is BTN_WEST, lower-right is BTN_SOUTH and upper-right is BTN_EAST. - -- D-Pad: - - Every gamepad provides a D-Pad with four directions: Up, Down, Left, Right - Some of these are available as digital buttons, some as analog buttons. Some - may even report both. The kernel does not convert between these so - applications should support both and choose what is more appropriate if - both are reported. - - - Digital buttons are reported as: - - BTN_DPAD_* - - - Analog buttons are reported as: - - ABS_HAT0X and ABS_HAT0Y - - (for ABS values negative is left/up, positive is right/down) - -- Analog-Sticks: - - The left analog-stick is reported as ABS_X, ABS_Y. The right analog stick is - reported as ABS_RX, ABS_RY. Zero, one or two sticks may be present. - If analog-sticks provide digital buttons, they are mapped accordingly as - BTN_THUMBL (first/left) and BTN_THUMBR (second/right). - - (for ABS values negative is left/up, positive is right/down) - -- Triggers: - - Trigger buttons can be available as digital or analog buttons or both. User- - space must correctly deal with any situation and choose the most appropriate - mode. - - Upper trigger buttons are reported as BTN_TR or ABS_HAT1X (right) and BTN_TL - or ABS_HAT1Y (left). Lower trigger buttons are reported as BTN_TR2 or - ABS_HAT2X (right/ZR) and BTN_TL2 or ABS_HAT2Y (left/ZL). - - If only one trigger-button combination is present (upper+lower), they are - reported as "right" triggers (BTN_TR/ABS_HAT1X). - - (ABS trigger values start at 0, pressure is reported as positive values) - -- Menu-Pad: - - Menu buttons are always digital and are mapped according to their location - instead of their labels. That is: - - - 1-button Pad: - - Mapped as BTN_START - - - 2-button Pad: - - Left button mapped as BTN_SELECT, right button mapped as BTN_START - - Many pads also have a third button which is branded or has a special symbol - and meaning. Such buttons are mapped as BTN_MODE. Examples are the Nintendo - "HOME" button, the XBox "X"-button or Sony "PS" button. - -- Rumble: - - Rumble is advertised as FF_RUMBLE. diff --git a/Documentation/input/gameport-programming.rst b/Documentation/input/gameport-programming.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..c96911df1c54 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/input/gameport-programming.rst @@ -0,0 +1,222 @@ +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +Programming gameport drivers +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +A basic classic gameport +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +If the gameport doesn't provide more than the inb()/outb() functionality, +the code needed to register it with the joystick drivers is simple:: + + struct gameport gameport; + + gameport.io = MY_IO_ADDRESS; + gameport_register_port(&gameport); + +Make sure struct gameport is initialized to 0 in all other fields. The +gameport generic code will take care of the rest. + +If your hardware supports more than one io address, and your driver can +choose which one to program the hardware to, starting from the more exotic +addresses is preferred, because the likelihood of clashing with the standard +0x201 address is smaller. + +Eg. if your driver supports addresses 0x200, 0x208, 0x210 and 0x218, then +0x218 would be the address of first choice. + +If your hardware supports a gameport address that is not mapped to ISA io +space (is above 0x1000), use that one, and don't map the ISA mirror. + +Also, always request_region() on the whole io space occupied by the +gameport. Although only one ioport is really used, the gameport usually +occupies from one to sixteen addresses in the io space. + +Please also consider enabling the gameport on the card in the ->open() +callback if the io is mapped to ISA space - this way it'll occupy the io +space only when something really is using it. Disable it again in the +->close() callback. You also can select the io address in the ->open() +callback, so that it doesn't fail if some of the possible addresses are +already occupied by other gameports. + +Memory mapped gameport +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +When a gameport can be accessed through MMIO, this way is preferred, because +it is faster, allowing more reads per second. Registering such a gameport +isn't as easy as a basic IO one, but not so much complex:: + + struct gameport gameport; + + void my_trigger(struct gameport *gameport) + { + my_mmio = 0xff; + } + + unsigned char my_read(struct gameport *gameport) + { + return my_mmio; + } + + gameport.read = my_read; + gameport.trigger = my_trigger; + gameport_register_port(&gameport); + +.. _gameport_pgm_cooked_mode: + +Cooked mode gameport +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +There are gameports that can report the axis values as numbers, that means +the driver doesn't have to measure them the old way - an ADC is built into +the gameport. To register a cooked gameport:: + + struct gameport gameport; + + int my_cooked_read(struct gameport *gameport, int *axes, int *buttons) + { + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) + axes[i] = my_mmio[i]; + buttons[i] = my_mmio[4]; + } + + int my_open(struct gameport *gameport, int mode) + { + return -(mode != GAMEPORT_MODE_COOKED); + } + + gameport.cooked_read = my_cooked_read; + gameport.open = my_open; + gameport.fuzz = 8; + gameport_register_port(&gameport); + +The only confusing thing here is the fuzz value. Best determined by +experimentation, it is the amount of noise in the ADC data. Perfect +gameports can set this to zero, most common have fuzz between 8 and 32. +See analog.c and input.c for handling of fuzz - the fuzz value determines +the size of a gaussian filter window that is used to eliminate the noise +in the data. + +More complex gameports +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Gameports can support both raw and cooked modes. In that case combine either +examples 1+2 or 1+3. Gameports can support internal calibration - see below, +and also lightning.c and analog.c on how that works. If your driver supports +more than one gameport instance simultaneously, use the ->private member of +the gameport struct to point to your data. + +Unregistering a gameport +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Simple:: + + gameport_unregister_port(&gameport); + +The gameport structure +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +.. note:: + + This section is outdated. There are several fields here that don't + match what's there at include/linux/gameport.h. + +:: + + struct gameport { + + void *private; + +A private pointer for free use in the gameport driver. (Not the joystick +driver!) + +:: + + int number; + +Number assigned to the gameport when registered. Informational purpose only. + +:: + + int io; + +I/O address for use with raw mode. You have to either set this, or ->read() +to some value if your gameport supports raw mode. + +:: + + int speed; + +Raw mode speed of the gameport reads in thousands of reads per second. + +:: + + int fuzz; + +If the gameport supports cooked mode, this should be set to a value that +represents the amount of noise in the data. See +:ref:`gameport_pgm_cooked_mode`. + +:: + + void (*trigger)(struct gameport *); + +Trigger. This function should trigger the ns558 oneshots. If set to NULL, +outb(0xff, io) will be used. + +:: + + unsigned char (*read)(struct gameport *); + +Read the buttons and ns558 oneshot bits. If set to NULL, inb(io) will be +used instead. + +:: + + int (*cooked_read)(struct gameport *, int *axes, int *buttons); + +If the gameport supports cooked mode, it should point this to its cooked +read function. It should fill axes[0..3] with four values of the joystick axes +and buttons[0] with four bits representing the buttons. + +:: + + int (*calibrate)(struct gameport *, int *axes, int *max); + +Function for calibrating the ADC hardware. When called, axes[0..3] should be +pre-filled by cooked data by the caller, max[0..3] should be pre-filled with +expected maximums for each axis. The calibrate() function should set the +sensitivity of the ADC hardware so that the maximums fit in its range and +recompute the axes[] values to match the new sensitivity or re-read them from +the hardware so that they give valid values. + +:: + + int (*open)(struct gameport *, int mode); + +Open() serves two purposes. First a driver either opens the port in raw or +in cooked mode, the open() callback can decide which modes are supported. +Second, resource allocation can happen here. The port can also be enabled +here. Prior to this call, other fields of the gameport struct (namely the io +member) need not to be valid. + +:: + + void (*close)(struct gameport *); + +Close() should free the resources allocated by open, possibly disabling the +gameport. + +:: + + struct gameport_dev *dev; + struct gameport *next; + +For internal use by the gameport layer. + +:: + + }; + +Enjoy! diff --git a/Documentation/input/gameport-programming.txt b/Documentation/input/gameport-programming.txt deleted file mode 100644 index c96911df1c54..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/input/gameport-programming.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,222 +0,0 @@ -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -Programming gameport drivers -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -A basic classic gameport -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -If the gameport doesn't provide more than the inb()/outb() functionality, -the code needed to register it with the joystick drivers is simple:: - - struct gameport gameport; - - gameport.io = MY_IO_ADDRESS; - gameport_register_port(&gameport); - -Make sure struct gameport is initialized to 0 in all other fields. The -gameport generic code will take care of the rest. - -If your hardware supports more than one io address, and your driver can -choose which one to program the hardware to, starting from the more exotic -addresses is preferred, because the likelihood of clashing with the standard -0x201 address is smaller. - -Eg. if your driver supports addresses 0x200, 0x208, 0x210 and 0x218, then -0x218 would be the address of first choice. - -If your hardware supports a gameport address that is not mapped to ISA io -space (is above 0x1000), use that one, and don't map the ISA mirror. - -Also, always request_region() on the whole io space occupied by the -gameport. Although only one ioport is really used, the gameport usually -occupies from one to sixteen addresses in the io space. - -Please also consider enabling the gameport on the card in the ->open() -callback if the io is mapped to ISA space - this way it'll occupy the io -space only when something really is using it. Disable it again in the -->close() callback. You also can select the io address in the ->open() -callback, so that it doesn't fail if some of the possible addresses are -already occupied by other gameports. - -Memory mapped gameport -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -When a gameport can be accessed through MMIO, this way is preferred, because -it is faster, allowing more reads per second. Registering such a gameport -isn't as easy as a basic IO one, but not so much complex:: - - struct gameport gameport; - - void my_trigger(struct gameport *gameport) - { - my_mmio = 0xff; - } - - unsigned char my_read(struct gameport *gameport) - { - return my_mmio; - } - - gameport.read = my_read; - gameport.trigger = my_trigger; - gameport_register_port(&gameport); - -.. _gameport_pgm_cooked_mode: - -Cooked mode gameport -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -There are gameports that can report the axis values as numbers, that means -the driver doesn't have to measure them the old way - an ADC is built into -the gameport. To register a cooked gameport:: - - struct gameport gameport; - - int my_cooked_read(struct gameport *gameport, int *axes, int *buttons) - { - int i; - - for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) - axes[i] = my_mmio[i]; - buttons[i] = my_mmio[4]; - } - - int my_open(struct gameport *gameport, int mode) - { - return -(mode != GAMEPORT_MODE_COOKED); - } - - gameport.cooked_read = my_cooked_read; - gameport.open = my_open; - gameport.fuzz = 8; - gameport_register_port(&gameport); - -The only confusing thing here is the fuzz value. Best determined by -experimentation, it is the amount of noise in the ADC data. Perfect -gameports can set this to zero, most common have fuzz between 8 and 32. -See analog.c and input.c for handling of fuzz - the fuzz value determines -the size of a gaussian filter window that is used to eliminate the noise -in the data. - -More complex gameports -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -Gameports can support both raw and cooked modes. In that case combine either -examples 1+2 or 1+3. Gameports can support internal calibration - see below, -and also lightning.c and analog.c on how that works. If your driver supports -more than one gameport instance simultaneously, use the ->private member of -the gameport struct to point to your data. - -Unregistering a gameport -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -Simple:: - - gameport_unregister_port(&gameport); - -The gameport structure -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -.. note:: - - This section is outdated. There are several fields here that don't - match what's there at include/linux/gameport.h. - -:: - - struct gameport { - - void *private; - -A private pointer for free use in the gameport driver. (Not the joystick -driver!) - -:: - - int number; - -Number assigned to the gameport when registered. Informational purpose only. - -:: - - int io; - -I/O address for use with raw mode. You have to either set this, or ->read() -to some value if your gameport supports raw mode. - -:: - - int speed; - -Raw mode speed of the gameport reads in thousands of reads per second. - -:: - - int fuzz; - -If the gameport supports cooked mode, this should be set to a value that -represents the amount of noise in the data. See -:ref:`gameport_pgm_cooked_mode`. - -:: - - void (*trigger)(struct gameport *); - -Trigger. This function should trigger the ns558 oneshots. If set to NULL, -outb(0xff, io) will be used. - -:: - - unsigned char (*read)(struct gameport *); - -Read the buttons and ns558 oneshot bits. If set to NULL, inb(io) will be -used instead. - -:: - - int (*cooked_read)(struct gameport *, int *axes, int *buttons); - -If the gameport supports cooked mode, it should point this to its cooked -read function. It should fill axes[0..3] with four values of the joystick axes -and buttons[0] with four bits representing the buttons. - -:: - - int (*calibrate)(struct gameport *, int *axes, int *max); - -Function for calibrating the ADC hardware. When called, axes[0..3] should be -pre-filled by cooked data by the caller, max[0..3] should be pre-filled with -expected maximums for each axis. The calibrate() function should set the -sensitivity of the ADC hardware so that the maximums fit in its range and -recompute the axes[] values to match the new sensitivity or re-read them from -the hardware so that they give valid values. - -:: - - int (*open)(struct gameport *, int mode); - -Open() serves two purposes. First a driver either opens the port in raw or -in cooked mode, the open() callback can decide which modes are supported. -Second, resource allocation can happen here. The port can also be enabled -here. Prior to this call, other fields of the gameport struct (namely the io -member) need not to be valid. - -:: - - void (*close)(struct gameport *); - -Close() should free the resources allocated by open, possibly disabling the -gameport. - -:: - - struct gameport_dev *dev; - struct gameport *next; - -For internal use by the gameport layer. - -:: - - }; - -Enjoy! diff --git a/Documentation/input/gpio-tilt.rst b/Documentation/input/gpio-tilt.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..23de9eff6a34 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/input/gpio-tilt.rst @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +Driver for tilt-switches connected via GPIOs +============================================ + +Generic driver to read data from tilt switches connected via gpios. +Orientation can be provided by one or more than one tilt switches, +i.e. each tilt switch providing one axis, and the number of axes +is also not limited. + + +Data structures: +---------------- + +The array of struct gpio in the gpios field is used to list the gpios +that represent the current tilt state. + +The array of struct gpio_tilt_axis describes the axes that are reported +to the input system. The values set therein are used for the +input_set_abs_params calls needed to init the axes. + +The array of struct gpio_tilt_state maps gpio states to the corresponding +values to report. The gpio state is represented as a bitfield where the +bit-index corresponds to the index of the gpio in the struct gpio array. +In the same manner the values stored in the axes array correspond to +the elements of the gpio_tilt_axis-array. + + +Example: +-------- + +Example configuration for a single TS1003 tilt switch that rotates around +one axis in 4 steps and emits the current tilt via two GPIOs:: + + static int sg060_tilt_enable(struct device *dev) { + /* code to enable the sensors */ + }; + + static void sg060_tilt_disable(struct device *dev) { + /* code to disable the sensors */ + }; + + static struct gpio sg060_tilt_gpios[] = { + { SG060_TILT_GPIO_SENSOR1, GPIOF_IN, "tilt_sensor1" }, + { SG060_TILT_GPIO_SENSOR2, GPIOF_IN, "tilt_sensor2" }, + }; + + static struct gpio_tilt_state sg060_tilt_states[] = { + { + .gpios = (0 << 1) | (0 << 0), + .axes = (int[]) { + 0, + }, + }, { + .gpios = (0 << 1) | (1 << 0), + .axes = (int[]) { + 1, /* 90 degrees */ + }, + }, { + .gpios = (1 << 1) | (1 << 0), + .axes = (int[]) { + 2, /* 180 degrees */ + }, + }, { + .gpios = (1 << 1) | (0 << 0), + .axes = (int[]) { + 3, /* 270 degrees */ + }, + }, + }; + + static struct gpio_tilt_axis sg060_tilt_axes[] = { + { + .axis = ABS_RY, + .min = 0, + .max = 3, + .fuzz = 0, + .flat = 0, + }, + }; + + static struct gpio_tilt_platform_data sg060_tilt_pdata= { + .gpios = sg060_tilt_gpios, + .nr_gpios = ARRAY_SIZE(sg060_tilt_gpios), + + .axes = sg060_tilt_axes, + .nr_axes = ARRAY_SIZE(sg060_tilt_axes), + + .states = sg060_tilt_states, + .nr_states = ARRAY_SIZE(sg060_tilt_states), + + .debounce_interval = 100, + + .poll_interval = 1000, + .enable = sg060_tilt_enable, + .disable = sg060_tilt_disable, + }; + + static struct platform_device sg060_device_tilt = { + .name = "gpio-tilt-polled", + .id = -1, + .dev = { + .platform_data = &sg060_tilt_pdata, + }, + }; diff --git a/Documentation/input/gpio-tilt.txt b/Documentation/input/gpio-tilt.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 23de9eff6a34..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/input/gpio-tilt.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,103 +0,0 @@ -Driver for tilt-switches connected via GPIOs -============================================ - -Generic driver to read data from tilt switches connected via gpios. -Orientation can be provided by one or more than one tilt switches, -i.e. each tilt switch providing one axis, and the number of axes -is also not limited. - - -Data structures: ----------------- - -The array of struct gpio in the gpios field is used to list the gpios -that represent the current tilt state. - -The array of struct gpio_tilt_axis describes the axes that are reported -to the input system. The values set therein are used for the -input_set_abs_params calls needed to init the axes. - -The array of struct gpio_tilt_state maps gpio states to the corresponding -values to report. The gpio state is represented as a bitfield where the -bit-index corresponds to the index of the gpio in the struct gpio array. -In the same manner the values stored in the axes array correspond to -the elements of the gpio_tilt_axis-array. - - -Example: --------- - -Example configuration for a single TS1003 tilt switch that rotates around -one axis in 4 steps and emits the current tilt via two GPIOs:: - - static int sg060_tilt_enable(struct device *dev) { - /* code to enable the sensors */ - }; - - static void sg060_tilt_disable(struct device *dev) { - /* code to disable the sensors */ - }; - - static struct gpio sg060_tilt_gpios[] = { - { SG060_TILT_GPIO_SENSOR1, GPIOF_IN, "tilt_sensor1" }, - { SG060_TILT_GPIO_SENSOR2, GPIOF_IN, "tilt_sensor2" }, - }; - - static struct gpio_tilt_state sg060_tilt_states[] = { - { - .gpios = (0 << 1) | (0 << 0), - .axes = (int[]) { - 0, - }, - }, { - .gpios = (0 << 1) | (1 << 0), - .axes = (int[]) { - 1, /* 90 degrees */ - }, - }, { - .gpios = (1 << 1) | (1 << 0), - .axes = (int[]) { - 2, /* 180 degrees */ - }, - }, { - .gpios = (1 << 1) | (0 << 0), - .axes = (int[]) { - 3, /* 270 degrees */ - }, - }, - }; - - static struct gpio_tilt_axis sg060_tilt_axes[] = { - { - .axis = ABS_RY, - .min = 0, - .max = 3, - .fuzz = 0, - .flat = 0, - }, - }; - - static struct gpio_tilt_platform_data sg060_tilt_pdata= { - .gpios = sg060_tilt_gpios, - .nr_gpios = ARRAY_SIZE(sg060_tilt_gpios), - - .axes = sg060_tilt_axes, - .nr_axes = ARRAY_SIZE(sg060_tilt_axes), - - .states = sg060_tilt_states, - .nr_states = ARRAY_SIZE(sg060_tilt_states), - - .debounce_interval = 100, - - .poll_interval = 1000, - .enable = sg060_tilt_enable, - .disable = sg060_tilt_disable, - }; - - static struct platform_device sg060_device_tilt = { - .name = "gpio-tilt-polled", - .id = -1, - .dev = { - .platform_data = &sg060_tilt_pdata, - }, - }; diff --git a/Documentation/input/iforce-protocol.rst b/Documentation/input/iforce-protocol.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..8634beac3fdb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/input/iforce-protocol.rst @@ -0,0 +1,381 @@ +=============== +Iforce Protocol +=============== + +:Author: Johann Deneux + +Home page at ``_ + +:Additions: by Vojtech Pavlik. + + +Introduction +============ + +This document describes what I managed to discover about the protocol used to +specify force effects to I-Force 2.0 devices. None of this information comes +from Immerse. That's why you should not trust what is written in this +document. This document is intended to help understanding the protocol. +This is not a reference. Comments and corrections are welcome. To contact me, +send an email to: johann.deneux@gmail.com + +.. warning:: + + I shall not be held responsible for any damage or harm caused if you try to + send data to your I-Force device based on what you read in this document. + +Preliminary Notes +================= + +All values are hexadecimal with big-endian encoding (msb on the left). Beware, +values inside packets are encoded using little-endian. Bytes whose roles are +unknown are marked ??? Information that needs deeper inspection is marked (?) + +General form of a packet +------------------------ + +This is how packets look when the device uses the rs232 to communicate. + +== == === ==== == +2B OP LEN DATA CS +== == === ==== == + +CS is the checksum. It is equal to the exclusive or of all bytes. + +When using USB: + +== ==== +OP DATA +== ==== + +The 2B, LEN and CS fields have disappeared, probably because USB handles +frames and data corruption is handled or unsignificant. + +First, I describe effects that are sent by the device to the computer + +Device input state +================== + +This packet is used to indicate the state of each button and the value of each +axis:: + + OP= 01 for a joystick, 03 for a wheel + LEN= Varies from device to device + 00 X-Axis lsb + 01 X-Axis msb + 02 Y-Axis lsb, or gas pedal for a wheel + 03 Y-Axis msb, or brake pedal for a wheel + 04 Throttle + 05 Buttons + 06 Lower 4 bits: Buttons + Upper 4 bits: Hat + 07 Rudder + +Device effects states +===================== + +:: + + OP= 02 + LEN= Varies + 00 ? Bit 1 (Value 2) is the value of the deadman switch + 01 Bit 8 is set if the effect is playing. Bits 0 to 7 are the effect id. + 02 ?? + 03 Address of parameter block changed (lsb) + 04 Address of parameter block changed (msb) + 05 Address of second parameter block changed (lsb) + ... depending on the number of parameter blocks updated + +Force effect +------------ + +:: + + OP= 01 + LEN= 0e + 00 Channel (when playing several effects at the same time, each must + be assigned a channel) + 01 Wave form + Val 00 Constant + Val 20 Square + Val 21 Triangle + Val 22 Sine + Val 23 Sawtooth up + Val 24 Sawtooth down + Val 40 Spring (Force = f(pos)) + Val 41 Friction (Force = f(velocity)) and Inertia + (Force = f(acceleration)) + + + 02 Axes affected and trigger + Bits 4-7: Val 2 = effect along one axis. Byte 05 indicates direction + Val 4 = X axis only. Byte 05 must contain 5a + Val 8 = Y axis only. Byte 05 must contain b4 + Val c = X and Y axes. Bytes 05 must contain 60 + Bits 0-3: Val 0 = No trigger + Val x+1 = Button x triggers the effect + When the whole byte is 0, cancel the previously set trigger + + 03-04 Duration of effect (little endian encoding, in ms) + + 05 Direction of effect, if applicable. Else, see 02 for value to assign. + + 06-07 Minimum time between triggering. + + 08-09 Address of periodicity or magnitude parameters + 0a-0b Address of attack and fade parameters, or ffff if none. + *or* + 08-09 Address of interactive parameters for X-axis, + or ffff if not applicable + 0a-0b Address of interactive parameters for Y-axis, + or ffff if not applicable + + 0c-0d Delay before execution of effect (little endian encoding, in ms) + + +Time based parameters +--------------------- + +Attack and fade +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +:: + + OP= 02 + LEN= 08 + 00-01 Address where to store the parameters + 02-03 Duration of attack (little endian encoding, in ms) + 04 Level at end of attack. Signed byte. + 05-06 Duration of fade. + 07 Level at end of fade. + +Magnitude +^^^^^^^^^ + +:: + + OP= 03 + LEN= 03 + 00-01 Address + 02 Level. Signed byte. + +Periodicity +^^^^^^^^^^^ + +:: + + OP= 04 + LEN= 07 + 00-01 Address + 02 Magnitude. Signed byte. + 03 Offset. Signed byte. + 04 Phase. Val 00 = 0 deg, Val 40 = 90 degs. + 05-06 Period (little endian encoding, in ms) + +Interactive parameters +---------------------- + +:: + + OP= 05 + LEN= 0a + 00-01 Address + 02 Positive Coeff + 03 Negative Coeff + 04+05 Offset (center) + 06+07 Dead band (Val 01F4 = 5000 (decimal)) + 08 Positive saturation (Val 0a = 1000 (decimal) Val 64 = 10000 (decimal)) + 09 Negative saturation + +The encoding is a bit funny here: For coeffs, these are signed values. The +maximum value is 64 (100 decimal), the min is 9c. +For the offset, the minimum value is FE0C, the maximum value is 01F4. +For the deadband, the minimum value is 0, the max is 03E8. + +Controls +-------- + +:: + + OP= 41 + LEN= 03 + 00 Channel + 01 Start/Stop + Val 00: Stop + Val 01: Start and play once. + Val 41: Start and play n times (See byte 02 below) + 02 Number of iterations n. + +Init +---- + + +Querying features +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ +:: + + OP= ff + Query command. Length varies according to the query type. + The general format of this packet is: + ff 01 QUERY [INDEX] CHECKSUM + responses are of the same form: + FF LEN QUERY VALUE_QUERIED CHECKSUM2 + where LEN = 1 + length(VALUE_QUERIED) + +Query ram size +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +:: + + QUERY = 42 ('B'uffer size) + +The device should reply with the same packet plus two additional bytes +containing the size of the memory: +ff 03 42 03 e8 CS would mean that the device has 1000 bytes of ram available. + +Query number of effects +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +:: + + QUERY = 4e ('N'umber of effects) + +The device should respond by sending the number of effects that can be played +at the same time (one byte) +ff 02 4e 14 CS would stand for 20 effects. + +Vendor's id +~~~~~~~~~~~ + +:: + + QUERY = 4d ('M'anufacturer) + +Query the vendors'id (2 bytes) + +Product id +~~~~~~~~~~ + +:: + + QUERY = 50 ('P'roduct) + +Query the product id (2 bytes) + +Open device +~~~~~~~~~~~ + +:: + + QUERY = 4f ('O'pen) + +No data returned. + +Close device +~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +:: + + QUERY = 43 ('C')lose + +No data returned. + +Query effect +~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +:: + + QUERY = 45 ('E') + +Send effect type. +Returns nonzero if supported (2 bytes) + +Firmware Version +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +:: + + QUERY = 56 ('V'ersion) + +Sends back 3 bytes - major, minor, subminor + +Initialisation of the device +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Set Control +~~~~~~~~~~~ + +.. note:: + Device dependent, can be different on different models! + +:: + + OP= 40 [] + LEN= 2 or 3 + 00 Idx + Idx 00 Set dead zone (0..2048) + Idx 01 Ignore Deadman sensor (0..1) + Idx 02 Enable comm watchdog (0..1) + Idx 03 Set the strength of the spring (0..100) + Idx 04 Enable or disable the spring (0/1) + Idx 05 Set axis saturation threshold (0..2048) + +Set Effect State +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +:: + + OP= 42 + LEN= 1 + 00 State + Bit 3 Pause force feedback + Bit 2 Enable force feedback + Bit 0 Stop all effects + +Set overall +~~~~~~~~~~~ + +:: + + OP= 43 + LEN= 1 + 00 Gain + Val 00 = 0% + Val 40 = 50% + Val 80 = 100% + +Parameter memory +---------------- + +Each device has a certain amount of memory to store parameters of effects. +The amount of RAM may vary, I encountered values from 200 to 1000 bytes. Below +is the amount of memory apparently needed for every set of parameters: + + - period : 0c + - magnitude : 02 + - attack and fade : 0e + - interactive : 08 + +Appendix: How to study the protocol? +==================================== + +1. Generate effects using the force editor provided with the DirectX SDK, or +use Immersion Studio (freely available at their web site in the developer section: +www.immersion.com) +2. Start a soft spying RS232 or USB (depending on where you connected your +joystick/wheel). I used ComPortSpy from fCoder (alpha version!) +3. Play the effect, and watch what happens on the spy screen. + +A few words about ComPortSpy: +At first glance, this software seems, hum, well... buggy. In fact, data appear with a +few seconds latency. Personally, I restart it every time I play an effect. +Remember it's free (as in free beer) and alpha! + +URLS +==== + +Check http://www.immerse.com for Immersion Studio, +and http://www.fcoder.com for ComPortSpy. + + +I-Force is trademark of Immersion Corp. diff --git a/Documentation/input/iforce-protocol.txt b/Documentation/input/iforce-protocol.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 8634beac3fdb..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/input/iforce-protocol.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,381 +0,0 @@ -=============== -Iforce Protocol -=============== - -:Author: Johann Deneux - -Home page at ``_ - -:Additions: by Vojtech Pavlik. - - -Introduction -============ - -This document describes what I managed to discover about the protocol used to -specify force effects to I-Force 2.0 devices. None of this information comes -from Immerse. That's why you should not trust what is written in this -document. This document is intended to help understanding the protocol. -This is not a reference. Comments and corrections are welcome. To contact me, -send an email to: johann.deneux@gmail.com - -.. warning:: - - I shall not be held responsible for any damage or harm caused if you try to - send data to your I-Force device based on what you read in this document. - -Preliminary Notes -================= - -All values are hexadecimal with big-endian encoding (msb on the left). Beware, -values inside packets are encoded using little-endian. Bytes whose roles are -unknown are marked ??? Information that needs deeper inspection is marked (?) - -General form of a packet ------------------------- - -This is how packets look when the device uses the rs232 to communicate. - -== == === ==== == -2B OP LEN DATA CS -== == === ==== == - -CS is the checksum. It is equal to the exclusive or of all bytes. - -When using USB: - -== ==== -OP DATA -== ==== - -The 2B, LEN and CS fields have disappeared, probably because USB handles -frames and data corruption is handled or unsignificant. - -First, I describe effects that are sent by the device to the computer - -Device input state -================== - -This packet is used to indicate the state of each button and the value of each -axis:: - - OP= 01 for a joystick, 03 for a wheel - LEN= Varies from device to device - 00 X-Axis lsb - 01 X-Axis msb - 02 Y-Axis lsb, or gas pedal for a wheel - 03 Y-Axis msb, or brake pedal for a wheel - 04 Throttle - 05 Buttons - 06 Lower 4 bits: Buttons - Upper 4 bits: Hat - 07 Rudder - -Device effects states -===================== - -:: - - OP= 02 - LEN= Varies - 00 ? Bit 1 (Value 2) is the value of the deadman switch - 01 Bit 8 is set if the effect is playing. Bits 0 to 7 are the effect id. - 02 ?? - 03 Address of parameter block changed (lsb) - 04 Address of parameter block changed (msb) - 05 Address of second parameter block changed (lsb) - ... depending on the number of parameter blocks updated - -Force effect ------------- - -:: - - OP= 01 - LEN= 0e - 00 Channel (when playing several effects at the same time, each must - be assigned a channel) - 01 Wave form - Val 00 Constant - Val 20 Square - Val 21 Triangle - Val 22 Sine - Val 23 Sawtooth up - Val 24 Sawtooth down - Val 40 Spring (Force = f(pos)) - Val 41 Friction (Force = f(velocity)) and Inertia - (Force = f(acceleration)) - - - 02 Axes affected and trigger - Bits 4-7: Val 2 = effect along one axis. Byte 05 indicates direction - Val 4 = X axis only. Byte 05 must contain 5a - Val 8 = Y axis only. Byte 05 must contain b4 - Val c = X and Y axes. Bytes 05 must contain 60 - Bits 0-3: Val 0 = No trigger - Val x+1 = Button x triggers the effect - When the whole byte is 0, cancel the previously set trigger - - 03-04 Duration of effect (little endian encoding, in ms) - - 05 Direction of effect, if applicable. Else, see 02 for value to assign. - - 06-07 Minimum time between triggering. - - 08-09 Address of periodicity or magnitude parameters - 0a-0b Address of attack and fade parameters, or ffff if none. - *or* - 08-09 Address of interactive parameters for X-axis, - or ffff if not applicable - 0a-0b Address of interactive parameters for Y-axis, - or ffff if not applicable - - 0c-0d Delay before execution of effect (little endian encoding, in ms) - - -Time based parameters ---------------------- - -Attack and fade -^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ - -:: - - OP= 02 - LEN= 08 - 00-01 Address where to store the parameters - 02-03 Duration of attack (little endian encoding, in ms) - 04 Level at end of attack. Signed byte. - 05-06 Duration of fade. - 07 Level at end of fade. - -Magnitude -^^^^^^^^^ - -:: - - OP= 03 - LEN= 03 - 00-01 Address - 02 Level. Signed byte. - -Periodicity -^^^^^^^^^^^ - -:: - - OP= 04 - LEN= 07 - 00-01 Address - 02 Magnitude. Signed byte. - 03 Offset. Signed byte. - 04 Phase. Val 00 = 0 deg, Val 40 = 90 degs. - 05-06 Period (little endian encoding, in ms) - -Interactive parameters ----------------------- - -:: - - OP= 05 - LEN= 0a - 00-01 Address - 02 Positive Coeff - 03 Negative Coeff - 04+05 Offset (center) - 06+07 Dead band (Val 01F4 = 5000 (decimal)) - 08 Positive saturation (Val 0a = 1000 (decimal) Val 64 = 10000 (decimal)) - 09 Negative saturation - -The encoding is a bit funny here: For coeffs, these are signed values. The -maximum value is 64 (100 decimal), the min is 9c. -For the offset, the minimum value is FE0C, the maximum value is 01F4. -For the deadband, the minimum value is 0, the max is 03E8. - -Controls --------- - -:: - - OP= 41 - LEN= 03 - 00 Channel - 01 Start/Stop - Val 00: Stop - Val 01: Start and play once. - Val 41: Start and play n times (See byte 02 below) - 02 Number of iterations n. - -Init ----- - - -Querying features -^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ -:: - - OP= ff - Query command. Length varies according to the query type. - The general format of this packet is: - ff 01 QUERY [INDEX] CHECKSUM - responses are of the same form: - FF LEN QUERY VALUE_QUERIED CHECKSUM2 - where LEN = 1 + length(VALUE_QUERIED) - -Query ram size -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -:: - - QUERY = 42 ('B'uffer size) - -The device should reply with the same packet plus two additional bytes -containing the size of the memory: -ff 03 42 03 e8 CS would mean that the device has 1000 bytes of ram available. - -Query number of effects -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -:: - - QUERY = 4e ('N'umber of effects) - -The device should respond by sending the number of effects that can be played -at the same time (one byte) -ff 02 4e 14 CS would stand for 20 effects. - -Vendor's id -~~~~~~~~~~~ - -:: - - QUERY = 4d ('M'anufacturer) - -Query the vendors'id (2 bytes) - -Product id -~~~~~~~~~~ - -:: - - QUERY = 50 ('P'roduct) - -Query the product id (2 bytes) - -Open device -~~~~~~~~~~~ - -:: - - QUERY = 4f ('O'pen) - -No data returned. - -Close device -~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -:: - - QUERY = 43 ('C')lose - -No data returned. - -Query effect -~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -:: - - QUERY = 45 ('E') - -Send effect type. -Returns nonzero if supported (2 bytes) - -Firmware Version -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -:: - - QUERY = 56 ('V'ersion) - -Sends back 3 bytes - major, minor, subminor - -Initialisation of the device -^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ - -Set Control -~~~~~~~~~~~ - -.. note:: - Device dependent, can be different on different models! - -:: - - OP= 40 [] - LEN= 2 or 3 - 00 Idx - Idx 00 Set dead zone (0..2048) - Idx 01 Ignore Deadman sensor (0..1) - Idx 02 Enable comm watchdog (0..1) - Idx 03 Set the strength of the spring (0..100) - Idx 04 Enable or disable the spring (0/1) - Idx 05 Set axis saturation threshold (0..2048) - -Set Effect State -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -:: - - OP= 42 - LEN= 1 - 00 State - Bit 3 Pause force feedback - Bit 2 Enable force feedback - Bit 0 Stop all effects - -Set overall -~~~~~~~~~~~ - -:: - - OP= 43 - LEN= 1 - 00 Gain - Val 00 = 0% - Val 40 = 50% - Val 80 = 100% - -Parameter memory ----------------- - -Each device has a certain amount of memory to store parameters of effects. -The amount of RAM may vary, I encountered values from 200 to 1000 bytes. Below -is the amount of memory apparently needed for every set of parameters: - - - period : 0c - - magnitude : 02 - - attack and fade : 0e - - interactive : 08 - -Appendix: How to study the protocol? -==================================== - -1. Generate effects using the force editor provided with the DirectX SDK, or -use Immersion Studio (freely available at their web site in the developer section: -www.immersion.com) -2. Start a soft spying RS232 or USB (depending on where you connected your -joystick/wheel). I used ComPortSpy from fCoder (alpha version!) -3. Play the effect, and watch what happens on the spy screen. - -A few words about ComPortSpy: -At first glance, this software seems, hum, well... buggy. In fact, data appear with a -few seconds latency. Personally, I restart it every time I play an effect. -Remember it's free (as in free beer) and alpha! - -URLS -==== - -Check http://www.immerse.com for Immersion Studio, -and http://www.fcoder.com for ComPortSpy. - - -I-Force is trademark of Immersion Corp. diff --git a/Documentation/input/index.rst b/Documentation/input/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..153f0d476c3e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/input/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +============================= +The Linux Input Documentation +============================= + +Disclaimer +========== + +This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free +Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) +any later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY +or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 +Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA + +For your convenience, the GNU General Public License version 2 is included +in the package: See the file COPYING. + + +Core API +======== + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 2 + :numbered: + + input + input-programming + event-codes + joystick + joystick-api + multi-touch-protocol + gamepad + gameport-programming + ff + notifier + userio + +Input drivers +============= + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 2 + :numbered: + + alps + amijoy + appletouch + atarikbd + bcm5974 + cd32 + cma3000_d0x + cs461x + edt-ft5x06 + elantech + iforce-protocol + joystick-parport + gpio-tilt + ntrig + rotary-encoder + sentelic + walkera0701 + xpad + yealink + +.. only:: subproject and html + + Indices + ======= + + * :ref:`genindex` diff --git a/Documentation/input/input-programming.rst b/Documentation/input/input-programming.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4d3b22222e93 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/input/input-programming.rst @@ -0,0 +1,305 @@ +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +Programming input drivers +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Creating an input device driver +=============================== + +The simplest example +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Here comes a very simple example of an input device driver. The device has +just one button and the button is accessible at i/o port BUTTON_PORT. When +pressed or released a BUTTON_IRQ happens. The driver could look like:: + + #include + #include + #include + + #include + #include + + static struct input_dev *button_dev; + + static irqreturn_t button_interrupt(int irq, void *dummy) + { + input_report_key(button_dev, BTN_0, inb(BUTTON_PORT) & 1); + input_sync(button_dev); + return IRQ_HANDLED; + } + + static int __init button_init(void) + { + int error; + + if (request_irq(BUTTON_IRQ, button_interrupt, 0, "button", NULL)) { + printk(KERN_ERR "button.c: Can't allocate irq %d\n", button_irq); + return -EBUSY; + } + + button_dev = input_allocate_device(); + if (!button_dev) { + printk(KERN_ERR "button.c: Not enough memory\n"); + error = -ENOMEM; + goto err_free_irq; + } + + button_dev->evbit[0] = BIT_MASK(EV_KEY); + button_dev->keybit[BIT_WORD(BTN_0)] = BIT_MASK(BTN_0); + + error = input_register_device(button_dev); + if (error) { + printk(KERN_ERR "button.c: Failed to register device\n"); + goto err_free_dev; + } + + return 0; + + err_free_dev: + input_free_device(button_dev); + err_free_irq: + free_irq(BUTTON_IRQ, button_interrupt); + return error; + } + + static void __exit button_exit(void) + { + input_unregister_device(button_dev); + free_irq(BUTTON_IRQ, button_interrupt); + } + + module_init(button_init); + module_exit(button_exit); + +What the example does +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +First it has to include the file, which interfaces to the +input subsystem. This provides all the definitions needed. + +In the _init function, which is called either upon module load or when +booting the kernel, it grabs the required resources (it should also check +for the presence of the device). + +Then it allocates a new input device structure with input_allocate_device() +and sets up input bitfields. This way the device driver tells the other +parts of the input systems what it is - what events can be generated or +accepted by this input device. Our example device can only generate EV_KEY +type events, and from those only BTN_0 event code. Thus we only set these +two bits. We could have used:: + + set_bit(EV_KEY, button_dev.evbit); + set_bit(BTN_0, button_dev.keybit); + +as well, but with more than single bits the first approach tends to be +shorter. + +Then the example driver registers the input device structure by calling:: + + input_register_device(&button_dev); + +This adds the button_dev structure to linked lists of the input driver and +calls device handler modules _connect functions to tell them a new input +device has appeared. input_register_device() may sleep and therefore must +not be called from an interrupt or with a spinlock held. + +While in use, the only used function of the driver is:: + + button_interrupt() + +which upon every interrupt from the button checks its state and reports it +via the:: + + input_report_key() + +call to the input system. There is no need to check whether the interrupt +routine isn't reporting two same value events (press, press for example) to +the input system, because the input_report_* functions check that +themselves. + +Then there is the:: + + input_sync() + +call to tell those who receive the events that we've sent a complete report. +This doesn't seem important in the one button case, but is quite important +for for example mouse movement, where you don't want the X and Y values +to be interpreted separately, because that'd result in a different movement. + +dev->open() and dev->close() +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +In case the driver has to repeatedly poll the device, because it doesn't +have an interrupt coming from it and the polling is too expensive to be done +all the time, or if the device uses a valuable resource (eg. interrupt), it +can use the open and close callback to know when it can stop polling or +release the interrupt and when it must resume polling or grab the interrupt +again. To do that, we would add this to our example driver:: + + static int button_open(struct input_dev *dev) + { + if (request_irq(BUTTON_IRQ, button_interrupt, 0, "button", NULL)) { + printk(KERN_ERR "button.c: Can't allocate irq %d\n", button_irq); + return -EBUSY; + } + + return 0; + } + + static void button_close(struct input_dev *dev) + { + free_irq(IRQ_AMIGA_VERTB, button_interrupt); + } + + static int __init button_init(void) + { + ... + button_dev->open = button_open; + button_dev->close = button_close; + ... + } + +Note that input core keeps track of number of users for the device and +makes sure that dev->open() is called only when the first user connects +to the device and that dev->close() is called when the very last user +disconnects. Calls to both callbacks are serialized. + +The open() callback should return a 0 in case of success or any nonzero value +in case of failure. The close() callback (which is void) must always succeed. + +Basic event types +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +The most simple event type is EV_KEY, which is used for keys and buttons. +It's reported to the input system via:: + + input_report_key(struct input_dev *dev, int code, int value) + +See linux/input.h for the allowable values of code (from 0 to KEY_MAX). +Value is interpreted as a truth value, ie any nonzero value means key +pressed, zero value means key released. The input code generates events only +in case the value is different from before. + +In addition to EV_KEY, there are two more basic event types: EV_REL and +EV_ABS. They are used for relative and absolute values supplied by the +device. A relative value may be for example a mouse movement in the X axis. +The mouse reports it as a relative difference from the last position, +because it doesn't have any absolute coordinate system to work in. Absolute +events are namely for joysticks and digitizers - devices that do work in an +absolute coordinate systems. + +Having the device report EV_REL buttons is as simple as with EV_KEY, simply +set the corresponding bits and call the:: + + input_report_rel(struct input_dev *dev, int code, int value) + +function. Events are generated only for nonzero value. + +However EV_ABS requires a little special care. Before calling +input_register_device, you have to fill additional fields in the input_dev +struct for each absolute axis your device has. If our button device had also +the ABS_X axis:: + + button_dev.absmin[ABS_X] = 0; + button_dev.absmax[ABS_X] = 255; + button_dev.absfuzz[ABS_X] = 4; + button_dev.absflat[ABS_X] = 8; + +Or, you can just say:: + + input_set_abs_params(button_dev, ABS_X, 0, 255, 4, 8); + +This setting would be appropriate for a joystick X axis, with the minimum of +0, maximum of 255 (which the joystick *must* be able to reach, no problem if +it sometimes reports more, but it must be able to always reach the min and +max values), with noise in the data up to +- 4, and with a center flat +position of size 8. + +If you don't need absfuzz and absflat, you can set them to zero, which mean +that the thing is precise and always returns to exactly the center position +(if it has any). + +BITS_TO_LONGS(), BIT_WORD(), BIT_MASK() +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +These three macros from bitops.h help some bitfield computations:: + + BITS_TO_LONGS(x) - returns the length of a bitfield array in longs for + x bits + BIT_WORD(x) - returns the index in the array in longs for bit x + BIT_MASK(x) - returns the index in a long for bit x + +The id* and name fields +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +The dev->name should be set before registering the input device by the input +device driver. It's a string like 'Generic button device' containing a +user friendly name of the device. + +The id* fields contain the bus ID (PCI, USB, ...), vendor ID and device ID +of the device. The bus IDs are defined in input.h. The vendor and device ids +are defined in pci_ids.h, usb_ids.h and similar include files. These fields +should be set by the input device driver before registering it. + +The idtype field can be used for specific information for the input device +driver. + +The id and name fields can be passed to userland via the evdev interface. + +The keycode, keycodemax, keycodesize fields +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +These three fields should be used by input devices that have dense keymaps. +The keycode is an array used to map from scancodes to input system keycodes. +The keycode max should contain the size of the array and keycodesize the +size of each entry in it (in bytes). + +Userspace can query and alter current scancode to keycode mappings using +EVIOCGKEYCODE and EVIOCSKEYCODE ioctls on corresponding evdev interface. +When a device has all 3 aforementioned fields filled in, the driver may +rely on kernel's default implementation of setting and querying keycode +mappings. + +dev->getkeycode() and dev->setkeycode() +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +getkeycode() and setkeycode() callbacks allow drivers to override default +keycode/keycodesize/keycodemax mapping mechanism provided by input core +and implement sparse keycode maps. + +Key autorepeat +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +... is simple. It is handled by the input.c module. Hardware autorepeat is +not used, because it's not present in many devices and even where it is +present, it is broken sometimes (at keyboards: Toshiba notebooks). To enable +autorepeat for your device, just set EV_REP in dev->evbit. All will be +handled by the input system. + +Other event types, handling output events +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +The other event types up to now are: + +- EV_LED - used for the keyboard LEDs. +- EV_SND - used for keyboard beeps. + +They are very similar to for example key events, but they go in the other +direction - from the system to the input device driver. If your input device +driver can handle these events, it has to set the respective bits in evbit, +*and* also the callback routine:: + + button_dev->event = button_event; + + int button_event(struct input_dev *dev, unsigned int type, + unsigned int code, int value) + { + if (type == EV_SND && code == SND_BELL) { + outb(value, BUTTON_BELL); + return 0; + } + return -1; + } + +This callback routine can be called from an interrupt or a BH (although that +isn't a rule), and thus must not sleep, and must not take too long to finish. diff --git a/Documentation/input/input-programming.txt b/Documentation/input/input-programming.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 4d3b22222e93..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/input/input-programming.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,305 +0,0 @@ -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -Programming input drivers -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -Creating an input device driver -=============================== - -The simplest example -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -Here comes a very simple example of an input device driver. The device has -just one button and the button is accessible at i/o port BUTTON_PORT. When -pressed or released a BUTTON_IRQ happens. The driver could look like:: - - #include - #include - #include - - #include - #include - - static struct input_dev *button_dev; - - static irqreturn_t button_interrupt(int irq, void *dummy) - { - input_report_key(button_dev, BTN_0, inb(BUTTON_PORT) & 1); - input_sync(button_dev); - return IRQ_HANDLED; - } - - static int __init button_init(void) - { - int error; - - if (request_irq(BUTTON_IRQ, button_interrupt, 0, "button", NULL)) { - printk(KERN_ERR "button.c: Can't allocate irq %d\n", button_irq); - return -EBUSY; - } - - button_dev = input_allocate_device(); - if (!button_dev) { - printk(KERN_ERR "button.c: Not enough memory\n"); - error = -ENOMEM; - goto err_free_irq; - } - - button_dev->evbit[0] = BIT_MASK(EV_KEY); - button_dev->keybit[BIT_WORD(BTN_0)] = BIT_MASK(BTN_0); - - error = input_register_device(button_dev); - if (error) { - printk(KERN_ERR "button.c: Failed to register device\n"); - goto err_free_dev; - } - - return 0; - - err_free_dev: - input_free_device(button_dev); - err_free_irq: - free_irq(BUTTON_IRQ, button_interrupt); - return error; - } - - static void __exit button_exit(void) - { - input_unregister_device(button_dev); - free_irq(BUTTON_IRQ, button_interrupt); - } - - module_init(button_init); - module_exit(button_exit); - -What the example does -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -First it has to include the file, which interfaces to the -input subsystem. This provides all the definitions needed. - -In the _init function, which is called either upon module load or when -booting the kernel, it grabs the required resources (it should also check -for the presence of the device). - -Then it allocates a new input device structure with input_allocate_device() -and sets up input bitfields. This way the device driver tells the other -parts of the input systems what it is - what events can be generated or -accepted by this input device. Our example device can only generate EV_KEY -type events, and from those only BTN_0 event code. Thus we only set these -two bits. We could have used:: - - set_bit(EV_KEY, button_dev.evbit); - set_bit(BTN_0, button_dev.keybit); - -as well, but with more than single bits the first approach tends to be -shorter. - -Then the example driver registers the input device structure by calling:: - - input_register_device(&button_dev); - -This adds the button_dev structure to linked lists of the input driver and -calls device handler modules _connect functions to tell them a new input -device has appeared. input_register_device() may sleep and therefore must -not be called from an interrupt or with a spinlock held. - -While in use, the only used function of the driver is:: - - button_interrupt() - -which upon every interrupt from the button checks its state and reports it -via the:: - - input_report_key() - -call to the input system. There is no need to check whether the interrupt -routine isn't reporting two same value events (press, press for example) to -the input system, because the input_report_* functions check that -themselves. - -Then there is the:: - - input_sync() - -call to tell those who receive the events that we've sent a complete report. -This doesn't seem important in the one button case, but is quite important -for for example mouse movement, where you don't want the X and Y values -to be interpreted separately, because that'd result in a different movement. - -dev->open() and dev->close() -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -In case the driver has to repeatedly poll the device, because it doesn't -have an interrupt coming from it and the polling is too expensive to be done -all the time, or if the device uses a valuable resource (eg. interrupt), it -can use the open and close callback to know when it can stop polling or -release the interrupt and when it must resume polling or grab the interrupt -again. To do that, we would add this to our example driver:: - - static int button_open(struct input_dev *dev) - { - if (request_irq(BUTTON_IRQ, button_interrupt, 0, "button", NULL)) { - printk(KERN_ERR "button.c: Can't allocate irq %d\n", button_irq); - return -EBUSY; - } - - return 0; - } - - static void button_close(struct input_dev *dev) - { - free_irq(IRQ_AMIGA_VERTB, button_interrupt); - } - - static int __init button_init(void) - { - ... - button_dev->open = button_open; - button_dev->close = button_close; - ... - } - -Note that input core keeps track of number of users for the device and -makes sure that dev->open() is called only when the first user connects -to the device and that dev->close() is called when the very last user -disconnects. Calls to both callbacks are serialized. - -The open() callback should return a 0 in case of success or any nonzero value -in case of failure. The close() callback (which is void) must always succeed. - -Basic event types -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -The most simple event type is EV_KEY, which is used for keys and buttons. -It's reported to the input system via:: - - input_report_key(struct input_dev *dev, int code, int value) - -See linux/input.h for the allowable values of code (from 0 to KEY_MAX). -Value is interpreted as a truth value, ie any nonzero value means key -pressed, zero value means key released. The input code generates events only -in case the value is different from before. - -In addition to EV_KEY, there are two more basic event types: EV_REL and -EV_ABS. They are used for relative and absolute values supplied by the -device. A relative value may be for example a mouse movement in the X axis. -The mouse reports it as a relative difference from the last position, -because it doesn't have any absolute coordinate system to work in. Absolute -events are namely for joysticks and digitizers - devices that do work in an -absolute coordinate systems. - -Having the device report EV_REL buttons is as simple as with EV_KEY, simply -set the corresponding bits and call the:: - - input_report_rel(struct input_dev *dev, int code, int value) - -function. Events are generated only for nonzero value. - -However EV_ABS requires a little special care. Before calling -input_register_device, you have to fill additional fields in the input_dev -struct for each absolute axis your device has. If our button device had also -the ABS_X axis:: - - button_dev.absmin[ABS_X] = 0; - button_dev.absmax[ABS_X] = 255; - button_dev.absfuzz[ABS_X] = 4; - button_dev.absflat[ABS_X] = 8; - -Or, you can just say:: - - input_set_abs_params(button_dev, ABS_X, 0, 255, 4, 8); - -This setting would be appropriate for a joystick X axis, with the minimum of -0, maximum of 255 (which the joystick *must* be able to reach, no problem if -it sometimes reports more, but it must be able to always reach the min and -max values), with noise in the data up to +- 4, and with a center flat -position of size 8. - -If you don't need absfuzz and absflat, you can set them to zero, which mean -that the thing is precise and always returns to exactly the center position -(if it has any). - -BITS_TO_LONGS(), BIT_WORD(), BIT_MASK() -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -These three macros from bitops.h help some bitfield computations:: - - BITS_TO_LONGS(x) - returns the length of a bitfield array in longs for - x bits - BIT_WORD(x) - returns the index in the array in longs for bit x - BIT_MASK(x) - returns the index in a long for bit x - -The id* and name fields -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -The dev->name should be set before registering the input device by the input -device driver. It's a string like 'Generic button device' containing a -user friendly name of the device. - -The id* fields contain the bus ID (PCI, USB, ...), vendor ID and device ID -of the device. The bus IDs are defined in input.h. The vendor and device ids -are defined in pci_ids.h, usb_ids.h and similar include files. These fields -should be set by the input device driver before registering it. - -The idtype field can be used for specific information for the input device -driver. - -The id and name fields can be passed to userland via the evdev interface. - -The keycode, keycodemax, keycodesize fields -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -These three fields should be used by input devices that have dense keymaps. -The keycode is an array used to map from scancodes to input system keycodes. -The keycode max should contain the size of the array and keycodesize the -size of each entry in it (in bytes). - -Userspace can query and alter current scancode to keycode mappings using -EVIOCGKEYCODE and EVIOCSKEYCODE ioctls on corresponding evdev interface. -When a device has all 3 aforementioned fields filled in, the driver may -rely on kernel's default implementation of setting and querying keycode -mappings. - -dev->getkeycode() and dev->setkeycode() -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -getkeycode() and setkeycode() callbacks allow drivers to override default -keycode/keycodesize/keycodemax mapping mechanism provided by input core -and implement sparse keycode maps. - -Key autorepeat -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -... is simple. It is handled by the input.c module. Hardware autorepeat is -not used, because it's not present in many devices and even where it is -present, it is broken sometimes (at keyboards: Toshiba notebooks). To enable -autorepeat for your device, just set EV_REP in dev->evbit. All will be -handled by the input system. - -Other event types, handling output events -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -The other event types up to now are: - -- EV_LED - used for the keyboard LEDs. -- EV_SND - used for keyboard beeps. - -They are very similar to for example key events, but they go in the other -direction - from the system to the input device driver. If your input device -driver can handle these events, it has to set the respective bits in evbit, -*and* also the callback routine:: - - button_dev->event = button_event; - - int button_event(struct input_dev *dev, unsigned int type, - unsigned int code, int value) - { - if (type == EV_SND && code == SND_BELL) { - outb(value, BUTTON_BELL); - return 0; - } - return -1; - } - -This callback routine can be called from an interrupt or a BH (although that -isn't a rule), and thus must not sleep, and must not take too long to finish. diff --git a/Documentation/input/input.rst b/Documentation/input/input.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..ac7669ad3e76 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/input/input.rst @@ -0,0 +1,292 @@ +.. include:: + +=================== +Linux Input drivers +=================== + +:Copyright: |copy| 1999-2001 Vojtech Pavlik - Sponsored by SuSE + +Should you need to contact me, the author, you can do so either by e-mail +- mail your message to , or by paper mail: Vojtech Pavlik, +Simunkova 1594, Prague 8, 182 00 Czech Republic + +Introduction +============ + +This is a collection of drivers that is designed to support all input +devices under Linux. While it is currently used only on for USB input +devices, future use (say 2.5/2.6) is expected to expand to replace +most of the existing input system, which is why it lives in +drivers/input/ instead of drivers/usb/. + +The centre of the input drivers is the input module, which must be +loaded before any other of the input modules - it serves as a way of +communication between two groups of modules: + +Device drivers +-------------- + +These modules talk to the hardware (for example via USB), and provide +events (keystrokes, mouse movements) to the input module. + +Event handlers +-------------- + +These modules get events from input and pass them where needed via +various interfaces - keystrokes to the kernel, mouse movements via a +simulated PS/2 interface to GPM and X and so on. + +Simple Usage +============ + +For the most usual configuration, with one USB mouse and one USB keyboard, +you'll have to load the following modules (or have them built in to the +kernel):: + + input + mousedev + keybdev + usbcore + uhci_hcd or ohci_hcd or ehci_hcd + usbhid + +After this, the USB keyboard will work straight away, and the USB mouse +will be available as a character device on major 13, minor 63:: + + crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 63 Mar 28 22:45 mice + +This device has to be created. + +The commands to create it by hand are:: + + cd /dev + mkdir input + mknod input/mice c 13 63 + +After that you have to point GPM (the textmode mouse cut&paste tool) and +XFree to this device to use it - GPM should be called like:: + + gpm -t ps2 -m /dev/input/mice + +And in X:: + + Section "Pointer" + Protocol "ImPS/2" + Device "/dev/input/mice" + ZAxisMapping 4 5 + EndSection + +When you do all of the above, you can use your USB mouse and keyboard. + +Detailed Description +==================== + +Device drivers +-------------- + +Device drivers are the modules that generate events. The events are +however not useful without being handled, so you also will need to use some +of the modules from section 3.2. + +usbhid +~~~~~~ + +usbhid is the largest and most complex driver of the whole suite. It +handles all HID devices, and because there is a very wide variety of them, +and because the USB HID specification isn't simple, it needs to be this big. + +Currently, it handles USB mice, joysticks, gamepads, steering wheels +keyboards, trackballs and digitizers. + +However, USB uses HID also for monitor controls, speaker controls, UPSs, +LCDs and many other purposes. + +The monitor and speaker controls should be easy to add to the hid/input +interface, but for the UPSs and LCDs it doesn't make much sense. For this, +the hiddev interface was designed. See Documentation/hid/hiddev.txt +for more information about it. + +The usage of the usbhid module is very simple, it takes no parameters, +detects everything automatically and when a HID device is inserted, it +detects it appropriately. + +However, because the devices vary wildly, you might happen to have a +device that doesn't work well. In that case #define DEBUG at the beginning +of hid-core.c and send me the syslog traces. + +usbmouse +~~~~~~~~ + +For embedded systems, for mice with broken HID descriptors and just any +other use when the big usbhid wouldn't be a good choice, there is the +usbmouse driver. It handles USB mice only. It uses a simpler HIDBP +protocol. This also means the mice must support this simpler protocol. Not +all do. If you don't have any strong reason to use this module, use usbhid +instead. + +usbkbd +~~~~~~ + +Much like usbmouse, this module talks to keyboards with a simplified +HIDBP protocol. It's smaller, but doesn't support any extra special keys. +Use usbhid instead if there isn't any special reason to use this. + +wacom +~~~~~ + +This is a driver for Wacom Graphire and Intuos tablets. Not for Wacom +PenPartner, that one is handled by the HID driver. Although the Intuos and +Graphire tablets claim that they are HID tablets as well, they are not and +thus need this specific driver. + +iforce +~~~~~~ + +A driver for I-Force joysticks and wheels, both over USB and RS232. +It includes ForceFeedback support now, even though Immersion +Corp. considers the protocol a trade secret and won't disclose a word +about it. + +Event handlers +-------------- + +Event handlers distribute the events from the devices to userland and +kernel, as needed. + +keybdev +~~~~~~~ + +keybdev is currently a rather ugly hack that translates the input +events into architecture-specific keyboard raw mode (Xlated AT Set2 on +x86), and passes them into the handle_scancode function of the +keyboard.c module. This works well enough on all architectures that +keybdev can generate rawmode on, other architectures can be added to +it. + +The right way would be to pass the events to keyboard.c directly, +best if keyboard.c would itself be an event handler. This is done in +the input patch, available on the webpage mentioned below. + +mousedev +~~~~~~~~ + +mousedev is also a hack to make programs that use mouse input +work. It takes events from either mice or digitizers/tablets and makes +a PS/2-style (a la /dev/psaux) mouse device available to the +userland. Ideally, the programs could use a more reasonable interface, +for example evdev + +Mousedev devices in /dev/input (as shown above) are:: + + crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 32 Mar 28 22:45 mouse0 + crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 33 Mar 29 00:41 mouse1 + crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 34 Mar 29 00:41 mouse2 + crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 35 Apr 1 10:50 mouse3 + ... + ... + crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 62 Apr 1 10:50 mouse30 + crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 63 Apr 1 10:50 mice + +Each ``mouse`` device is assigned to a single mouse or digitizer, except +the last one - ``mice``. This single character device is shared by all +mice and digitizers, and even if none are connected, the device is +present. This is useful for hotplugging USB mice, so that programs +can open the device even when no mice are present. + +CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV_SCREEN_[XY] in the kernel configuration are +the size of your screen (in pixels) in XFree86. This is needed if you +want to use your digitizer in X, because its movement is sent to X +via a virtual PS/2 mouse and thus needs to be scaled +accordingly. These values won't be used if you use a mouse only. + +Mousedev will generate either PS/2, ImPS/2 (Microsoft IntelliMouse) or +ExplorerPS/2 (IntelliMouse Explorer) protocols, depending on what the +program reading the data wishes. You can set GPM and X to any of +these. You'll need ImPS/2 if you want to make use of a wheel on a USB +mouse and ExplorerPS/2 if you want to use extra (up to 5) buttons. + +joydev +~~~~~~ + +Joydev implements v0.x and v1.x Linux joystick api, much like +drivers/char/joystick/joystick.c used to in earlier versions. See +joystick-api.txt in the Documentation subdirectory for details. As +soon as any joystick is connected, it can be accessed in /dev/input +on:: + + crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 0 Apr 1 10:50 js0 + crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 1 Apr 1 10:50 js1 + crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 2 Apr 1 10:50 js2 + crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 3 Apr 1 10:50 js3 + ... + +And so on up to js31. + +evdev +~~~~~ + +evdev is the generic input event interface. It passes the events +generated in the kernel straight to the program, with timestamps. The +API is still evolving, but should be usable now. It's described in +section 5. + +This should be the way for GPM and X to get keyboard and mouse +events. It allows for multihead in X without any specific multihead +kernel support. The event codes are the same on all architectures and +are hardware independent. + +The devices are in /dev/input:: + + crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 64 Apr 1 10:49 event0 + crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 65 Apr 1 10:50 event1 + crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 66 Apr 1 10:50 event2 + crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 67 Apr 1 10:50 event3 + ... + +And so on up to event31. + +Verifying if it works +===================== + +Typing a couple keys on the keyboard should be enough to check that +a USB keyboard works and is correctly connected to the kernel keyboard +driver. + +Doing a ``cat /dev/input/mouse0`` (c, 13, 32) will verify that a mouse +is also emulated; characters should appear if you move it. + +You can test the joystick emulation with the ``jstest`` utility, +available in the joystick package (see Documentation/input/joystick.txt). + +You can test the event devices with the ``evtest`` utility available +in the LinuxConsole project CVS archive (see the URL below). + +Event interface +=============== + +Should you want to add event device support into any application (X, gpm, +svgalib ...) I will be happy to provide you any help I +can. Here goes a description of the current state of things, which is going +to be extended, but not changed incompatibly as time goes: + +You can use blocking and nonblocking reads, also select() on the +/dev/input/eventX devices, and you'll always get a whole number of input +events on a read. Their layout is:: + + struct input_event { + struct timeval time; + unsigned short type; + unsigned short code; + unsigned int value; + }; + +``time`` is the timestamp, it returns the time at which the event happened. +Type is for example EV_REL for relative moment, EV_KEY for a keypress or +release. More types are defined in include/uapi/linux/input-event-codes.h. + +``code`` is event code, for example REL_X or KEY_BACKSPACE, again a complete +list is in include/uapi/linux/input-event-codes.h. + +``value`` is the value the event carries. Either a relative change for +EV_REL, absolute new value for EV_ABS (joysticks ...), or 0 for EV_KEY for +release, 1 for keypress and 2 for autorepeat. diff --git a/Documentation/input/input.txt b/Documentation/input/input.txt deleted file mode 100644 index fda995e0ceb0..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/input/input.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,312 +0,0 @@ -.. include:: - -=================== -Linux Input drivers -=================== - -:Copyright: |copy| 1999-2001 Vojtech Pavlik - Sponsored by SuSE - -Disclaimer -========== - -This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) -any later version. - -This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY -or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 -Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - -Should you need to contact me, the author, you can do so either by e-mail -- mail your message to , or by paper mail: Vojtech Pavlik, -Simunkova 1594, Prague 8, 182 00 Czech Republic - -For your convenience, the GNU General Public License version 2 is included -in the package: See the file COPYING. - -Introduction -============ - -This is a collection of drivers that is designed to support all input -devices under Linux. While it is currently used only on for USB input -devices, future use (say 2.5/2.6) is expected to expand to replace -most of the existing input system, which is why it lives in -drivers/input/ instead of drivers/usb/. - -The centre of the input drivers is the input module, which must be -loaded before any other of the input modules - it serves as a way of -communication between two groups of modules: - -Device drivers --------------- - -These modules talk to the hardware (for example via USB), and provide -events (keystrokes, mouse movements) to the input module. - -Event handlers --------------- - -These modules get events from input and pass them where needed via -various interfaces - keystrokes to the kernel, mouse movements via a -simulated PS/2 interface to GPM and X and so on. - -Simple Usage -============ - -For the most usual configuration, with one USB mouse and one USB keyboard, -you'll have to load the following modules (or have them built in to the -kernel):: - - input - mousedev - keybdev - usbcore - uhci_hcd or ohci_hcd or ehci_hcd - usbhid - -After this, the USB keyboard will work straight away, and the USB mouse -will be available as a character device on major 13, minor 63:: - - crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 63 Mar 28 22:45 mice - -This device has to be created. - -The commands to create it by hand are:: - - cd /dev - mkdir input - mknod input/mice c 13 63 - -After that you have to point GPM (the textmode mouse cut&paste tool) and -XFree to this device to use it - GPM should be called like:: - - gpm -t ps2 -m /dev/input/mice - -And in X:: - - Section "Pointer" - Protocol "ImPS/2" - Device "/dev/input/mice" - ZAxisMapping 4 5 - EndSection - -When you do all of the above, you can use your USB mouse and keyboard. - -Detailed Description -==================== - -Device drivers --------------- - -Device drivers are the modules that generate events. The events are -however not useful without being handled, so you also will need to use some -of the modules from section 3.2. - -usbhid -~~~~~~ - -usbhid is the largest and most complex driver of the whole suite. It -handles all HID devices, and because there is a very wide variety of them, -and because the USB HID specification isn't simple, it needs to be this big. - -Currently, it handles USB mice, joysticks, gamepads, steering wheels -keyboards, trackballs and digitizers. - -However, USB uses HID also for monitor controls, speaker controls, UPSs, -LCDs and many other purposes. - -The monitor and speaker controls should be easy to add to the hid/input -interface, but for the UPSs and LCDs it doesn't make much sense. For this, -the hiddev interface was designed. See Documentation/hid/hiddev.txt -for more information about it. - -The usage of the usbhid module is very simple, it takes no parameters, -detects everything automatically and when a HID device is inserted, it -detects it appropriately. - -However, because the devices vary wildly, you might happen to have a -device that doesn't work well. In that case #define DEBUG at the beginning -of hid-core.c and send me the syslog traces. - -usbmouse -~~~~~~~~ - -For embedded systems, for mice with broken HID descriptors and just any -other use when the big usbhid wouldn't be a good choice, there is the -usbmouse driver. It handles USB mice only. It uses a simpler HIDBP -protocol. This also means the mice must support this simpler protocol. Not -all do. If you don't have any strong reason to use this module, use usbhid -instead. - -usbkbd -~~~~~~ - -Much like usbmouse, this module talks to keyboards with a simplified -HIDBP protocol. It's smaller, but doesn't support any extra special keys. -Use usbhid instead if there isn't any special reason to use this. - -wacom -~~~~~ - -This is a driver for Wacom Graphire and Intuos tablets. Not for Wacom -PenPartner, that one is handled by the HID driver. Although the Intuos and -Graphire tablets claim that they are HID tablets as well, they are not and -thus need this specific driver. - -iforce -~~~~~~ - -A driver for I-Force joysticks and wheels, both over USB and RS232. -It includes ForceFeedback support now, even though Immersion -Corp. considers the protocol a trade secret and won't disclose a word -about it. - -Event handlers --------------- - -Event handlers distribute the events from the devices to userland and -kernel, as needed. - -keybdev -~~~~~~~ - -keybdev is currently a rather ugly hack that translates the input -events into architecture-specific keyboard raw mode (Xlated AT Set2 on -x86), and passes them into the handle_scancode function of the -keyboard.c module. This works well enough on all architectures that -keybdev can generate rawmode on, other architectures can be added to -it. - -The right way would be to pass the events to keyboard.c directly, -best if keyboard.c would itself be an event handler. This is done in -the input patch, available on the webpage mentioned below. - -mousedev -~~~~~~~~ - -mousedev is also a hack to make programs that use mouse input -work. It takes events from either mice or digitizers/tablets and makes -a PS/2-style (a la /dev/psaux) mouse device available to the -userland. Ideally, the programs could use a more reasonable interface, -for example evdev - -Mousedev devices in /dev/input (as shown above) are:: - - crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 32 Mar 28 22:45 mouse0 - crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 33 Mar 29 00:41 mouse1 - crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 34 Mar 29 00:41 mouse2 - crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 35 Apr 1 10:50 mouse3 - ... - ... - crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 62 Apr 1 10:50 mouse30 - crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 63 Apr 1 10:50 mice - -Each ``mouse`` device is assigned to a single mouse or digitizer, except -the last one - ``mice``. This single character device is shared by all -mice and digitizers, and even if none are connected, the device is -present. This is useful for hotplugging USB mice, so that programs -can open the device even when no mice are present. - -CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV_SCREEN_[XY] in the kernel configuration are -the size of your screen (in pixels) in XFree86. This is needed if you -want to use your digitizer in X, because its movement is sent to X -via a virtual PS/2 mouse and thus needs to be scaled -accordingly. These values won't be used if you use a mouse only. - -Mousedev will generate either PS/2, ImPS/2 (Microsoft IntelliMouse) or -ExplorerPS/2 (IntelliMouse Explorer) protocols, depending on what the -program reading the data wishes. You can set GPM and X to any of -these. You'll need ImPS/2 if you want to make use of a wheel on a USB -mouse and ExplorerPS/2 if you want to use extra (up to 5) buttons. - -joydev -~~~~~~ - -Joydev implements v0.x and v1.x Linux joystick api, much like -drivers/char/joystick/joystick.c used to in earlier versions. See -joystick-api.txt in the Documentation subdirectory for details. As -soon as any joystick is connected, it can be accessed in /dev/input -on:: - - crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 0 Apr 1 10:50 js0 - crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 1 Apr 1 10:50 js1 - crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 2 Apr 1 10:50 js2 - crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 3 Apr 1 10:50 js3 - ... - -And so on up to js31. - -evdev -~~~~~ - -evdev is the generic input event interface. It passes the events -generated in the kernel straight to the program, with timestamps. The -API is still evolving, but should be usable now. It's described in -section 5. - -This should be the way for GPM and X to get keyboard and mouse -events. It allows for multihead in X without any specific multihead -kernel support. The event codes are the same on all architectures and -are hardware independent. - -The devices are in /dev/input:: - - crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 64 Apr 1 10:49 event0 - crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 65 Apr 1 10:50 event1 - crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 66 Apr 1 10:50 event2 - crw-r--r-- 1 root root 13, 67 Apr 1 10:50 event3 - ... - -And so on up to event31. - -Verifying if it works -===================== - -Typing a couple keys on the keyboard should be enough to check that -a USB keyboard works and is correctly connected to the kernel keyboard -driver. - -Doing a ``cat /dev/input/mouse0`` (c, 13, 32) will verify that a mouse -is also emulated; characters should appear if you move it. - -You can test the joystick emulation with the ``jstest`` utility, -available in the joystick package (see Documentation/input/joystick.txt). - -You can test the event devices with the ``evtest`` utility available -in the LinuxConsole project CVS archive (see the URL below). - -Event interface -=============== - -Should you want to add event device support into any application (X, gpm, -svgalib ...) I will be happy to provide you any help I -can. Here goes a description of the current state of things, which is going -to be extended, but not changed incompatibly as time goes: - -You can use blocking and nonblocking reads, also select() on the -/dev/input/eventX devices, and you'll always get a whole number of input -events on a read. Their layout is:: - - struct input_event { - struct timeval time; - unsigned short type; - unsigned short code; - unsigned int value; - }; - -``time`` is the timestamp, it returns the time at which the event happened. -Type is for example EV_REL for relative moment, EV_KEY for a keypress or -release. More types are defined in include/uapi/linux/input-event-codes.h. - -``code`` is event code, for example REL_X or KEY_BACKSPACE, again a complete -list is in include/uapi/linux/input-event-codes.h. - -``value`` is the value the event carries. Either a relative change for -EV_REL, absolute new value for EV_ABS (joysticks ...), or 0 for EV_KEY for -release, 1 for keypress and 2 for autorepeat. diff --git a/Documentation/input/joystick-api.rst b/Documentation/input/joystick-api.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9b9d26833086 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/input/joystick-api.rst @@ -0,0 +1,326 @@ +========================== +Joystick API Documentation +========================== + +:Author: Ragnar Hojland Espinosa - 7 Aug 1998 + +Initialization +============== + +Open the joystick device following the usual semantics (that is, with open). +Since the driver now reports events instead of polling for changes, +immediately after the open it will issue a series of synthetic events +(JS_EVENT_INIT) that you can read to check the initial state of the +joystick. + +By default, the device is opened in blocking mode:: + + int fd = open ("/dev/input/js0", O_RDONLY); + + +Event Reading +============= + +:: + + struct js_event e; + read (fd, &e, sizeof(e)); + +where js_event is defined as:: + + struct js_event { + __u32 time; /* event timestamp in milliseconds */ + __s16 value; /* value */ + __u8 type; /* event type */ + __u8 number; /* axis/button number */ + }; + +If the read is successful, it will return sizeof(e), unless you wanted to read +more than one event per read as described in section 3.1. + + +js_event.type +------------- + +The possible values of ``type`` are:: + + #define JS_EVENT_BUTTON 0x01 /* button pressed/released */ + #define JS_EVENT_AXIS 0x02 /* joystick moved */ + #define JS_EVENT_INIT 0x80 /* initial state of device */ + +As mentioned above, the driver will issue synthetic JS_EVENT_INIT ORed +events on open. That is, if it's issuing a INIT BUTTON event, the +current type value will be:: + + int type = JS_EVENT_BUTTON | JS_EVENT_INIT; /* 0x81 */ + +If you choose not to differentiate between synthetic or real events +you can turn off the JS_EVENT_INIT bits:: + + type &= ~JS_EVENT_INIT; /* 0x01 */ + + +js_event.number +--------------- + +The values of ``number`` correspond to the axis or button that +generated the event. Note that they carry separate numeration (that +is, you have both an axis 0 and a button 0). Generally, + + =============== ======= + Axis number + =============== ======= + 1st Axis X 0 + 1st Axis Y 1 + 2nd Axis X 2 + 2nd Axis Y 3 + ...and so on + =============== ======= + +Hats vary from one joystick type to another. Some can be moved in 8 +directions, some only in 4, The driver, however, always reports a hat as two +independent axis, even if the hardware doesn't allow independent movement. + + +js_event.value +-------------- + +For an axis, ``value`` is a signed integer between -32767 and +32767 +representing the position of the joystick along that axis. If you +don't read a 0 when the joystick is ``dead``, or if it doesn't span the +full range, you should recalibrate it (with, for example, jscal). + +For a button, ``value`` for a press button event is 1 and for a release +button event is 0. + +Though this:: + + if (js_event.type == JS_EVENT_BUTTON) { + buttons_state ^= (1 << js_event.number); + } + +may work well if you handle JS_EVENT_INIT events separately, + +:: + + if ((js_event.type & ~JS_EVENT_INIT) == JS_EVENT_BUTTON) { + if (js_event.value) + buttons_state |= (1 << js_event.number); + else + buttons_state &= ~(1 << js_event.number); + } + +is much safer since it can't lose sync with the driver. As you would +have to write a separate handler for JS_EVENT_INIT events in the first +snippet, this ends up being shorter. + + +js_event.time +------------- + +The time an event was generated is stored in ``js_event.time``. It's a time +in milliseconds since ... well, since sometime in the past. This eases the +task of detecting double clicks, figuring out if movement of axis and button +presses happened at the same time, and similar. + + +Reading +======= + +If you open the device in blocking mode, a read will block (that is, +wait) forever until an event is generated and effectively read. There +are two alternatives if you can't afford to wait forever (which is, +admittedly, a long time;) + + a) use select to wait until there's data to be read on fd, or + until it timeouts. There's a good example on the select(2) + man page. + + b) open the device in non-blocking mode (O_NONBLOCK) + + +O_NONBLOCK +---------- + +If read returns -1 when reading in O_NONBLOCK mode, this isn't +necessarily a "real" error (check errno(3)); it can just mean there +are no events pending to be read on the driver queue. You should read +all events on the queue (that is, until you get a -1). + +For example, + +:: + + while (1) { + while (read (fd, &e, sizeof(e)) > 0) { + process_event (e); + } + /* EAGAIN is returned when the queue is empty */ + if (errno != EAGAIN) { + /* error */ + } + /* do something interesting with processed events */ + } + +One reason for emptying the queue is that if it gets full you'll start +missing events since the queue is finite, and older events will get +overwritten. + +The other reason is that you want to know all what happened, and not +delay the processing till later. + +Why can get the queue full? Because you don't empty the queue as +mentioned, or because too much time elapses from one read to another +and too many events to store in the queue get generated. Note that +high system load may contribute to space those reads even more. + +If time between reads is enough to fill the queue and lose an event, +the driver will switch to startup mode and next time you read it, +synthetic events (JS_EVENT_INIT) will be generated to inform you of +the actual state of the joystick. + + +.. note:: + + As for version 1.2.8, the queue is circular and able to hold 64 + events. You can increment this size bumping up JS_BUFF_SIZE in + joystick.h and recompiling the driver. + + +In the above code, you might as well want to read more than one event +at a time using the typical read(2) functionality. For that, you would +replace the read above with something like:: + + struct js_event mybuffer[0xff]; + int i = read (fd, mybuffer, sizeof(mybuffer)); + +In this case, read would return -1 if the queue was empty, or some +other value in which the number of events read would be i / +sizeof(js_event) Again, if the buffer was full, it's a good idea to +process the events and keep reading it until you empty the driver queue. + + +IOCTLs +====== + +The joystick driver defines the following ioctl(2) operations:: + + /* function 3rd arg */ + #define JSIOCGAXES /* get number of axes char */ + #define JSIOCGBUTTONS /* get number of buttons char */ + #define JSIOCGVERSION /* get driver version int */ + #define JSIOCGNAME(len) /* get identifier string char */ + #define JSIOCSCORR /* set correction values &js_corr */ + #define JSIOCGCORR /* get correction values &js_corr */ + +For example, to read the number of axes:: + + char number_of_axes; + ioctl (fd, JSIOCGAXES, &number_of_axes); + + +JSIOGCVERSION +------------- + +JSIOGCVERSION is a good way to check in run-time whether the running +driver is 1.0+ and supports the event interface. If it is not, the +IOCTL will fail. For a compile-time decision, you can test the +JS_VERSION symbol:: + + #ifdef JS_VERSION + #if JS_VERSION > 0xsomething + + +JSIOCGNAME +---------- + +JSIOCGNAME(len) allows you to get the name string of the joystick - the same +as is being printed at boot time. The 'len' argument is the length of the +buffer provided by the application asking for the name. It is used to avoid +possible overrun should the name be too long:: + + char name[128]; + if (ioctl(fd, JSIOCGNAME(sizeof(name)), name) < 0) + strncpy(name, "Unknown", sizeof(name)); + printf("Name: %s\n", name); + + +JSIOC[SG]CORR +------------- + +For usage on JSIOC[SG]CORR I suggest you to look into jscal.c They are +not needed in a normal program, only in joystick calibration software +such as jscal or kcmjoy. These IOCTLs and data types aren't considered +to be in the stable part of the API, and therefore may change without +warning in following releases of the driver. + +Both JSIOCSCORR and JSIOCGCORR expect &js_corr to be able to hold +information for all axis. That is, struct js_corr corr[MAX_AXIS]; + +struct js_corr is defined as:: + + struct js_corr { + __s32 coef[8]; + __u16 prec; + __u16 type; + }; + +and ``type``:: + + #define JS_CORR_NONE 0x00 /* returns raw values */ + #define JS_CORR_BROKEN 0x01 /* broken line */ + + +Backward compatibility +====================== + +The 0.x joystick driver API is quite limited and its usage is deprecated. +The driver offers backward compatibility, though. Here's a quick summary:: + + struct JS_DATA_TYPE js; + while (1) { + if (read (fd, &js, JS_RETURN) != JS_RETURN) { + /* error */ + } + usleep (1000); + } + +As you can figure out from the example, the read returns immediately, +with the actual state of the joystick:: + + struct JS_DATA_TYPE { + int buttons; /* immediate button state */ + int x; /* immediate x axis value */ + int y; /* immediate y axis value */ + }; + +and JS_RETURN is defined as:: + + #define JS_RETURN sizeof(struct JS_DATA_TYPE) + +To test the state of the buttons, + +:: + + first_button_state = js.buttons & 1; + second_button_state = js.buttons & 2; + +The axis values do not have a defined range in the original 0.x driver, +except for that the values are non-negative. The 1.2.8+ drivers use a +fixed range for reporting the values, 1 being the minimum, 128 the +center, and 255 maximum value. + +The v0.8.0.2 driver also had an interface for 'digital joysticks', (now +called Multisystem joysticks in this driver), under /dev/djsX. This driver +doesn't try to be compatible with that interface. + + +Final Notes +=========== + +:: + + ____/| Comments, additions, and specially corrections are welcome. + \ o.O| Documentation valid for at least version 1.2.8 of the joystick + =(_)= driver and as usual, the ultimate source for documentation is + U to "Use The Source Luke" or, at your convenience, Vojtech ;) diff --git a/Documentation/input/joystick-api.txt b/Documentation/input/joystick-api.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 9b9d26833086..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/input/joystick-api.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,326 +0,0 @@ -========================== -Joystick API Documentation -========================== - -:Author: Ragnar Hojland Espinosa - 7 Aug 1998 - -Initialization -============== - -Open the joystick device following the usual semantics (that is, with open). -Since the driver now reports events instead of polling for changes, -immediately after the open it will issue a series of synthetic events -(JS_EVENT_INIT) that you can read to check the initial state of the -joystick. - -By default, the device is opened in blocking mode:: - - int fd = open ("/dev/input/js0", O_RDONLY); - - -Event Reading -============= - -:: - - struct js_event e; - read (fd, &e, sizeof(e)); - -where js_event is defined as:: - - struct js_event { - __u32 time; /* event timestamp in milliseconds */ - __s16 value; /* value */ - __u8 type; /* event type */ - __u8 number; /* axis/button number */ - }; - -If the read is successful, it will return sizeof(e), unless you wanted to read -more than one event per read as described in section 3.1. - - -js_event.type -------------- - -The possible values of ``type`` are:: - - #define JS_EVENT_BUTTON 0x01 /* button pressed/released */ - #define JS_EVENT_AXIS 0x02 /* joystick moved */ - #define JS_EVENT_INIT 0x80 /* initial state of device */ - -As mentioned above, the driver will issue synthetic JS_EVENT_INIT ORed -events on open. That is, if it's issuing a INIT BUTTON event, the -current type value will be:: - - int type = JS_EVENT_BUTTON | JS_EVENT_INIT; /* 0x81 */ - -If you choose not to differentiate between synthetic or real events -you can turn off the JS_EVENT_INIT bits:: - - type &= ~JS_EVENT_INIT; /* 0x01 */ - - -js_event.number ---------------- - -The values of ``number`` correspond to the axis or button that -generated the event. Note that they carry separate numeration (that -is, you have both an axis 0 and a button 0). Generally, - - =============== ======= - Axis number - =============== ======= - 1st Axis X 0 - 1st Axis Y 1 - 2nd Axis X 2 - 2nd Axis Y 3 - ...and so on - =============== ======= - -Hats vary from one joystick type to another. Some can be moved in 8 -directions, some only in 4, The driver, however, always reports a hat as two -independent axis, even if the hardware doesn't allow independent movement. - - -js_event.value --------------- - -For an axis, ``value`` is a signed integer between -32767 and +32767 -representing the position of the joystick along that axis. If you -don't read a 0 when the joystick is ``dead``, or if it doesn't span the -full range, you should recalibrate it (with, for example, jscal). - -For a button, ``value`` for a press button event is 1 and for a release -button event is 0. - -Though this:: - - if (js_event.type == JS_EVENT_BUTTON) { - buttons_state ^= (1 << js_event.number); - } - -may work well if you handle JS_EVENT_INIT events separately, - -:: - - if ((js_event.type & ~JS_EVENT_INIT) == JS_EVENT_BUTTON) { - if (js_event.value) - buttons_state |= (1 << js_event.number); - else - buttons_state &= ~(1 << js_event.number); - } - -is much safer since it can't lose sync with the driver. As you would -have to write a separate handler for JS_EVENT_INIT events in the first -snippet, this ends up being shorter. - - -js_event.time -------------- - -The time an event was generated is stored in ``js_event.time``. It's a time -in milliseconds since ... well, since sometime in the past. This eases the -task of detecting double clicks, figuring out if movement of axis and button -presses happened at the same time, and similar. - - -Reading -======= - -If you open the device in blocking mode, a read will block (that is, -wait) forever until an event is generated and effectively read. There -are two alternatives if you can't afford to wait forever (which is, -admittedly, a long time;) - - a) use select to wait until there's data to be read on fd, or - until it timeouts. There's a good example on the select(2) - man page. - - b) open the device in non-blocking mode (O_NONBLOCK) - - -O_NONBLOCK ----------- - -If read returns -1 when reading in O_NONBLOCK mode, this isn't -necessarily a "real" error (check errno(3)); it can just mean there -are no events pending to be read on the driver queue. You should read -all events on the queue (that is, until you get a -1). - -For example, - -:: - - while (1) { - while (read (fd, &e, sizeof(e)) > 0) { - process_event (e); - } - /* EAGAIN is returned when the queue is empty */ - if (errno != EAGAIN) { - /* error */ - } - /* do something interesting with processed events */ - } - -One reason for emptying the queue is that if it gets full you'll start -missing events since the queue is finite, and older events will get -overwritten. - -The other reason is that you want to know all what happened, and not -delay the processing till later. - -Why can get the queue full? Because you don't empty the queue as -mentioned, or because too much time elapses from one read to another -and too many events to store in the queue get generated. Note that -high system load may contribute to space those reads even more. - -If time between reads is enough to fill the queue and lose an event, -the driver will switch to startup mode and next time you read it, -synthetic events (JS_EVENT_INIT) will be generated to inform you of -the actual state of the joystick. - - -.. note:: - - As for version 1.2.8, the queue is circular and able to hold 64 - events. You can increment this size bumping up JS_BUFF_SIZE in - joystick.h and recompiling the driver. - - -In the above code, you might as well want to read more than one event -at a time using the typical read(2) functionality. For that, you would -replace the read above with something like:: - - struct js_event mybuffer[0xff]; - int i = read (fd, mybuffer, sizeof(mybuffer)); - -In this case, read would return -1 if the queue was empty, or some -other value in which the number of events read would be i / -sizeof(js_event) Again, if the buffer was full, it's a good idea to -process the events and keep reading it until you empty the driver queue. - - -IOCTLs -====== - -The joystick driver defines the following ioctl(2) operations:: - - /* function 3rd arg */ - #define JSIOCGAXES /* get number of axes char */ - #define JSIOCGBUTTONS /* get number of buttons char */ - #define JSIOCGVERSION /* get driver version int */ - #define JSIOCGNAME(len) /* get identifier string char */ - #define JSIOCSCORR /* set correction values &js_corr */ - #define JSIOCGCORR /* get correction values &js_corr */ - -For example, to read the number of axes:: - - char number_of_axes; - ioctl (fd, JSIOCGAXES, &number_of_axes); - - -JSIOGCVERSION -------------- - -JSIOGCVERSION is a good way to check in run-time whether the running -driver is 1.0+ and supports the event interface. If it is not, the -IOCTL will fail. For a compile-time decision, you can test the -JS_VERSION symbol:: - - #ifdef JS_VERSION - #if JS_VERSION > 0xsomething - - -JSIOCGNAME ----------- - -JSIOCGNAME(len) allows you to get the name string of the joystick - the same -as is being printed at boot time. The 'len' argument is the length of the -buffer provided by the application asking for the name. It is used to avoid -possible overrun should the name be too long:: - - char name[128]; - if (ioctl(fd, JSIOCGNAME(sizeof(name)), name) < 0) - strncpy(name, "Unknown", sizeof(name)); - printf("Name: %s\n", name); - - -JSIOC[SG]CORR -------------- - -For usage on JSIOC[SG]CORR I suggest you to look into jscal.c They are -not needed in a normal program, only in joystick calibration software -such as jscal or kcmjoy. These IOCTLs and data types aren't considered -to be in the stable part of the API, and therefore may change without -warning in following releases of the driver. - -Both JSIOCSCORR and JSIOCGCORR expect &js_corr to be able to hold -information for all axis. That is, struct js_corr corr[MAX_AXIS]; - -struct js_corr is defined as:: - - struct js_corr { - __s32 coef[8]; - __u16 prec; - __u16 type; - }; - -and ``type``:: - - #define JS_CORR_NONE 0x00 /* returns raw values */ - #define JS_CORR_BROKEN 0x01 /* broken line */ - - -Backward compatibility -====================== - -The 0.x joystick driver API is quite limited and its usage is deprecated. -The driver offers backward compatibility, though. Here's a quick summary:: - - struct JS_DATA_TYPE js; - while (1) { - if (read (fd, &js, JS_RETURN) != JS_RETURN) { - /* error */ - } - usleep (1000); - } - -As you can figure out from the example, the read returns immediately, -with the actual state of the joystick:: - - struct JS_DATA_TYPE { - int buttons; /* immediate button state */ - int x; /* immediate x axis value */ - int y; /* immediate y axis value */ - }; - -and JS_RETURN is defined as:: - - #define JS_RETURN sizeof(struct JS_DATA_TYPE) - -To test the state of the buttons, - -:: - - first_button_state = js.buttons & 1; - second_button_state = js.buttons & 2; - -The axis values do not have a defined range in the original 0.x driver, -except for that the values are non-negative. The 1.2.8+ drivers use a -fixed range for reporting the values, 1 being the minimum, 128 the -center, and 255 maximum value. - -The v0.8.0.2 driver also had an interface for 'digital joysticks', (now -called Multisystem joysticks in this driver), under /dev/djsX. This driver -doesn't try to be compatible with that interface. - - -Final Notes -=========== - -:: - - ____/| Comments, additions, and specially corrections are welcome. - \ o.O| Documentation valid for at least version 1.2.8 of the joystick - =(_)= driver and as usual, the ultimate source for documentation is - U to "Use The Source Luke" or, at your convenience, Vojtech ;) diff --git a/Documentation/input/joystick-parport.rst b/Documentation/input/joystick-parport.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0aa0fb17bf48 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/input/joystick-parport.rst @@ -0,0 +1,574 @@ +.. include:: + +.. _joystick-parport: + +=================================== +Linux Joystick parport drivers v2.0 +=================================== + +:Copyright: |copy| 1998-2000 Vojtech Pavlik +:Copyright: |copy| 1998 Andree Borrmann + + +Sponsored by SuSE + +Disclaimer +========== + +Any information in this file is provided as-is, without any guarantee that +it will be true. So, use it at your own risk. The possible damages that can +happen include burning your parallel port, and/or the sticks and joystick +and maybe even more. Like when a lightning kills you it is not our problem. + +Intro +===== + +The joystick parport drivers are used for joysticks and gamepads not +originally designed for PCs and other computers Linux runs on. Because of +that, PCs usually lack the right ports to connect these devices to. Parallel +port, because of its ability to change single bits at will, and providing +both output and input bits is the most suitable port on the PC for +connecting such devices. + +Devices supported +================= + +Many console and 8-bit computer gamepads and joysticks are supported. The +following subsections discuss usage of each. + +NES and SNES +------------ + +The Nintendo Entertainment System and Super Nintendo Entertainment System +gamepads are widely available, and easy to get. Also, they are quite easy to +connect to a PC, and don't need much processing speed (108 us for NES and +165 us for SNES, compared to about 1000 us for PC gamepads) to communicate +with them. + +All NES and SNES use the same synchronous serial protocol, clocked from +the computer's side (and thus timing insensitive). To allow up to 5 NES +and/or SNES gamepads and/or SNES mice connected to the parallel port at once, +the output lines of the parallel port are shared, while one of 5 available +input lines is assigned to each gamepad. + +This protocol is handled by the gamecon.c driver, so that's the one +you'll use for NES, SNES gamepads and SNES mice. + +The main problem with PC parallel ports is that they don't have +5V power +source on any of their pins. So, if you want a reliable source of power +for your pads, use either keyboard or joystick port, and make a pass-through +cable. You can also pull the power directly from the power supply (the red +wire is +5V). + +If you want to use the parallel port only, you can take the power is from +some data pin. For most gamepad and parport implementations only one pin is +needed, and I'd recommend pin 9 for that, the highest data bit. On the other +hand, if you are not planning to use anything else than NES / SNES on the +port, anything between and including pin 4 and pin 9 will work:: + + (pin 9) -----> Power + +Unfortunately, there are pads that need a lot more of power, and parallel +ports that can't give much current through the data pins. If this is your +case, you'll need to use diodes (as a prevention of destroying your parallel +port), and combine the currents of two or more data bits together:: + + Diodes + (pin 9) ----|>|-------+------> Power + | + (pin 8) ----|>|-------+ + | + (pin 7) ----|>|-------+ + | + : + | + (pin 4) ----|>|-------+ + +Ground is quite easy. On PC's parallel port the ground is on any of the +pins from pin 18 to pin 25. So use any pin of these you like for the ground:: + + (pin 18) -----> Ground + +NES and SNES pads have two input bits, Clock and Latch, which drive the +serial transfer. These are connected to pins 2 and 3 of the parallel port, +respectively:: + + (pin 2) -----> Clock + (pin 3) -----> Latch + +And the last thing is the NES / SNES data wire. Only that isn't shared and +each pad needs its own data pin. The parallel port pins are:: + + (pin 10) -----> Pad 1 data + (pin 11) -----> Pad 2 data + (pin 12) -----> Pad 3 data + (pin 13) -----> Pad 4 data + (pin 15) -----> Pad 5 data + +Note that pin 14 is not used, since it is not an input pin on the parallel +port. + +This is everything you need on the PC's side of the connection, now on to +the gamepads side. The NES and SNES have different connectors. Also, there +are quite a lot of NES clones, and because Nintendo used proprietary +connectors for their machines, the cloners couldn't and used standard D-Cannon +connectors. Anyway, if you've got a gamepad, and it has buttons A, B, Turbo +A, Turbo B, Select and Start, and is connected through 5 wires, then it is +either a NES or NES clone and will work with this connection. SNES gamepads +also use 5 wires, but have more buttons. They will work as well, of course:: + + Pinout for NES gamepads Pinout for SNES gamepads and mice + + +----> Power +-----------------------\ + | 7 | o o o o | x x o | 1 + 5 +---------+ 7 +-----------------------/ + | x x o \ | | | | | + | o o o o | | | | | +-> Ground + 4 +------------+ 1 | | | +------------> Data + | | | | | | +---------------> Latch + | | | +-> Ground | +------------------> Clock + | | +----> Clock +---------------------> Power + | +-------> Latch + +----------> Data + + Pinout for NES clone (db9) gamepads Pinout for NES clone (db15) gamepads + + +---------> Clock +-----------------> Data + | +-------> Latch | +---> Ground + | | +-----> Data | | + | | | ___________________ + _____________ 8 \ o x x x x x x o / 1 + 5 \ x o o o x / 1 \ o x x o x x o / + \ x o x o / 15 `~~~~~~~~~~~~~' 9 + 9 `~~~~~~~' 6 | | | + | | | | +----> Clock + | +----> Power | +----------> Latch + +--------> Ground +----------------> Power + +Multisystem joysticks +--------------------- + +In the era of 8-bit machines, there was something like de-facto standard +for joystick ports. They were all digital, and all used D-Cannon 9 pin +connectors (db9). Because of that, a single joystick could be used without +hassle on Atari (130, 800XE, 800XL, 2600, 7200), Amiga, Commodore C64, +Amstrad CPC, Sinclair ZX Spectrum and many other machines. That's why these +joysticks are called "Multisystem". + +Now their pinout:: + + +---------> Right + | +-------> Left + | | +-----> Down + | | | +---> Up + | | | | + _____________ + 5 \ x o o o o / 1 + \ x o x o / + 9 `~~~~~~~' 6 + | | + | +----> Button + +--------> Ground + +However, as time passed, extensions to this standard developed, and these +were not compatible with each other:: + + + Atari 130, 800/XL/XE MSX + + +-----------> Power + +---------> Right | +---------> Right + | +-------> Left | | +-------> Left + | | +-----> Down | | | +-----> Down + | | | +---> Up | | | | +---> Up + | | | | | | | | | + _____________ _____________ + 5 \ x o o o o / 1 5 \ o o o o o / 1 + \ x o o o / \ o o o o / + 9 `~~~~~~~' 6 9 `~~~~~~~' 6 + | | | | | | | + | | +----> Button | | | +----> Button 1 + | +------> Power | | +------> Button 2 + +--------> Ground | +--------> Output 3 + +----------> Ground + + Amstrad CPC Commodore C64 + + +-----------> Analog Y + +---------> Right | +---------> Right + | +-------> Left | | +-------> Left + | | +-----> Down | | | +-----> Down + | | | +---> Up | | | | +---> Up + | | | | | | | | | + _____________ _____________ + 5 \ x o o o o / 1 5 \ o o o o o / 1 + \ x o o o / \ o o o o / + 9 `~~~~~~~' 6 9 `~~~~~~~' 6 + | | | | | | | + | | +----> Button 1 | | | +----> Button + | +------> Button 2 | | +------> Power + +--------> Ground | +--------> Ground + +----------> Analog X + + Sinclair Spectrum +2A/+3 Amiga 1200 + + +-----------> Up +-----------> Button 3 + | +---------> Fire | +---------> Right + | | | | +-------> Left + | | +-----> Ground | | | +-----> Down + | | | | | | | +---> Up + | | | | | | | | + _____________ _____________ + 5 \ o o x o x / 1 5 \ o o o o o / 1 + \ o o o o / \ o o o o / + 9 `~~~~~~~' 6 9 `~~~~~~~' 6 + | | | | | | | | + | | | +----> Right | | | +----> Button 1 + | | +------> Left | | +------> Power + | +--------> Ground | +--------> Ground + +----------> Down +----------> Button 2 + + And there were many others. + +Multisystem joysticks using db9.c +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +For the Multisystem joysticks, and their derivatives, the db9.c driver +was written. It allows only one joystick / gamepad per parallel port, but +the interface is easy to build and works with almost anything. + +For the basic 1-button Multisystem joystick you connect its wires to the +parallel port like this:: + + (pin 1) -----> Power + (pin 18) -----> Ground + + (pin 2) -----> Up + (pin 3) -----> Down + (pin 4) -----> Left + (pin 5) -----> Right + (pin 6) -----> Button 1 + +However, if the joystick is switch based (eg. clicks when you move it), +you might or might not, depending on your parallel port, need 10 kOhm pullup +resistors on each of the direction and button signals, like this:: + + (pin 2) ------------+------> Up + Resistor | + (pin 1) --[10kOhm]--+ + +Try without, and if it doesn't work, add them. For TTL based joysticks / +gamepads the pullups are not needed. + +For joysticks with two buttons you connect the second button to pin 7 on +the parallel port:: + + (pin 7) -----> Button 2 + +And that's it. + +On a side note, if you have already built a different adapter for use with +the digital joystick driver 0.8.0.2, this is also supported by the db9.c +driver, as device type 8. (See section 3.2) + +Multisystem joysticks using gamecon.c +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +For some people just one joystick per parallel port is not enough, and/or +want to use them on one parallel port together with NES/SNES/PSX pads. This is +possible using the gamecon.c. It supports up to 5 devices of the above types, +including 1 and 2 buttons Multisystem joysticks. + +However, there is nothing for free. To allow more sticks to be used at +once, you need the sticks to be purely switch based (that is non-TTL), and +not to need power. Just a plain simple six switches inside. If your +joystick can do more (eg. turbofire) you'll need to disable it totally first +if you want to use gamecon.c. + +Also, the connection is a bit more complex. You'll need a bunch of diodes, +and one pullup resistor. First, you connect the Directions and the button +the same as for db9, however with the diodes between:: + + Diodes + (pin 2) -----|<|----> Up + (pin 3) -----|<|----> Down + (pin 4) -----|<|----> Left + (pin 5) -----|<|----> Right + (pin 6) -----|<|----> Button 1 + +For two button sticks you also connect the other button:: + + (pin 7) -----|<|----> Button 2 + +And finally, you connect the Ground wire of the joystick, like done in +this little schematic to Power and Data on the parallel port, as described +for the NES / SNES pads in section 2.1 of this file - that is, one data pin +for each joystick. The power source is shared:: + + Data ------------+-----> Ground + Resistor | + Power --[10kOhm]--+ + +And that's all, here we go! + +Multisystem joysticks using turbografx.c +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +The TurboGraFX interface, designed by + + Steffen Schwenke + +allows up to 7 Multisystem joysticks connected to the parallel port. In +Steffen's version, there is support for up to 5 buttons per joystick. However, +since this doesn't work reliably on all parallel ports, the turbografx.c driver +supports only one button per joystick. For more information on how to build the +interface, see: + + http://www2.burg-halle.de/~schwenke/parport.html + +Sony Playstation +---------------- + +The PSX controller is supported by the gamecon.c. Pinout of the PSX +controller (compatible with DirectPadPro):: + + +---------+---------+---------+ + 9 | o o o | o o o | o o o | 1 parallel + \________|_________|________/ port pins + | | | | | | + | | | | | +--------> Clock --- (4) + | | | | +------------> Select --- (3) + | | | +---------------> Power --- (5-9) + | | +------------------> Ground --- (18-25) + | +-------------------------> Command --- (2) + +----------------------------> Data --- (one of 10,11,12,13,15) + +The driver supports these controllers: + + * Standard PSX Pad + * NegCon PSX Pad + * Analog PSX Pad (red mode) + * Analog PSX Pad (green mode) + * PSX Rumble Pad + * PSX DDR Pad + +Sega +---- + +All the Sega controllers are more or less based on the standard 2-button +Multisystem joystick. However, since they don't use switches and use TTL +logic, the only driver usable with them is the db9.c driver. + +Sega Master System +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +The SMS gamepads are almost exactly the same as normal 2-button +Multisystem joysticks. Set the driver to Multi2 mode, use the corresponding +parallel port pins, and the following schematic:: + + +-----------> Power + | +---------> Right + | | +-------> Left + | | | +-----> Down + | | | | +---> Up + | | | | | + _____________ + 5 \ o o o o o / 1 + \ o o x o / + 9 `~~~~~~~' 6 + | | | + | | +----> Button 1 + | +--------> Ground + +----------> Button 2 + +Sega Genesis aka MegaDrive +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +The Sega Genesis (in Europe sold as Sega MegaDrive) pads are an extension +to the Sega Master System pads. They use more buttons (3+1, 5+1, 6+1). Use +the following schematic:: + + +-----------> Power + | +---------> Right + | | +-------> Left + | | | +-----> Down + | | | | +---> Up + | | | | | + _____________ + 5 \ o o o o o / 1 + \ o o o o / + 9 `~~~~~~~' 6 + | | | | + | | | +----> Button 1 + | | +------> Select + | +--------> Ground + +----------> Button 2 + +The Select pin goes to pin 14 on the parallel port:: + + (pin 14) -----> Select + +The rest is the same as for Multi2 joysticks using db9.c + +Sega Saturn +~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Sega Saturn has eight buttons, and to transfer that, without hacks like +Genesis 6 pads use, it needs one more select pin. Anyway, it is still +handled by the db9.c driver. Its pinout is very different from anything +else. Use this schematic:: + + +-----------> Select 1 + | +---------> Power + | | +-------> Up + | | | +-----> Down + | | | | +---> Ground + | | | | | + _____________ + 5 \ o o o o o / 1 + \ o o o o / + 9 `~~~~~~~' 6 + | | | | + | | | +----> Select 2 + | | +------> Right + | +--------> Left + +----------> Power + +Select 1 is pin 14 on the parallel port, Select 2 is pin 16 on the +parallel port:: + + (pin 14) -----> Select 1 + (pin 16) -----> Select 2 + +The other pins (Up, Down, Right, Left, Power, Ground) are the same as for +Multi joysticks using db9.c + +The drivers +=========== + +There are three drivers for the parallel port interfaces. Each, as +described above, allows to connect a different group of joysticks and pads. +Here are described their command lines: + +gamecon.c +--------- + +Using gamecon.c you can connect up to five devices to one parallel port. It +uses the following kernel/module command line:: + + gamecon.map=port,pad1,pad2,pad3,pad4,pad5 + +Where ``port`` the number of the parport interface (eg. 0 for parport0). + +And ``pad1`` to ``pad5`` are pad types connected to different data input pins +(10,11,12,13,15), as described in section 2.1 of this file. + +The types are: + + ===== ============================= + Type Joystick/Pad + ===== ============================= + 0 None + 1 SNES pad + 2 NES pad + 4 Multisystem 1-button joystick + 5 Multisystem 2-button joystick + 6 N64 pad + 7 Sony PSX controller + 8 Sony PSX DDR controller + 9 SNES mouse + ===== ============================= + +The exact type of the PSX controller type is autoprobed when used, so +hot swapping should work (but is not recommended). + +Should you want to use more than one of parallel ports at once, you can use +gamecon.map2 and gamecon.map3 as additional command line parameters for two +more parallel ports. + +There are two options specific to PSX driver portion. gamecon.psx_delay sets +the command delay when talking to the controllers. The default of 25 should +work but you can try lowering it for better performance. If your pads don't +respond try raising it until they work. Setting the type to 8 allows the +driver to be used with Dance Dance Revolution or similar games. Arrow keys are +registered as key presses instead of X and Y axes. + +db9.c +----- + +Apart from making an interface, there is nothing difficult on using the +db9.c driver. It uses the following kernel/module command line:: + + db9.dev=port,type + +Where ``port`` is the number of the parport interface (eg. 0 for parport0). + +Caveat here: This driver only works on bidirectional parallel ports. If +your parallel port is recent enough, you should have no trouble with this. +Old parallel ports may not have this feature. + +``Type`` is the type of joystick or pad attached: + + ===== ====================================================== + Type Joystick/Pad + ===== ====================================================== + 0 None + 1 Multisystem 1-button joystick + 2 Multisystem 2-button joystick + 3 Genesis pad (3+1 buttons) + 5 Genesis pad (5+1 buttons) + 6 Genesis pad (6+2 buttons) + 7 Saturn pad (8 buttons) + 8 Multisystem 1-button joystick (v0.8.0.2 pin-out) + 9 Two Multisystem 1-button joysticks (v0.8.0.2 pin-out) + 10 Amiga CD32 pad + ===== ====================================================== + +Should you want to use more than one of these joysticks/pads at once, you +can use db9.dev2 and db9.dev3 as additional command line parameters for two +more joysticks/pads. + +turbografx.c +------------ + +The turbografx.c driver uses a very simple kernel/module command line:: + + turbografx.map=port,js1,js2,js3,js4,js5,js6,js7 + +Where ``port`` is the number of the parport interface (eg. 0 for parport0). + +``jsX`` is the number of buttons the Multisystem joysticks connected to the +interface ports 1-7 have. For a standard multisystem joystick, this is 1. + +Should you want to use more than one of these interfaces at once, you can +use turbografx.map2 and turbografx.map3 as additional command line parameters +for two more interfaces. + +PC parallel port pinout +----------------------- + +:: + + .----------------------------------------. + At the PC: \ 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 / + \ 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 / + ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +====== ======= ============= + Pin Name Description +====== ======= ============= + 1 /STROBE Strobe + 2-9 D0-D7 Data Bit 0-7 + 10 /ACK Acknowledge + 11 BUSY Busy + 12 PE Paper End + 13 SELIN Select In + 14 /AUTOFD Autofeed + 15 /ERROR Error + 16 /INIT Initialize + 17 /SEL Select + 18-25 GND Signal Ground +====== ======= ============= + + +That's all, folks! Have fun! diff --git a/Documentation/input/joystick-parport.txt b/Documentation/input/joystick-parport.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 0aa0fb17bf48..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/input/joystick-parport.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,574 +0,0 @@ -.. include:: - -.. _joystick-parport: - -=================================== -Linux Joystick parport drivers v2.0 -=================================== - -:Copyright: |copy| 1998-2000 Vojtech Pavlik -:Copyright: |copy| 1998 Andree Borrmann - - -Sponsored by SuSE - -Disclaimer -========== - -Any information in this file is provided as-is, without any guarantee that -it will be true. So, use it at your own risk. The possible damages that can -happen include burning your parallel port, and/or the sticks and joystick -and maybe even more. Like when a lightning kills you it is not our problem. - -Intro -===== - -The joystick parport drivers are used for joysticks and gamepads not -originally designed for PCs and other computers Linux runs on. Because of -that, PCs usually lack the right ports to connect these devices to. Parallel -port, because of its ability to change single bits at will, and providing -both output and input bits is the most suitable port on the PC for -connecting such devices. - -Devices supported -================= - -Many console and 8-bit computer gamepads and joysticks are supported. The -following subsections discuss usage of each. - -NES and SNES ------------- - -The Nintendo Entertainment System and Super Nintendo Entertainment System -gamepads are widely available, and easy to get. Also, they are quite easy to -connect to a PC, and don't need much processing speed (108 us for NES and -165 us for SNES, compared to about 1000 us for PC gamepads) to communicate -with them. - -All NES and SNES use the same synchronous serial protocol, clocked from -the computer's side (and thus timing insensitive). To allow up to 5 NES -and/or SNES gamepads and/or SNES mice connected to the parallel port at once, -the output lines of the parallel port are shared, while one of 5 available -input lines is assigned to each gamepad. - -This protocol is handled by the gamecon.c driver, so that's the one -you'll use for NES, SNES gamepads and SNES mice. - -The main problem with PC parallel ports is that they don't have +5V power -source on any of their pins. So, if you want a reliable source of power -for your pads, use either keyboard or joystick port, and make a pass-through -cable. You can also pull the power directly from the power supply (the red -wire is +5V). - -If you want to use the parallel port only, you can take the power is from -some data pin. For most gamepad and parport implementations only one pin is -needed, and I'd recommend pin 9 for that, the highest data bit. On the other -hand, if you are not planning to use anything else than NES / SNES on the -port, anything between and including pin 4 and pin 9 will work:: - - (pin 9) -----> Power - -Unfortunately, there are pads that need a lot more of power, and parallel -ports that can't give much current through the data pins. If this is your -case, you'll need to use diodes (as a prevention of destroying your parallel -port), and combine the currents of two or more data bits together:: - - Diodes - (pin 9) ----|>|-------+------> Power - | - (pin 8) ----|>|-------+ - | - (pin 7) ----|>|-------+ - | - : - | - (pin 4) ----|>|-------+ - -Ground is quite easy. On PC's parallel port the ground is on any of the -pins from pin 18 to pin 25. So use any pin of these you like for the ground:: - - (pin 18) -----> Ground - -NES and SNES pads have two input bits, Clock and Latch, which drive the -serial transfer. These are connected to pins 2 and 3 of the parallel port, -respectively:: - - (pin 2) -----> Clock - (pin 3) -----> Latch - -And the last thing is the NES / SNES data wire. Only that isn't shared and -each pad needs its own data pin. The parallel port pins are:: - - (pin 10) -----> Pad 1 data - (pin 11) -----> Pad 2 data - (pin 12) -----> Pad 3 data - (pin 13) -----> Pad 4 data - (pin 15) -----> Pad 5 data - -Note that pin 14 is not used, since it is not an input pin on the parallel -port. - -This is everything you need on the PC's side of the connection, now on to -the gamepads side. The NES and SNES have different connectors. Also, there -are quite a lot of NES clones, and because Nintendo used proprietary -connectors for their machines, the cloners couldn't and used standard D-Cannon -connectors. Anyway, if you've got a gamepad, and it has buttons A, B, Turbo -A, Turbo B, Select and Start, and is connected through 5 wires, then it is -either a NES or NES clone and will work with this connection. SNES gamepads -also use 5 wires, but have more buttons. They will work as well, of course:: - - Pinout for NES gamepads Pinout for SNES gamepads and mice - - +----> Power +-----------------------\ - | 7 | o o o o | x x o | 1 - 5 +---------+ 7 +-----------------------/ - | x x o \ | | | | | - | o o o o | | | | | +-> Ground - 4 +------------+ 1 | | | +------------> Data - | | | | | | +---------------> Latch - | | | +-> Ground | +------------------> Clock - | | +----> Clock +---------------------> Power - | +-------> Latch - +----------> Data - - Pinout for NES clone (db9) gamepads Pinout for NES clone (db15) gamepads - - +---------> Clock +-----------------> Data - | +-------> Latch | +---> Ground - | | +-----> Data | | - | | | ___________________ - _____________ 8 \ o x x x x x x o / 1 - 5 \ x o o o x / 1 \ o x x o x x o / - \ x o x o / 15 `~~~~~~~~~~~~~' 9 - 9 `~~~~~~~' 6 | | | - | | | | +----> Clock - | +----> Power | +----------> Latch - +--------> Ground +----------------> Power - -Multisystem joysticks ---------------------- - -In the era of 8-bit machines, there was something like de-facto standard -for joystick ports. They were all digital, and all used D-Cannon 9 pin -connectors (db9). Because of that, a single joystick could be used without -hassle on Atari (130, 800XE, 800XL, 2600, 7200), Amiga, Commodore C64, -Amstrad CPC, Sinclair ZX Spectrum and many other machines. That's why these -joysticks are called "Multisystem". - -Now their pinout:: - - +---------> Right - | +-------> Left - | | +-----> Down - | | | +---> Up - | | | | - _____________ - 5 \ x o o o o / 1 - \ x o x o / - 9 `~~~~~~~' 6 - | | - | +----> Button - +--------> Ground - -However, as time passed, extensions to this standard developed, and these -were not compatible with each other:: - - - Atari 130, 800/XL/XE MSX - - +-----------> Power - +---------> Right | +---------> Right - | +-------> Left | | +-------> Left - | | +-----> Down | | | +-----> Down - | | | +---> Up | | | | +---> Up - | | | | | | | | | - _____________ _____________ - 5 \ x o o o o / 1 5 \ o o o o o / 1 - \ x o o o / \ o o o o / - 9 `~~~~~~~' 6 9 `~~~~~~~' 6 - | | | | | | | - | | +----> Button | | | +----> Button 1 - | +------> Power | | +------> Button 2 - +--------> Ground | +--------> Output 3 - +----------> Ground - - Amstrad CPC Commodore C64 - - +-----------> Analog Y - +---------> Right | +---------> Right - | +-------> Left | | +-------> Left - | | +-----> Down | | | +-----> Down - | | | +---> Up | | | | +---> Up - | | | | | | | | | - _____________ _____________ - 5 \ x o o o o / 1 5 \ o o o o o / 1 - \ x o o o / \ o o o o / - 9 `~~~~~~~' 6 9 `~~~~~~~' 6 - | | | | | | | - | | +----> Button 1 | | | +----> Button - | +------> Button 2 | | +------> Power - +--------> Ground | +--------> Ground - +----------> Analog X - - Sinclair Spectrum +2A/+3 Amiga 1200 - - +-----------> Up +-----------> Button 3 - | +---------> Fire | +---------> Right - | | | | +-------> Left - | | +-----> Ground | | | +-----> Down - | | | | | | | +---> Up - | | | | | | | | - _____________ _____________ - 5 \ o o x o x / 1 5 \ o o o o o / 1 - \ o o o o / \ o o o o / - 9 `~~~~~~~' 6 9 `~~~~~~~' 6 - | | | | | | | | - | | | +----> Right | | | +----> Button 1 - | | +------> Left | | +------> Power - | +--------> Ground | +--------> Ground - +----------> Down +----------> Button 2 - - And there were many others. - -Multisystem joysticks using db9.c -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -For the Multisystem joysticks, and their derivatives, the db9.c driver -was written. It allows only one joystick / gamepad per parallel port, but -the interface is easy to build and works with almost anything. - -For the basic 1-button Multisystem joystick you connect its wires to the -parallel port like this:: - - (pin 1) -----> Power - (pin 18) -----> Ground - - (pin 2) -----> Up - (pin 3) -----> Down - (pin 4) -----> Left - (pin 5) -----> Right - (pin 6) -----> Button 1 - -However, if the joystick is switch based (eg. clicks when you move it), -you might or might not, depending on your parallel port, need 10 kOhm pullup -resistors on each of the direction and button signals, like this:: - - (pin 2) ------------+------> Up - Resistor | - (pin 1) --[10kOhm]--+ - -Try without, and if it doesn't work, add them. For TTL based joysticks / -gamepads the pullups are not needed. - -For joysticks with two buttons you connect the second button to pin 7 on -the parallel port:: - - (pin 7) -----> Button 2 - -And that's it. - -On a side note, if you have already built a different adapter for use with -the digital joystick driver 0.8.0.2, this is also supported by the db9.c -driver, as device type 8. (See section 3.2) - -Multisystem joysticks using gamecon.c -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -For some people just one joystick per parallel port is not enough, and/or -want to use them on one parallel port together with NES/SNES/PSX pads. This is -possible using the gamecon.c. It supports up to 5 devices of the above types, -including 1 and 2 buttons Multisystem joysticks. - -However, there is nothing for free. To allow more sticks to be used at -once, you need the sticks to be purely switch based (that is non-TTL), and -not to need power. Just a plain simple six switches inside. If your -joystick can do more (eg. turbofire) you'll need to disable it totally first -if you want to use gamecon.c. - -Also, the connection is a bit more complex. You'll need a bunch of diodes, -and one pullup resistor. First, you connect the Directions and the button -the same as for db9, however with the diodes between:: - - Diodes - (pin 2) -----|<|----> Up - (pin 3) -----|<|----> Down - (pin 4) -----|<|----> Left - (pin 5) -----|<|----> Right - (pin 6) -----|<|----> Button 1 - -For two button sticks you also connect the other button:: - - (pin 7) -----|<|----> Button 2 - -And finally, you connect the Ground wire of the joystick, like done in -this little schematic to Power and Data on the parallel port, as described -for the NES / SNES pads in section 2.1 of this file - that is, one data pin -for each joystick. The power source is shared:: - - Data ------------+-----> Ground - Resistor | - Power --[10kOhm]--+ - -And that's all, here we go! - -Multisystem joysticks using turbografx.c -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -The TurboGraFX interface, designed by - - Steffen Schwenke - -allows up to 7 Multisystem joysticks connected to the parallel port. In -Steffen's version, there is support for up to 5 buttons per joystick. However, -since this doesn't work reliably on all parallel ports, the turbografx.c driver -supports only one button per joystick. For more information on how to build the -interface, see: - - http://www2.burg-halle.de/~schwenke/parport.html - -Sony Playstation ----------------- - -The PSX controller is supported by the gamecon.c. Pinout of the PSX -controller (compatible with DirectPadPro):: - - +---------+---------+---------+ - 9 | o o o | o o o | o o o | 1 parallel - \________|_________|________/ port pins - | | | | | | - | | | | | +--------> Clock --- (4) - | | | | +------------> Select --- (3) - | | | +---------------> Power --- (5-9) - | | +------------------> Ground --- (18-25) - | +-------------------------> Command --- (2) - +----------------------------> Data --- (one of 10,11,12,13,15) - -The driver supports these controllers: - - * Standard PSX Pad - * NegCon PSX Pad - * Analog PSX Pad (red mode) - * Analog PSX Pad (green mode) - * PSX Rumble Pad - * PSX DDR Pad - -Sega ----- - -All the Sega controllers are more or less based on the standard 2-button -Multisystem joystick. However, since they don't use switches and use TTL -logic, the only driver usable with them is the db9.c driver. - -Sega Master System -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -The SMS gamepads are almost exactly the same as normal 2-button -Multisystem joysticks. Set the driver to Multi2 mode, use the corresponding -parallel port pins, and the following schematic:: - - +-----------> Power - | +---------> Right - | | +-------> Left - | | | +-----> Down - | | | | +---> Up - | | | | | - _____________ - 5 \ o o o o o / 1 - \ o o x o / - 9 `~~~~~~~' 6 - | | | - | | +----> Button 1 - | +--------> Ground - +----------> Button 2 - -Sega Genesis aka MegaDrive -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -The Sega Genesis (in Europe sold as Sega MegaDrive) pads are an extension -to the Sega Master System pads. They use more buttons (3+1, 5+1, 6+1). Use -the following schematic:: - - +-----------> Power - | +---------> Right - | | +-------> Left - | | | +-----> Down - | | | | +---> Up - | | | | | - _____________ - 5 \ o o o o o / 1 - \ o o o o / - 9 `~~~~~~~' 6 - | | | | - | | | +----> Button 1 - | | +------> Select - | +--------> Ground - +----------> Button 2 - -The Select pin goes to pin 14 on the parallel port:: - - (pin 14) -----> Select - -The rest is the same as for Multi2 joysticks using db9.c - -Sega Saturn -~~~~~~~~~~~ - -Sega Saturn has eight buttons, and to transfer that, without hacks like -Genesis 6 pads use, it needs one more select pin. Anyway, it is still -handled by the db9.c driver. Its pinout is very different from anything -else. Use this schematic:: - - +-----------> Select 1 - | +---------> Power - | | +-------> Up - | | | +-----> Down - | | | | +---> Ground - | | | | | - _____________ - 5 \ o o o o o / 1 - \ o o o o / - 9 `~~~~~~~' 6 - | | | | - | | | +----> Select 2 - | | +------> Right - | +--------> Left - +----------> Power - -Select 1 is pin 14 on the parallel port, Select 2 is pin 16 on the -parallel port:: - - (pin 14) -----> Select 1 - (pin 16) -----> Select 2 - -The other pins (Up, Down, Right, Left, Power, Ground) are the same as for -Multi joysticks using db9.c - -The drivers -=========== - -There are three drivers for the parallel port interfaces. Each, as -described above, allows to connect a different group of joysticks and pads. -Here are described their command lines: - -gamecon.c ---------- - -Using gamecon.c you can connect up to five devices to one parallel port. It -uses the following kernel/module command line:: - - gamecon.map=port,pad1,pad2,pad3,pad4,pad5 - -Where ``port`` the number of the parport interface (eg. 0 for parport0). - -And ``pad1`` to ``pad5`` are pad types connected to different data input pins -(10,11,12,13,15), as described in section 2.1 of this file. - -The types are: - - ===== ============================= - Type Joystick/Pad - ===== ============================= - 0 None - 1 SNES pad - 2 NES pad - 4 Multisystem 1-button joystick - 5 Multisystem 2-button joystick - 6 N64 pad - 7 Sony PSX controller - 8 Sony PSX DDR controller - 9 SNES mouse - ===== ============================= - -The exact type of the PSX controller type is autoprobed when used, so -hot swapping should work (but is not recommended). - -Should you want to use more than one of parallel ports at once, you can use -gamecon.map2 and gamecon.map3 as additional command line parameters for two -more parallel ports. - -There are two options specific to PSX driver portion. gamecon.psx_delay sets -the command delay when talking to the controllers. The default of 25 should -work but you can try lowering it for better performance. If your pads don't -respond try raising it until they work. Setting the type to 8 allows the -driver to be used with Dance Dance Revolution or similar games. Arrow keys are -registered as key presses instead of X and Y axes. - -db9.c ------ - -Apart from making an interface, there is nothing difficult on using the -db9.c driver. It uses the following kernel/module command line:: - - db9.dev=port,type - -Where ``port`` is the number of the parport interface (eg. 0 for parport0). - -Caveat here: This driver only works on bidirectional parallel ports. If -your parallel port is recent enough, you should have no trouble with this. -Old parallel ports may not have this feature. - -``Type`` is the type of joystick or pad attached: - - ===== ====================================================== - Type Joystick/Pad - ===== ====================================================== - 0 None - 1 Multisystem 1-button joystick - 2 Multisystem 2-button joystick - 3 Genesis pad (3+1 buttons) - 5 Genesis pad (5+1 buttons) - 6 Genesis pad (6+2 buttons) - 7 Saturn pad (8 buttons) - 8 Multisystem 1-button joystick (v0.8.0.2 pin-out) - 9 Two Multisystem 1-button joysticks (v0.8.0.2 pin-out) - 10 Amiga CD32 pad - ===== ====================================================== - -Should you want to use more than one of these joysticks/pads at once, you -can use db9.dev2 and db9.dev3 as additional command line parameters for two -more joysticks/pads. - -turbografx.c ------------- - -The turbografx.c driver uses a very simple kernel/module command line:: - - turbografx.map=port,js1,js2,js3,js4,js5,js6,js7 - -Where ``port`` is the number of the parport interface (eg. 0 for parport0). - -``jsX`` is the number of buttons the Multisystem joysticks connected to the -interface ports 1-7 have. For a standard multisystem joystick, this is 1. - -Should you want to use more than one of these interfaces at once, you can -use turbografx.map2 and turbografx.map3 as additional command line parameters -for two more interfaces. - -PC parallel port pinout ------------------------ - -:: - - .----------------------------------------. - At the PC: \ 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 / - \ 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 / - ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -====== ======= ============= - Pin Name Description -====== ======= ============= - 1 /STROBE Strobe - 2-9 D0-D7 Data Bit 0-7 - 10 /ACK Acknowledge - 11 BUSY Busy - 12 PE Paper End - 13 SELIN Select In - 14 /AUTOFD Autofeed - 15 /ERROR Error - 16 /INIT Initialize - 17 /SEL Select - 18-25 GND Signal Ground -====== ======= ============= - - -That's all, folks! Have fun! diff --git a/Documentation/input/joystick.rst b/Documentation/input/joystick.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..202f5a090675 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/input/joystick.rst @@ -0,0 +1,631 @@ +.. include:: + +============================ +Linux Joystick driver v2.0.0 +============================ + +:Copyright: |copy| 1996-2000 Vojtech Pavlik - Sponsored by SuSE + + +Disclaimer +========== + +This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free +Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) +any later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but +WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY +or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 +Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA + +Should you need to contact me, the author, you can do so either by e-mail +- mail your message to , or by paper mail: Vojtech Pavlik, +Simunkova 1594, Prague 8, 182 00 Czech Republic + +For your convenience, the GNU General Public License version 2 is included +in the package: See the file COPYING. + +Intro +===== + +The joystick driver for Linux provides support for a variety of joysticks +and similar devices. It is based on a larger project aiming to support all +input devices in Linux. + +Should you encounter any problems while using the driver, or joysticks +this driver can't make complete use of, I'm very interested in hearing about +them. Bug reports and success stories are also welcome. + +The input project website is at: + + http://atrey.karlin.mff.cuni.cz/~vojtech/input/ + +There is also a mailing list for the driver at: + + listproc@atrey.karlin.mff.cuni.cz + +send "subscribe linux-joystick Your Name" to subscribe to it. + +Usage +===== + +For basic usage you just choose the right options in kernel config and +you should be set. + +inpututils +---------- + +For testing and other purposes (for example serial devices), a set of +utilities is available at the abovementioned website. I suggest you download +and install it before going on. + +Device nodes +------------ + +For applications to be able to use the joysticks, +you'll have to manually create these nodes in /dev:: + + cd /dev + rm js* + mkdir input + mknod input/js0 c 13 0 + mknod input/js1 c 13 1 + mknod input/js2 c 13 2 + mknod input/js3 c 13 3 + ln -s input/js0 js0 + ln -s input/js1 js1 + ln -s input/js2 js2 + ln -s input/js3 js3 + +For testing with inpututils it's also convenient to create these:: + + mknod input/event0 c 13 64 + mknod input/event1 c 13 65 + mknod input/event2 c 13 66 + mknod input/event3 c 13 67 + +Modules needed +-------------- + +For all joystick drivers to function, you'll need the userland interface +module in kernel, either loaded or compiled in:: + + modprobe joydev + +For gameport joysticks, you'll have to load the gameport driver as well:: + + modprobe ns558 + +And for serial port joysticks, you'll need the serial input line +discipline module loaded and the inputattach utility started:: + + modprobe serport + inputattach -xxx /dev/tts/X & + +In addition to that, you'll need the joystick driver module itself, most +usually you'll have an analog joystick:: + + modprobe analog + +For automatic module loading, something like this might work - tailor to +your needs:: + + alias tty-ldisc-2 serport + alias char-major-13 input + above input joydev ns558 analog + options analog map=gamepad,none,2btn + +Verifying that it works +----------------------- + +For testing the joystick driver functionality, there is the jstest +program in the utilities package. You run it by typing:: + + jstest /dev/input/js0 + +And it should show a line with the joystick values, which update as you +move the stick, and press its buttons. The axes should all be zero when the +joystick is in the center position. They should not jitter by themselves to +other close values, and they also should be steady in any other position of +the stick. They should have the full range from -32767 to 32767. If all this +is met, then it's all fine, and you can play the games. :) + +If it's not, then there might be a problem. Try to calibrate the joystick, +and if it still doesn't work, read the drivers section of this file, the +troubleshooting section, and the FAQ. + +Calibration +----------- + +For most joysticks you won't need any manual calibration, since the +joystick should be autocalibrated by the driver automagically. However, with +some analog joysticks, that either do not use linear resistors, or if you +want better precision, you can use the jscal program:: + + jscal -c /dev/input/js0 + +included in the joystick package to set better correction coefficients than +what the driver would choose itself. + +After calibrating the joystick you can verify if you like the new +calibration using the jstest command, and if you do, you then can save the +correction coefficients into a file:: + + jscal -p /dev/input/js0 > /etc/joystick.cal + +And add a line to your rc script executing that file:: + + source /etc/joystick.cal + +This way, after the next reboot your joystick will remain calibrated. You +can also add the ``jscal -p`` line to your shutdown script. + + +HW specific driver information +============================== + +In this section each of the separate hardware specific drivers is described. + +Analog joysticks +---------------- + +The analog.c uses the standard analog inputs of the gameport, and thus +supports all standard joysticks and gamepads. It uses a very advanced +routine for this, allowing for data precision that can't be found on any +other system. + +It also supports extensions like additional hats and buttons compatible +with CH Flightstick Pro, ThrustMaster FCS or 6 and 8 button gamepads. Saitek +Cyborg 'digital' joysticks are also supported by this driver, because +they're basically souped up CHF sticks. + +However the only types that can be autodetected are: + +* 2-axis, 4-button joystick +* 3-axis, 4-button joystick +* 4-axis, 4-button joystick +* Saitek Cyborg 'digital' joysticks + +For other joystick types (more/less axes, hats, and buttons) support +you'll need to specify the types either on the kernel command line or on the +module command line, when inserting analog into the kernel. The +parameters are:: + + analog.map=,,,.... + +'type' is type of the joystick from the table below, defining joysticks +present on gameports in the system, starting with gameport0, second 'type' +entry defining joystick on gameport1 and so on. + + ========= ===================================================== + Type Meaning + ========= ===================================================== + none No analog joystick on that port + auto Autodetect joystick + 2btn 2-button n-axis joystick + y-joy Two 2-button 2-axis joysticks on an Y-cable + y-pad Two 2-button 2-axis gamepads on an Y-cable + fcs Thrustmaster FCS compatible joystick + chf Joystick with a CH Flightstick compatible hat + fullchf CH Flightstick compatible with two hats and 6 buttons + gamepad 4/6-button n-axis gamepad + gamepad8 8-button 2-axis gamepad + ========= ===================================================== + +In case your joystick doesn't fit in any of the above categories, you can +specify the type as a number by combining the bits in the table below. This +is not recommended unless you really know what are you doing. It's not +dangerous, but not simple either. + + ==== ========================= + Bit Meaning + ==== ========================= + 0 Axis X1 + 1 Axis Y1 + 2 Axis X2 + 3 Axis Y2 + 4 Button A + 5 Button B + 6 Button C + 7 Button D + 8 CHF Buttons X and Y + 9 CHF Hat 1 + 10 CHF Hat 2 + 11 FCS Hat + 12 Pad Button X + 13 Pad Button Y + 14 Pad Button U + 15 Pad Button V + 16 Saitek F1-F4 Buttons + 17 Saitek Digital Mode + 19 GamePad + 20 Joy2 Axis X1 + 21 Joy2 Axis Y1 + 22 Joy2 Axis X2 + 23 Joy2 Axis Y2 + 24 Joy2 Button A + 25 Joy2 Button B + 26 Joy2 Button C + 27 Joy2 Button D + 31 Joy2 GamePad + ==== ========================= + +Microsoft SideWinder joysticks +------------------------------ + +Microsoft 'Digital Overdrive' protocol is supported by the sidewinder.c +module. All currently supported joysticks: + +* Microsoft SideWinder 3D Pro +* Microsoft SideWinder Force Feedback Pro +* Microsoft SideWinder Force Feedback Wheel +* Microsoft SideWinder FreeStyle Pro +* Microsoft SideWinder GamePad (up to four, chained) +* Microsoft SideWinder Precision Pro +* Microsoft SideWinder Precision Pro USB + +are autodetected, and thus no module parameters are needed. + +There is one caveat with the 3D Pro. There are 9 buttons reported, +although the joystick has only 8. The 9th button is the mode switch on the +rear side of the joystick. However, moving it, you'll reset the joystick, +and make it unresponsive for about a one third of a second. Furthermore, the +joystick will also re-center itself, taking the position it was in during +this time as a new center position. Use it if you want, but think first. + +The SideWinder Standard is not a digital joystick, and thus is supported +by the analog driver described above. + +Logitech ADI devices +-------------------- + +Logitech ADI protocol is supported by the adi.c module. It should support +any Logitech device using this protocol. This includes, but is not limited +to: + +* Logitech CyberMan 2 +* Logitech ThunderPad Digital +* Logitech WingMan Extreme Digital +* Logitech WingMan Formula +* Logitech WingMan Interceptor +* Logitech WingMan GamePad +* Logitech WingMan GamePad USB +* Logitech WingMan GamePad Extreme +* Logitech WingMan Extreme Digital 3D + +ADI devices are autodetected, and the driver supports up to two (any +combination of) devices on a single gameport, using an Y-cable or chained +together. + +Logitech WingMan Joystick, Logitech WingMan Attack, Logitech WingMan +Extreme and Logitech WingMan ThunderPad are not digital joysticks and are +handled by the analog driver described above. Logitech WingMan Warrior and +Logitech Magellan are supported by serial drivers described below. Logitech +WingMan Force and Logitech WingMan Formula Force are supported by the +I-Force driver described below. Logitech CyberMan is not supported yet. + +Gravis GrIP +----------- + +Gravis GrIP protocol is supported by the grip.c module. It currently +supports: + +* Gravis GamePad Pro +* Gravis BlackHawk Digital +* Gravis Xterminator +* Gravis Xterminator DualControl + +All these devices are autodetected, and you can even use any combination +of up to two of these pads either chained together or using an Y-cable on a +single gameport. + +GrIP MultiPort isn't supported yet. Gravis Stinger is a serial device and is +supported by the stinger driver. Other Gravis joysticks are supported by the +analog driver. + +FPGaming A3D and MadCatz A3D +---------------------------- + +The Assassin 3D protocol created by FPGaming, is used both by FPGaming +themselves and is licensed to MadCatz. A3D devices are supported by the +a3d.c module. It currently supports: + +* FPGaming Assassin 3D +* MadCatz Panther +* MadCatz Panther XL + +All these devices are autodetected. Because the Assassin 3D and the Panther +allow connecting analog joysticks to them, you'll need to load the analog +driver as well to handle the attached joysticks. + +The trackball should work with USB mousedev module as a normal mouse. See +the USB documentation for how to setup an USB mouse. + +ThrustMaster DirectConnect (BSP) +-------------------------------- + +The TM DirectConnect (BSP) protocol is supported by the tmdc.c +module. This includes, but is not limited to: + +* ThrustMaster Millennium 3D Interceptor +* ThrustMaster 3D Rage Pad +* ThrustMaster Fusion Digital Game Pad + +Devices not directly supported, but hopefully working are: + +* ThrustMaster FragMaster +* ThrustMaster Attack Throttle + +If you have one of these, contact me. + +TMDC devices are autodetected, and thus no parameters to the module +are needed. Up to two TMDC devices can be connected to one gameport, using +an Y-cable. + +Creative Labs Blaster +--------------------- + +The Blaster protocol is supported by the cobra.c module. It supports only +the: + +* Creative Blaster GamePad Cobra + +Up to two of these can be used on a single gameport, using an Y-cable. + +Genius Digital joysticks +------------------------ + +The Genius digitally communicating joysticks are supported by the gf2k.c +module. This includes: + +* Genius Flight2000 F-23 joystick +* Genius Flight2000 F-31 joystick +* Genius G-09D gamepad + +Other Genius digital joysticks are not supported yet, but support can be +added fairly easily. + +InterAct Digital joysticks +-------------------------- + +The InterAct digitally communicating joysticks are supported by the +interact.c module. This includes: + +* InterAct HammerHead/FX gamepad +* InterAct ProPad8 gamepad + +Other InterAct digital joysticks are not supported yet, but support can be +added fairly easily. + +PDPI Lightning 4 gamecards +-------------------------- + +PDPI Lightning 4 gamecards are supported by the lightning.c module. +Once the module is loaded, the analog driver can be used to handle the +joysticks. Digitally communicating joystick will work only on port 0, while +using Y-cables, you can connect up to 8 analog joysticks to a single L4 +card, 16 in case you have two in your system. + +Trident 4DWave / Aureal Vortex +------------------------------ + +Soundcards with a Trident 4DWave DX/NX or Aureal Vortex/Vortex2 chipsets +provide an "Enhanced Game Port" mode where the soundcard handles polling the +joystick. This mode is supported by the pcigame.c module. Once loaded the +analog driver can use the enhanced features of these gameports.. + +Crystal SoundFusion +------------------- + +Soundcards with Crystal SoundFusion chipsets provide an "Enhanced Game +Port", much like the 4DWave or Vortex above. This, and also the normal mode +for the port of the SoundFusion is supported by the cs461x.c module. + +SoundBlaster Live! +------------------ + +The Live! has a special PCI gameport, which, although it doesn't provide +any "Enhanced" stuff like 4DWave and friends, is quite a bit faster than +its ISA counterparts. It also requires special support, hence the +emu10k1-gp.c module for it instead of the normal ns558.c one. + +SoundBlaster 64 and 128 - ES1370 and ES1371, ESS Solo1 and S3 SonicVibes +------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +These PCI soundcards have specific gameports. They are handled by the +sound drivers themselves. Make sure you select gameport support in the +joystick menu and sound card support in the sound menu for your appropriate +card. + +Amiga +----- + +Amiga joysticks, connected to an Amiga, are supported by the amijoy.c +driver. Since they can't be autodetected, the driver has a command line: + + amijoy.map=, + +a and b define the joysticks connected to the JOY0DAT and JOY1DAT ports of +the Amiga. + + ====== =========================== + Value Joystick type + ====== =========================== + 0 None + 1 1-button digital joystick + ====== =========================== + +No more joystick types are supported now, but that should change in the +future if I get an Amiga in the reach of my fingers. + +Game console and 8-bit pads and joysticks +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +See :ref:`joystick-parport` for more info. + +SpaceTec/LabTec devices +----------------------- + +SpaceTec serial devices communicate using the SpaceWare protocol. It is +supported by the spaceorb.c and spaceball.c drivers. The devices currently +supported by spaceorb.c are: + +* SpaceTec SpaceBall Avenger +* SpaceTec SpaceOrb 360 + +Devices currently supported by spaceball.c are: + +* SpaceTec SpaceBall 4000 FLX + +In addition to having the spaceorb/spaceball and serport modules in the +kernel, you also need to attach a serial port to it. to do that, run the +inputattach program:: + + inputattach --spaceorb /dev/tts/x & + +or:: + + inputattach --spaceball /dev/tts/x & + +where /dev/tts/x is the serial port which the device is connected to. After +doing this, the device will be reported and will start working. + +There is one caveat with the SpaceOrb. The button #6, the on the bottom +side of the orb, although reported as an ordinary button, causes internal +recentering of the spaceorb, moving the zero point to the position in which +the ball is at the moment of pressing the button. So, think first before +you bind it to some other function. + +SpaceTec SpaceBall 2003 FLX and 3003 FLX are not supported yet. + +Logitech SWIFT devices +---------------------- + +The SWIFT serial protocol is supported by the warrior.c module. It +currently supports only the: + +* Logitech WingMan Warrior + +but in the future, Logitech CyberMan (the original one, not CM2) could be +supported as well. To use the module, you need to run inputattach after you +insert/compile the module into your kernel:: + + inputattach --warrior /dev/tts/x & + +/dev/tts/x is the serial port your Warrior is attached to. + +Magellan / Space Mouse +---------------------- + +The Magellan (or Space Mouse), manufactured by LogiCad3d (formerly Space +Systems), for many other companies (Logitech, HP, ...) is supported by the +joy-magellan module. It currently supports only the: + +* Magellan 3D +* Space Mouse + +models, the additional buttons on the 'Plus' versions are not supported yet. + +To use it, you need to attach the serial port to the driver using the:: + + inputattach --magellan /dev/tts/x & + +command. After that the Magellan will be detected, initialized, will beep, +and the /dev/input/jsX device should become usable. + +I-Force devices +--------------- + +All I-Force devices are supported by the iforce module. This includes: + +* AVB Mag Turbo Force +* AVB Top Shot Pegasus +* AVB Top Shot Force Feedback Racing Wheel +* Logitech WingMan Force +* Logitech WingMan Force Wheel +* Guillemot Race Leader Force Feedback +* Guillemot Force Feedback Racing Wheel +* Thrustmaster Motor Sport GT + +To use it, you need to attach the serial port to the driver using the:: + + inputattach --iforce /dev/tts/x & + +command. After that the I-Force device will be detected, and the +/dev/input/jsX device should become usable. + +In case you're using the device via the USB port, the inputattach command +isn't needed. + +The I-Force driver now supports force feedback via the event interface. + +Please note that Logitech WingMan 3D devices are _not_ supported by this +module, rather by hid. Force feedback is not supported for those devices. +Logitech gamepads are also hid devices. + +Gravis Stinger gamepad +---------------------- + +The Gravis Stinger serial port gamepad, designed for use with laptop +computers, is supported by the stinger.c module. To use it, attach the +serial port to the driver using:: + + inputattach --stinger /dev/tty/x & + +where x is the number of the serial port. + +Troubleshooting +=============== + +There is quite a high probability that you run into some problems. For +testing whether the driver works, if in doubt, use the jstest utility in +some of its modes. The most useful modes are "normal" - for the 1.x +interface, and "old" for the "0.x" interface. You run it by typing:: + + jstest --normal /dev/input/js0 + jstest --old /dev/input/js0 + +Additionally you can do a test with the evtest utility:: + + evtest /dev/input/event0 + +Oh, and read the FAQ! :) + +FAQ +=== + +:Q: Running 'jstest /dev/input/js0' results in "File not found" error. What's the + cause? +:A: The device files don't exist. Create them (see section 2.2). + +:Q: Is it possible to connect my old Atari/Commodore/Amiga/console joystick + or pad that uses a 9-pin D-type cannon connector to the serial port of my + PC? +:A: Yes, it is possible, but it'll burn your serial port or the pad. It + won't work, of course. + +:Q: My joystick doesn't work with Quake / Quake 2. What's the cause? +:A: Quake / Quake 2 don't support joystick. Use joy2key to simulate keypresses + for them. + +Programming Interface +===================== + +The 1.0 driver uses a new, event based approach to the joystick driver. +Instead of the user program polling for the joystick values, the joystick +driver now reports only any changes of its state. See joystick-api.txt, +joystick.h and jstest.c included in the joystick package for more +information. The joystick device can be used in either blocking or +nonblocking mode and supports select() calls. + +For backward compatibility the old (v0.x) interface is still included. +Any call to the joystick driver using the old interface will return values +that are compatible to the old interface. This interface is still limited +to 2 axes, and applications using it usually decode only 2 buttons, although +the driver provides up to 32. diff --git a/Documentation/input/joystick.txt b/Documentation/input/joystick.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 202f5a090675..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/input/joystick.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,631 +0,0 @@ -.. include:: - -============================ -Linux Joystick driver v2.0.0 -============================ - -:Copyright: |copy| 1996-2000 Vojtech Pavlik - Sponsored by SuSE - - -Disclaimer -========== - -This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free -Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) -any later version. - -This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY -or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 -Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - -Should you need to contact me, the author, you can do so either by e-mail -- mail your message to , or by paper mail: Vojtech Pavlik, -Simunkova 1594, Prague 8, 182 00 Czech Republic - -For your convenience, the GNU General Public License version 2 is included -in the package: See the file COPYING. - -Intro -===== - -The joystick driver for Linux provides support for a variety of joysticks -and similar devices. It is based on a larger project aiming to support all -input devices in Linux. - -Should you encounter any problems while using the driver, or joysticks -this driver can't make complete use of, I'm very interested in hearing about -them. Bug reports and success stories are also welcome. - -The input project website is at: - - http://atrey.karlin.mff.cuni.cz/~vojtech/input/ - -There is also a mailing list for the driver at: - - listproc@atrey.karlin.mff.cuni.cz - -send "subscribe linux-joystick Your Name" to subscribe to it. - -Usage -===== - -For basic usage you just choose the right options in kernel config and -you should be set. - -inpututils ----------- - -For testing and other purposes (for example serial devices), a set of -utilities is available at the abovementioned website. I suggest you download -and install it before going on. - -Device nodes ------------- - -For applications to be able to use the joysticks, -you'll have to manually create these nodes in /dev:: - - cd /dev - rm js* - mkdir input - mknod input/js0 c 13 0 - mknod input/js1 c 13 1 - mknod input/js2 c 13 2 - mknod input/js3 c 13 3 - ln -s input/js0 js0 - ln -s input/js1 js1 - ln -s input/js2 js2 - ln -s input/js3 js3 - -For testing with inpututils it's also convenient to create these:: - - mknod input/event0 c 13 64 - mknod input/event1 c 13 65 - mknod input/event2 c 13 66 - mknod input/event3 c 13 67 - -Modules needed --------------- - -For all joystick drivers to function, you'll need the userland interface -module in kernel, either loaded or compiled in:: - - modprobe joydev - -For gameport joysticks, you'll have to load the gameport driver as well:: - - modprobe ns558 - -And for serial port joysticks, you'll need the serial input line -discipline module loaded and the inputattach utility started:: - - modprobe serport - inputattach -xxx /dev/tts/X & - -In addition to that, you'll need the joystick driver module itself, most -usually you'll have an analog joystick:: - - modprobe analog - -For automatic module loading, something like this might work - tailor to -your needs:: - - alias tty-ldisc-2 serport - alias char-major-13 input - above input joydev ns558 analog - options analog map=gamepad,none,2btn - -Verifying that it works ------------------------ - -For testing the joystick driver functionality, there is the jstest -program in the utilities package. You run it by typing:: - - jstest /dev/input/js0 - -And it should show a line with the joystick values, which update as you -move the stick, and press its buttons. The axes should all be zero when the -joystick is in the center position. They should not jitter by themselves to -other close values, and they also should be steady in any other position of -the stick. They should have the full range from -32767 to 32767. If all this -is met, then it's all fine, and you can play the games. :) - -If it's not, then there might be a problem. Try to calibrate the joystick, -and if it still doesn't work, read the drivers section of this file, the -troubleshooting section, and the FAQ. - -Calibration ------------ - -For most joysticks you won't need any manual calibration, since the -joystick should be autocalibrated by the driver automagically. However, with -some analog joysticks, that either do not use linear resistors, or if you -want better precision, you can use the jscal program:: - - jscal -c /dev/input/js0 - -included in the joystick package to set better correction coefficients than -what the driver would choose itself. - -After calibrating the joystick you can verify if you like the new -calibration using the jstest command, and if you do, you then can save the -correction coefficients into a file:: - - jscal -p /dev/input/js0 > /etc/joystick.cal - -And add a line to your rc script executing that file:: - - source /etc/joystick.cal - -This way, after the next reboot your joystick will remain calibrated. You -can also add the ``jscal -p`` line to your shutdown script. - - -HW specific driver information -============================== - -In this section each of the separate hardware specific drivers is described. - -Analog joysticks ----------------- - -The analog.c uses the standard analog inputs of the gameport, and thus -supports all standard joysticks and gamepads. It uses a very advanced -routine for this, allowing for data precision that can't be found on any -other system. - -It also supports extensions like additional hats and buttons compatible -with CH Flightstick Pro, ThrustMaster FCS or 6 and 8 button gamepads. Saitek -Cyborg 'digital' joysticks are also supported by this driver, because -they're basically souped up CHF sticks. - -However the only types that can be autodetected are: - -* 2-axis, 4-button joystick -* 3-axis, 4-button joystick -* 4-axis, 4-button joystick -* Saitek Cyborg 'digital' joysticks - -For other joystick types (more/less axes, hats, and buttons) support -you'll need to specify the types either on the kernel command line or on the -module command line, when inserting analog into the kernel. The -parameters are:: - - analog.map=,,,.... - -'type' is type of the joystick from the table below, defining joysticks -present on gameports in the system, starting with gameport0, second 'type' -entry defining joystick on gameport1 and so on. - - ========= ===================================================== - Type Meaning - ========= ===================================================== - none No analog joystick on that port - auto Autodetect joystick - 2btn 2-button n-axis joystick - y-joy Two 2-button 2-axis joysticks on an Y-cable - y-pad Two 2-button 2-axis gamepads on an Y-cable - fcs Thrustmaster FCS compatible joystick - chf Joystick with a CH Flightstick compatible hat - fullchf CH Flightstick compatible with two hats and 6 buttons - gamepad 4/6-button n-axis gamepad - gamepad8 8-button 2-axis gamepad - ========= ===================================================== - -In case your joystick doesn't fit in any of the above categories, you can -specify the type as a number by combining the bits in the table below. This -is not recommended unless you really know what are you doing. It's not -dangerous, but not simple either. - - ==== ========================= - Bit Meaning - ==== ========================= - 0 Axis X1 - 1 Axis Y1 - 2 Axis X2 - 3 Axis Y2 - 4 Button A - 5 Button B - 6 Button C - 7 Button D - 8 CHF Buttons X and Y - 9 CHF Hat 1 - 10 CHF Hat 2 - 11 FCS Hat - 12 Pad Button X - 13 Pad Button Y - 14 Pad Button U - 15 Pad Button V - 16 Saitek F1-F4 Buttons - 17 Saitek Digital Mode - 19 GamePad - 20 Joy2 Axis X1 - 21 Joy2 Axis Y1 - 22 Joy2 Axis X2 - 23 Joy2 Axis Y2 - 24 Joy2 Button A - 25 Joy2 Button B - 26 Joy2 Button C - 27 Joy2 Button D - 31 Joy2 GamePad - ==== ========================= - -Microsoft SideWinder joysticks ------------------------------- - -Microsoft 'Digital Overdrive' protocol is supported by the sidewinder.c -module. All currently supported joysticks: - -* Microsoft SideWinder 3D Pro -* Microsoft SideWinder Force Feedback Pro -* Microsoft SideWinder Force Feedback Wheel -* Microsoft SideWinder FreeStyle Pro -* Microsoft SideWinder GamePad (up to four, chained) -* Microsoft SideWinder Precision Pro -* Microsoft SideWinder Precision Pro USB - -are autodetected, and thus no module parameters are needed. - -There is one caveat with the 3D Pro. There are 9 buttons reported, -although the joystick has only 8. The 9th button is the mode switch on the -rear side of the joystick. However, moving it, you'll reset the joystick, -and make it unresponsive for about a one third of a second. Furthermore, the -joystick will also re-center itself, taking the position it was in during -this time as a new center position. Use it if you want, but think first. - -The SideWinder Standard is not a digital joystick, and thus is supported -by the analog driver described above. - -Logitech ADI devices --------------------- - -Logitech ADI protocol is supported by the adi.c module. It should support -any Logitech device using this protocol. This includes, but is not limited -to: - -* Logitech CyberMan 2 -* Logitech ThunderPad Digital -* Logitech WingMan Extreme Digital -* Logitech WingMan Formula -* Logitech WingMan Interceptor -* Logitech WingMan GamePad -* Logitech WingMan GamePad USB -* Logitech WingMan GamePad Extreme -* Logitech WingMan Extreme Digital 3D - -ADI devices are autodetected, and the driver supports up to two (any -combination of) devices on a single gameport, using an Y-cable or chained -together. - -Logitech WingMan Joystick, Logitech WingMan Attack, Logitech WingMan -Extreme and Logitech WingMan ThunderPad are not digital joysticks and are -handled by the analog driver described above. Logitech WingMan Warrior and -Logitech Magellan are supported by serial drivers described below. Logitech -WingMan Force and Logitech WingMan Formula Force are supported by the -I-Force driver described below. Logitech CyberMan is not supported yet. - -Gravis GrIP ------------ - -Gravis GrIP protocol is supported by the grip.c module. It currently -supports: - -* Gravis GamePad Pro -* Gravis BlackHawk Digital -* Gravis Xterminator -* Gravis Xterminator DualControl - -All these devices are autodetected, and you can even use any combination -of up to two of these pads either chained together or using an Y-cable on a -single gameport. - -GrIP MultiPort isn't supported yet. Gravis Stinger is a serial device and is -supported by the stinger driver. Other Gravis joysticks are supported by the -analog driver. - -FPGaming A3D and MadCatz A3D ----------------------------- - -The Assassin 3D protocol created by FPGaming, is used both by FPGaming -themselves and is licensed to MadCatz. A3D devices are supported by the -a3d.c module. It currently supports: - -* FPGaming Assassin 3D -* MadCatz Panther -* MadCatz Panther XL - -All these devices are autodetected. Because the Assassin 3D and the Panther -allow connecting analog joysticks to them, you'll need to load the analog -driver as well to handle the attached joysticks. - -The trackball should work with USB mousedev module as a normal mouse. See -the USB documentation for how to setup an USB mouse. - -ThrustMaster DirectConnect (BSP) --------------------------------- - -The TM DirectConnect (BSP) protocol is supported by the tmdc.c -module. This includes, but is not limited to: - -* ThrustMaster Millennium 3D Interceptor -* ThrustMaster 3D Rage Pad -* ThrustMaster Fusion Digital Game Pad - -Devices not directly supported, but hopefully working are: - -* ThrustMaster FragMaster -* ThrustMaster Attack Throttle - -If you have one of these, contact me. - -TMDC devices are autodetected, and thus no parameters to the module -are needed. Up to two TMDC devices can be connected to one gameport, using -an Y-cable. - -Creative Labs Blaster ---------------------- - -The Blaster protocol is supported by the cobra.c module. It supports only -the: - -* Creative Blaster GamePad Cobra - -Up to two of these can be used on a single gameport, using an Y-cable. - -Genius Digital joysticks ------------------------- - -The Genius digitally communicating joysticks are supported by the gf2k.c -module. This includes: - -* Genius Flight2000 F-23 joystick -* Genius Flight2000 F-31 joystick -* Genius G-09D gamepad - -Other Genius digital joysticks are not supported yet, but support can be -added fairly easily. - -InterAct Digital joysticks --------------------------- - -The InterAct digitally communicating joysticks are supported by the -interact.c module. This includes: - -* InterAct HammerHead/FX gamepad -* InterAct ProPad8 gamepad - -Other InterAct digital joysticks are not supported yet, but support can be -added fairly easily. - -PDPI Lightning 4 gamecards --------------------------- - -PDPI Lightning 4 gamecards are supported by the lightning.c module. -Once the module is loaded, the analog driver can be used to handle the -joysticks. Digitally communicating joystick will work only on port 0, while -using Y-cables, you can connect up to 8 analog joysticks to a single L4 -card, 16 in case you have two in your system. - -Trident 4DWave / Aureal Vortex ------------------------------- - -Soundcards with a Trident 4DWave DX/NX or Aureal Vortex/Vortex2 chipsets -provide an "Enhanced Game Port" mode where the soundcard handles polling the -joystick. This mode is supported by the pcigame.c module. Once loaded the -analog driver can use the enhanced features of these gameports.. - -Crystal SoundFusion -------------------- - -Soundcards with Crystal SoundFusion chipsets provide an "Enhanced Game -Port", much like the 4DWave or Vortex above. This, and also the normal mode -for the port of the SoundFusion is supported by the cs461x.c module. - -SoundBlaster Live! ------------------- - -The Live! has a special PCI gameport, which, although it doesn't provide -any "Enhanced" stuff like 4DWave and friends, is quite a bit faster than -its ISA counterparts. It also requires special support, hence the -emu10k1-gp.c module for it instead of the normal ns558.c one. - -SoundBlaster 64 and 128 - ES1370 and ES1371, ESS Solo1 and S3 SonicVibes ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -These PCI soundcards have specific gameports. They are handled by the -sound drivers themselves. Make sure you select gameport support in the -joystick menu and sound card support in the sound menu for your appropriate -card. - -Amiga ------ - -Amiga joysticks, connected to an Amiga, are supported by the amijoy.c -driver. Since they can't be autodetected, the driver has a command line: - - amijoy.map=, - -a and b define the joysticks connected to the JOY0DAT and JOY1DAT ports of -the Amiga. - - ====== =========================== - Value Joystick type - ====== =========================== - 0 None - 1 1-button digital joystick - ====== =========================== - -No more joystick types are supported now, but that should change in the -future if I get an Amiga in the reach of my fingers. - -Game console and 8-bit pads and joysticks -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -See :ref:`joystick-parport` for more info. - -SpaceTec/LabTec devices ------------------------ - -SpaceTec serial devices communicate using the SpaceWare protocol. It is -supported by the spaceorb.c and spaceball.c drivers. The devices currently -supported by spaceorb.c are: - -* SpaceTec SpaceBall Avenger -* SpaceTec SpaceOrb 360 - -Devices currently supported by spaceball.c are: - -* SpaceTec SpaceBall 4000 FLX - -In addition to having the spaceorb/spaceball and serport modules in the -kernel, you also need to attach a serial port to it. to do that, run the -inputattach program:: - - inputattach --spaceorb /dev/tts/x & - -or:: - - inputattach --spaceball /dev/tts/x & - -where /dev/tts/x is the serial port which the device is connected to. After -doing this, the device will be reported and will start working. - -There is one caveat with the SpaceOrb. The button #6, the on the bottom -side of the orb, although reported as an ordinary button, causes internal -recentering of the spaceorb, moving the zero point to the position in which -the ball is at the moment of pressing the button. So, think first before -you bind it to some other function. - -SpaceTec SpaceBall 2003 FLX and 3003 FLX are not supported yet. - -Logitech SWIFT devices ----------------------- - -The SWIFT serial protocol is supported by the warrior.c module. It -currently supports only the: - -* Logitech WingMan Warrior - -but in the future, Logitech CyberMan (the original one, not CM2) could be -supported as well. To use the module, you need to run inputattach after you -insert/compile the module into your kernel:: - - inputattach --warrior /dev/tts/x & - -/dev/tts/x is the serial port your Warrior is attached to. - -Magellan / Space Mouse ----------------------- - -The Magellan (or Space Mouse), manufactured by LogiCad3d (formerly Space -Systems), for many other companies (Logitech, HP, ...) is supported by the -joy-magellan module. It currently supports only the: - -* Magellan 3D -* Space Mouse - -models, the additional buttons on the 'Plus' versions are not supported yet. - -To use it, you need to attach the serial port to the driver using the:: - - inputattach --magellan /dev/tts/x & - -command. After that the Magellan will be detected, initialized, will beep, -and the /dev/input/jsX device should become usable. - -I-Force devices ---------------- - -All I-Force devices are supported by the iforce module. This includes: - -* AVB Mag Turbo Force -* AVB Top Shot Pegasus -* AVB Top Shot Force Feedback Racing Wheel -* Logitech WingMan Force -* Logitech WingMan Force Wheel -* Guillemot Race Leader Force Feedback -* Guillemot Force Feedback Racing Wheel -* Thrustmaster Motor Sport GT - -To use it, you need to attach the serial port to the driver using the:: - - inputattach --iforce /dev/tts/x & - -command. After that the I-Force device will be detected, and the -/dev/input/jsX device should become usable. - -In case you're using the device via the USB port, the inputattach command -isn't needed. - -The I-Force driver now supports force feedback via the event interface. - -Please note that Logitech WingMan 3D devices are _not_ supported by this -module, rather by hid. Force feedback is not supported for those devices. -Logitech gamepads are also hid devices. - -Gravis Stinger gamepad ----------------------- - -The Gravis Stinger serial port gamepad, designed for use with laptop -computers, is supported by the stinger.c module. To use it, attach the -serial port to the driver using:: - - inputattach --stinger /dev/tty/x & - -where x is the number of the serial port. - -Troubleshooting -=============== - -There is quite a high probability that you run into some problems. For -testing whether the driver works, if in doubt, use the jstest utility in -some of its modes. The most useful modes are "normal" - for the 1.x -interface, and "old" for the "0.x" interface. You run it by typing:: - - jstest --normal /dev/input/js0 - jstest --old /dev/input/js0 - -Additionally you can do a test with the evtest utility:: - - evtest /dev/input/event0 - -Oh, and read the FAQ! :) - -FAQ -=== - -:Q: Running 'jstest /dev/input/js0' results in "File not found" error. What's the - cause? -:A: The device files don't exist. Create them (see section 2.2). - -:Q: Is it possible to connect my old Atari/Commodore/Amiga/console joystick - or pad that uses a 9-pin D-type cannon connector to the serial port of my - PC? -:A: Yes, it is possible, but it'll burn your serial port or the pad. It - won't work, of course. - -:Q: My joystick doesn't work with Quake / Quake 2. What's the cause? -:A: Quake / Quake 2 don't support joystick. Use joy2key to simulate keypresses - for them. - -Programming Interface -===================== - -The 1.0 driver uses a new, event based approach to the joystick driver. -Instead of the user program polling for the joystick values, the joystick -driver now reports only any changes of its state. See joystick-api.txt, -joystick.h and jstest.c included in the joystick package for more -information. The joystick device can be used in either blocking or -nonblocking mode and supports select() calls. - -For backward compatibility the old (v0.x) interface is still included. -Any call to the joystick driver using the old interface will return values -that are compatible to the old interface. This interface is still limited -to 2 axes, and applications using it usually decode only 2 buttons, although -the driver provides up to 32. diff --git a/Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.rst b/Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..81775d7c1997 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.rst @@ -0,0 +1,410 @@ +.. include:: + +========================= +Multi-touch (MT) Protocol +========================= + +:Copyright: |copy| 2009-2010 Henrik Rydberg + + +Introduction +------------ + +In order to utilize the full power of the new multi-touch and multi-user +devices, a way to report detailed data from multiple contacts, i.e., +objects in direct contact with the device surface, is needed. This +document describes the multi-touch (MT) protocol which allows kernel +drivers to report details for an arbitrary number of contacts. + +The protocol is divided into two types, depending on the capabilities of the +hardware. For devices handling anonymous contacts (type A), the protocol +describes how to send the raw data for all contacts to the receiver. For +devices capable of tracking identifiable contacts (type B), the protocol +describes how to send updates for individual contacts via event slots. + + +Protocol Usage +-------------- + +Contact details are sent sequentially as separate packets of ABS_MT +events. Only the ABS_MT events are recognized as part of a contact +packet. Since these events are ignored by current single-touch (ST) +applications, the MT protocol can be implemented on top of the ST protocol +in an existing driver. + +Drivers for type A devices separate contact packets by calling +input_mt_sync() at the end of each packet. This generates a SYN_MT_REPORT +event, which instructs the receiver to accept the data for the current +contact and prepare to receive another. + +Drivers for type B devices separate contact packets by calling +input_mt_slot(), with a slot as argument, at the beginning of each packet. +This generates an ABS_MT_SLOT event, which instructs the receiver to +prepare for updates of the given slot. + +All drivers mark the end of a multi-touch transfer by calling the usual +input_sync() function. This instructs the receiver to act upon events +accumulated since last EV_SYN/SYN_REPORT and prepare to receive a new set +of events/packets. + +The main difference between the stateless type A protocol and the stateful +type B slot protocol lies in the usage of identifiable contacts to reduce +the amount of data sent to userspace. The slot protocol requires the use of +the ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID, either provided by the hardware or computed from +the raw data [#f5]_. + +For type A devices, the kernel driver should generate an arbitrary +enumeration of the full set of anonymous contacts currently on the +surface. The order in which the packets appear in the event stream is not +important. Event filtering and finger tracking is left to user space [#f3]_. + +For type B devices, the kernel driver should associate a slot with each +identified contact, and use that slot to propagate changes for the contact. +Creation, replacement and destruction of contacts is achieved by modifying +the ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID of the associated slot. A non-negative tracking id +is interpreted as a contact, and the value -1 denotes an unused slot. A +tracking id not previously present is considered new, and a tracking id no +longer present is considered removed. Since only changes are propagated, +the full state of each initiated contact has to reside in the receiving +end. Upon receiving an MT event, one simply updates the appropriate +attribute of the current slot. + +Some devices identify and/or track more contacts than they can report to the +driver. A driver for such a device should associate one type B slot with each +contact that is reported by the hardware. Whenever the identity of the +contact associated with a slot changes, the driver should invalidate that +slot by changing its ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID. If the hardware signals that it is +tracking more contacts than it is currently reporting, the driver should use +a BTN_TOOL_*TAP event to inform userspace of the total number of contacts +being tracked by the hardware at that moment. The driver should do this by +explicitly sending the corresponding BTN_TOOL_*TAP event and setting +use_count to false when calling input_mt_report_pointer_emulation(). +The driver should only advertise as many slots as the hardware can report. +Userspace can detect that a driver can report more total contacts than slots +by noting that the largest supported BTN_TOOL_*TAP event is larger than the +total number of type B slots reported in the absinfo for the ABS_MT_SLOT axis. + +The minimum value of the ABS_MT_SLOT axis must be 0. + +Protocol Example A +------------------ + +Here is what a minimal event sequence for a two-contact touch would look +like for a type A device:: + + ABS_MT_POSITION_X x[0] + ABS_MT_POSITION_Y y[0] + SYN_MT_REPORT + ABS_MT_POSITION_X x[1] + ABS_MT_POSITION_Y y[1] + SYN_MT_REPORT + SYN_REPORT + +The sequence after moving one of the contacts looks exactly the same; the +raw data for all present contacts are sent between every synchronization +with SYN_REPORT. + +Here is the sequence after lifting the first contact:: + + ABS_MT_POSITION_X x[1] + ABS_MT_POSITION_Y y[1] + SYN_MT_REPORT + SYN_REPORT + +And here is the sequence after lifting the second contact:: + + SYN_MT_REPORT + SYN_REPORT + +If the driver reports one of BTN_TOUCH or ABS_PRESSURE in addition to the +ABS_MT events, the last SYN_MT_REPORT event may be omitted. Otherwise, the +last SYN_REPORT will be dropped by the input core, resulting in no +zero-contact event reaching userland. + + +Protocol Example B +------------------ + +Here is what a minimal event sequence for a two-contact touch would look +like for a type B device:: + + ABS_MT_SLOT 0 + ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID 45 + ABS_MT_POSITION_X x[0] + ABS_MT_POSITION_Y y[0] + ABS_MT_SLOT 1 + ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID 46 + ABS_MT_POSITION_X x[1] + ABS_MT_POSITION_Y y[1] + SYN_REPORT + +Here is the sequence after moving contact 45 in the x direction:: + + ABS_MT_SLOT 0 + ABS_MT_POSITION_X x[0] + SYN_REPORT + +Here is the sequence after lifting the contact in slot 0:: + + ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID -1 + SYN_REPORT + +The slot being modified is already 0, so the ABS_MT_SLOT is omitted. The +message removes the association of slot 0 with contact 45, thereby +destroying contact 45 and freeing slot 0 to be reused for another contact. + +Finally, here is the sequence after lifting the second contact:: + + ABS_MT_SLOT 1 + ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID -1 + SYN_REPORT + + +Event Usage +----------- + +A set of ABS_MT events with the desired properties is defined. The events +are divided into categories, to allow for partial implementation. The +minimum set consists of ABS_MT_POSITION_X and ABS_MT_POSITION_Y, which +allows for multiple contacts to be tracked. If the device supports it, the +ABS_MT_TOUCH_MAJOR and ABS_MT_WIDTH_MAJOR may be used to provide the size +of the contact area and approaching tool, respectively. + +The TOUCH and WIDTH parameters have a geometrical interpretation; imagine +looking through a window at someone gently holding a finger against the +glass. You will see two regions, one inner region consisting of the part +of the finger actually touching the glass, and one outer region formed by +the perimeter of the finger. The center of the touching region (a) is +ABS_MT_POSITION_X/Y and the center of the approaching finger (b) is +ABS_MT_TOOL_X/Y. The touch diameter is ABS_MT_TOUCH_MAJOR and the finger +diameter is ABS_MT_WIDTH_MAJOR. Now imagine the person pressing the finger +harder against the glass. The touch region will increase, and in general, +the ratio ABS_MT_TOUCH_MAJOR / ABS_MT_WIDTH_MAJOR, which is always smaller +than unity, is related to the contact pressure. For pressure-based devices, +ABS_MT_PRESSURE may be used to provide the pressure on the contact area +instead. Devices capable of contact hovering can use ABS_MT_DISTANCE to +indicate the distance between the contact and the surface. + +:: + + + Linux MT Win8 + __________ _______________________ + / \ | | + / \ | | + / ____ \ | | + / / \ \ | | + \ \ a \ \ | a | + \ \____/ \ | | + \ \ | | + \ b \ | b | + \ \ | | + \ \ | | + \ \ | | + \ / | | + \ / | | + \ / | | + \__________/ |_______________________| + + +In addition to the MAJOR parameters, the oval shape of the touch and finger +regions can be described by adding the MINOR parameters, such that MAJOR +and MINOR are the major and minor axis of an ellipse. The orientation of +the touch ellipse can be described with the ORIENTATION parameter, and the +direction of the finger ellipse is given by the vector (a - b). + +For type A devices, further specification of the touch shape is possible +via ABS_MT_BLOB_ID. + +The ABS_MT_TOOL_TYPE may be used to specify whether the touching tool is a +finger or a pen or something else. Finally, the ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID event +may be used to track identified contacts over time [#f5]_. + +In the type B protocol, ABS_MT_TOOL_TYPE and ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID are +implicitly handled by input core; drivers should instead call +input_mt_report_slot_state(). + + +Event Semantics +--------------- + +ABS_MT_TOUCH_MAJOR + The length of the major axis of the contact. The length should be given in + surface units. If the surface has an X times Y resolution, the largest + possible value of ABS_MT_TOUCH_MAJOR is sqrt(X^2 + Y^2), the diagonal [#f4]_. + +ABS_MT_TOUCH_MINOR + The length, in surface units, of the minor axis of the contact. If the + contact is circular, this event can be omitted [#f4]_. + +ABS_MT_WIDTH_MAJOR + The length, in surface units, of the major axis of the approaching + tool. This should be understood as the size of the tool itself. The + orientation of the contact and the approaching tool are assumed to be the + same [#f4]_. + +ABS_MT_WIDTH_MINOR + The length, in surface units, of the minor axis of the approaching + tool. Omit if circular [#f4]_. + + The above four values can be used to derive additional information about + the contact. The ratio ABS_MT_TOUCH_MAJOR / ABS_MT_WIDTH_MAJOR approximates + the notion of pressure. The fingers of the hand and the palm all have + different characteristic widths. + +ABS_MT_PRESSURE + The pressure, in arbitrary units, on the contact area. May be used instead + of TOUCH and WIDTH for pressure-based devices or any device with a spatial + signal intensity distribution. + +ABS_MT_DISTANCE + The distance, in surface units, between the contact and the surface. Zero + distance means the contact is touching the surface. A positive number means + the contact is hovering above the surface. + +ABS_MT_ORIENTATION + The orientation of the touching ellipse. The value should describe a signed + quarter of a revolution clockwise around the touch center. The signed value + range is arbitrary, but zero should be returned for an ellipse aligned with + the Y axis of the surface, a negative value when the ellipse is turned to + the left, and a positive value when the ellipse is turned to the + right. When completely aligned with the X axis, the range max should be + returned. + + Touch ellipsis are symmetrical by default. For devices capable of true 360 + degree orientation, the reported orientation must exceed the range max to + indicate more than a quarter of a revolution. For an upside-down finger, + range max * 2 should be returned. + + Orientation can be omitted if the touch area is circular, or if the + information is not available in the kernel driver. Partial orientation + support is possible if the device can distinguish between the two axis, but + not (uniquely) any values in between. In such cases, the range of + ABS_MT_ORIENTATION should be [0, 1] [#f4]_. + +ABS_MT_POSITION_X + The surface X coordinate of the center of the touching ellipse. + +ABS_MT_POSITION_Y + The surface Y coordinate of the center of the touching ellipse. + +ABS_MT_TOOL_X + The surface X coordinate of the center of the approaching tool. Omit if + the device cannot distinguish between the intended touch point and the + tool itself. + +ABS_MT_TOOL_Y + The surface Y coordinate of the center of the approaching tool. Omit if the + device cannot distinguish between the intended touch point and the tool + itself. + + The four position values can be used to separate the position of the touch + from the position of the tool. If both positions are present, the major + tool axis points towards the touch point [#f1]_. Otherwise, the tool axes are + aligned with the touch axes. + +ABS_MT_TOOL_TYPE + The type of approaching tool. A lot of kernel drivers cannot distinguish + between different tool types, such as a finger or a pen. In such cases, the + event should be omitted. The protocol currently supports MT_TOOL_FINGER, + MT_TOOL_PEN, and MT_TOOL_PALM [#f2]_. For type B devices, this event is + handled by input core; drivers should instead use + input_mt_report_slot_state(). A contact's ABS_MT_TOOL_TYPE may change over + time while still touching the device, because the firmware may not be able + to determine which tool is being used when it first appears. + +ABS_MT_BLOB_ID + The BLOB_ID groups several packets together into one arbitrarily shaped + contact. The sequence of points forms a polygon which defines the shape of + the contact. This is a low-level anonymous grouping for type A devices, and + should not be confused with the high-level trackingID [#f5]_. Most type A + devices do not have blob capability, so drivers can safely omit this event. + +ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID + The TRACKING_ID identifies an initiated contact throughout its life cycle + [#f5]_. The value range of the TRACKING_ID should be large enough to ensure + unique identification of a contact maintained over an extended period of + time. For type B devices, this event is handled by input core; drivers + should instead use input_mt_report_slot_state(). + + +Event Computation +----------------- + +The flora of different hardware unavoidably leads to some devices fitting +better to the MT protocol than others. To simplify and unify the mapping, +this section gives recipes for how to compute certain events. + +For devices reporting contacts as rectangular shapes, signed orientation +cannot be obtained. Assuming X and Y are the lengths of the sides of the +touching rectangle, here is a simple formula that retains the most +information possible:: + + ABS_MT_TOUCH_MAJOR := max(X, Y) + ABS_MT_TOUCH_MINOR := min(X, Y) + ABS_MT_ORIENTATION := bool(X > Y) + +The range of ABS_MT_ORIENTATION should be set to [0, 1], to indicate that +the device can distinguish between a finger along the Y axis (0) and a +finger along the X axis (1). + +For win8 devices with both T and C coordinates, the position mapping is:: + + ABS_MT_POSITION_X := T_X + ABS_MT_POSITION_Y := T_Y + ABS_MT_TOOL_X := C_X + ABS_MT_TOOL_Y := C_Y + +Unfortunately, there is not enough information to specify both the touching +ellipse and the tool ellipse, so one has to resort to approximations. One +simple scheme, which is compatible with earlier usage, is:: + + ABS_MT_TOUCH_MAJOR := min(X, Y) + ABS_MT_TOUCH_MINOR := + ABS_MT_ORIENTATION := + ABS_MT_WIDTH_MAJOR := min(X, Y) + distance(T, C) + ABS_MT_WIDTH_MINOR := min(X, Y) + +Rationale: We have no information about the orientation of the touching +ellipse, so approximate it with an inscribed circle instead. The tool +ellipse should align with the vector (T - C), so the diameter must +increase with distance(T, C). Finally, assume that the touch diameter is +equal to the tool thickness, and we arrive at the formulas above. + +Finger Tracking +--------------- + +The process of finger tracking, i.e., to assign a unique trackingID to each +initiated contact on the surface, is a Euclidian Bipartite Matching +problem. At each event synchronization, the set of actual contacts is +matched to the set of contacts from the previous synchronization. A full +implementation can be found in [#f3]_. + + +Gestures +-------- + +In the specific application of creating gesture events, the TOUCH and WIDTH +parameters can be used to, e.g., approximate finger pressure or distinguish +between index finger and thumb. With the addition of the MINOR parameters, +one can also distinguish between a sweeping finger and a pointing finger, +and with ORIENTATION, one can detect twisting of fingers. + + +Notes +----- + +In order to stay compatible with existing applications, the data reported +in a finger packet must not be recognized as single-touch events. + +For type A devices, all finger data bypasses input filtering, since +subsequent events of the same type refer to different fingers. + +For example usage of the type A protocol, see the bcm5974 driver. For +example usage of the type B protocol, see the hid-egalax driver. + +.. [#f1] Also, the difference (TOOL_X - POSITION_X) can be used to model tilt. +.. [#f2] The list can of course be extended. +.. [#f3] The mtdev project: http://bitmath.org/code/mtdev/. +.. [#f4] See the section on event computation. +.. [#f5] See the section on finger tracking. diff --git a/Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.txt b/Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 81775d7c1997..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,410 +0,0 @@ -.. include:: - -========================= -Multi-touch (MT) Protocol -========================= - -:Copyright: |copy| 2009-2010 Henrik Rydberg - - -Introduction ------------- - -In order to utilize the full power of the new multi-touch and multi-user -devices, a way to report detailed data from multiple contacts, i.e., -objects in direct contact with the device surface, is needed. This -document describes the multi-touch (MT) protocol which allows kernel -drivers to report details for an arbitrary number of contacts. - -The protocol is divided into two types, depending on the capabilities of the -hardware. For devices handling anonymous contacts (type A), the protocol -describes how to send the raw data for all contacts to the receiver. For -devices capable of tracking identifiable contacts (type B), the protocol -describes how to send updates for individual contacts via event slots. - - -Protocol Usage --------------- - -Contact details are sent sequentially as separate packets of ABS_MT -events. Only the ABS_MT events are recognized as part of a contact -packet. Since these events are ignored by current single-touch (ST) -applications, the MT protocol can be implemented on top of the ST protocol -in an existing driver. - -Drivers for type A devices separate contact packets by calling -input_mt_sync() at the end of each packet. This generates a SYN_MT_REPORT -event, which instructs the receiver to accept the data for the current -contact and prepare to receive another. - -Drivers for type B devices separate contact packets by calling -input_mt_slot(), with a slot as argument, at the beginning of each packet. -This generates an ABS_MT_SLOT event, which instructs the receiver to -prepare for updates of the given slot. - -All drivers mark the end of a multi-touch transfer by calling the usual -input_sync() function. This instructs the receiver to act upon events -accumulated since last EV_SYN/SYN_REPORT and prepare to receive a new set -of events/packets. - -The main difference between the stateless type A protocol and the stateful -type B slot protocol lies in the usage of identifiable contacts to reduce -the amount of data sent to userspace. The slot protocol requires the use of -the ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID, either provided by the hardware or computed from -the raw data [#f5]_. - -For type A devices, the kernel driver should generate an arbitrary -enumeration of the full set of anonymous contacts currently on the -surface. The order in which the packets appear in the event stream is not -important. Event filtering and finger tracking is left to user space [#f3]_. - -For type B devices, the kernel driver should associate a slot with each -identified contact, and use that slot to propagate changes for the contact. -Creation, replacement and destruction of contacts is achieved by modifying -the ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID of the associated slot. A non-negative tracking id -is interpreted as a contact, and the value -1 denotes an unused slot. A -tracking id not previously present is considered new, and a tracking id no -longer present is considered removed. Since only changes are propagated, -the full state of each initiated contact has to reside in the receiving -end. Upon receiving an MT event, one simply updates the appropriate -attribute of the current slot. - -Some devices identify and/or track more contacts than they can report to the -driver. A driver for such a device should associate one type B slot with each -contact that is reported by the hardware. Whenever the identity of the -contact associated with a slot changes, the driver should invalidate that -slot by changing its ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID. If the hardware signals that it is -tracking more contacts than it is currently reporting, the driver should use -a BTN_TOOL_*TAP event to inform userspace of the total number of contacts -being tracked by the hardware at that moment. The driver should do this by -explicitly sending the corresponding BTN_TOOL_*TAP event and setting -use_count to false when calling input_mt_report_pointer_emulation(). -The driver should only advertise as many slots as the hardware can report. -Userspace can detect that a driver can report more total contacts than slots -by noting that the largest supported BTN_TOOL_*TAP event is larger than the -total number of type B slots reported in the absinfo for the ABS_MT_SLOT axis. - -The minimum value of the ABS_MT_SLOT axis must be 0. - -Protocol Example A ------------------- - -Here is what a minimal event sequence for a two-contact touch would look -like for a type A device:: - - ABS_MT_POSITION_X x[0] - ABS_MT_POSITION_Y y[0] - SYN_MT_REPORT - ABS_MT_POSITION_X x[1] - ABS_MT_POSITION_Y y[1] - SYN_MT_REPORT - SYN_REPORT - -The sequence after moving one of the contacts looks exactly the same; the -raw data for all present contacts are sent between every synchronization -with SYN_REPORT. - -Here is the sequence after lifting the first contact:: - - ABS_MT_POSITION_X x[1] - ABS_MT_POSITION_Y y[1] - SYN_MT_REPORT - SYN_REPORT - -And here is the sequence after lifting the second contact:: - - SYN_MT_REPORT - SYN_REPORT - -If the driver reports one of BTN_TOUCH or ABS_PRESSURE in addition to the -ABS_MT events, the last SYN_MT_REPORT event may be omitted. Otherwise, the -last SYN_REPORT will be dropped by the input core, resulting in no -zero-contact event reaching userland. - - -Protocol Example B ------------------- - -Here is what a minimal event sequence for a two-contact touch would look -like for a type B device:: - - ABS_MT_SLOT 0 - ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID 45 - ABS_MT_POSITION_X x[0] - ABS_MT_POSITION_Y y[0] - ABS_MT_SLOT 1 - ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID 46 - ABS_MT_POSITION_X x[1] - ABS_MT_POSITION_Y y[1] - SYN_REPORT - -Here is the sequence after moving contact 45 in the x direction:: - - ABS_MT_SLOT 0 - ABS_MT_POSITION_X x[0] - SYN_REPORT - -Here is the sequence after lifting the contact in slot 0:: - - ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID -1 - SYN_REPORT - -The slot being modified is already 0, so the ABS_MT_SLOT is omitted. The -message removes the association of slot 0 with contact 45, thereby -destroying contact 45 and freeing slot 0 to be reused for another contact. - -Finally, here is the sequence after lifting the second contact:: - - ABS_MT_SLOT 1 - ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID -1 - SYN_REPORT - - -Event Usage ------------ - -A set of ABS_MT events with the desired properties is defined. The events -are divided into categories, to allow for partial implementation. The -minimum set consists of ABS_MT_POSITION_X and ABS_MT_POSITION_Y, which -allows for multiple contacts to be tracked. If the device supports it, the -ABS_MT_TOUCH_MAJOR and ABS_MT_WIDTH_MAJOR may be used to provide the size -of the contact area and approaching tool, respectively. - -The TOUCH and WIDTH parameters have a geometrical interpretation; imagine -looking through a window at someone gently holding a finger against the -glass. You will see two regions, one inner region consisting of the part -of the finger actually touching the glass, and one outer region formed by -the perimeter of the finger. The center of the touching region (a) is -ABS_MT_POSITION_X/Y and the center of the approaching finger (b) is -ABS_MT_TOOL_X/Y. The touch diameter is ABS_MT_TOUCH_MAJOR and the finger -diameter is ABS_MT_WIDTH_MAJOR. Now imagine the person pressing the finger -harder against the glass. The touch region will increase, and in general, -the ratio ABS_MT_TOUCH_MAJOR / ABS_MT_WIDTH_MAJOR, which is always smaller -than unity, is related to the contact pressure. For pressure-based devices, -ABS_MT_PRESSURE may be used to provide the pressure on the contact area -instead. Devices capable of contact hovering can use ABS_MT_DISTANCE to -indicate the distance between the contact and the surface. - -:: - - - Linux MT Win8 - __________ _______________________ - / \ | | - / \ | | - / ____ \ | | - / / \ \ | | - \ \ a \ \ | a | - \ \____/ \ | | - \ \ | | - \ b \ | b | - \ \ | | - \ \ | | - \ \ | | - \ / | | - \ / | | - \ / | | - \__________/ |_______________________| - - -In addition to the MAJOR parameters, the oval shape of the touch and finger -regions can be described by adding the MINOR parameters, such that MAJOR -and MINOR are the major and minor axis of an ellipse. The orientation of -the touch ellipse can be described with the ORIENTATION parameter, and the -direction of the finger ellipse is given by the vector (a - b). - -For type A devices, further specification of the touch shape is possible -via ABS_MT_BLOB_ID. - -The ABS_MT_TOOL_TYPE may be used to specify whether the touching tool is a -finger or a pen or something else. Finally, the ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID event -may be used to track identified contacts over time [#f5]_. - -In the type B protocol, ABS_MT_TOOL_TYPE and ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID are -implicitly handled by input core; drivers should instead call -input_mt_report_slot_state(). - - -Event Semantics ---------------- - -ABS_MT_TOUCH_MAJOR - The length of the major axis of the contact. The length should be given in - surface units. If the surface has an X times Y resolution, the largest - possible value of ABS_MT_TOUCH_MAJOR is sqrt(X^2 + Y^2), the diagonal [#f4]_. - -ABS_MT_TOUCH_MINOR - The length, in surface units, of the minor axis of the contact. If the - contact is circular, this event can be omitted [#f4]_. - -ABS_MT_WIDTH_MAJOR - The length, in surface units, of the major axis of the approaching - tool. This should be understood as the size of the tool itself. The - orientation of the contact and the approaching tool are assumed to be the - same [#f4]_. - -ABS_MT_WIDTH_MINOR - The length, in surface units, of the minor axis of the approaching - tool. Omit if circular [#f4]_. - - The above four values can be used to derive additional information about - the contact. The ratio ABS_MT_TOUCH_MAJOR / ABS_MT_WIDTH_MAJOR approximates - the notion of pressure. The fingers of the hand and the palm all have - different characteristic widths. - -ABS_MT_PRESSURE - The pressure, in arbitrary units, on the contact area. May be used instead - of TOUCH and WIDTH for pressure-based devices or any device with a spatial - signal intensity distribution. - -ABS_MT_DISTANCE - The distance, in surface units, between the contact and the surface. Zero - distance means the contact is touching the surface. A positive number means - the contact is hovering above the surface. - -ABS_MT_ORIENTATION - The orientation of the touching ellipse. The value should describe a signed - quarter of a revolution clockwise around the touch center. The signed value - range is arbitrary, but zero should be returned for an ellipse aligned with - the Y axis of the surface, a negative value when the ellipse is turned to - the left, and a positive value when the ellipse is turned to the - right. When completely aligned with the X axis, the range max should be - returned. - - Touch ellipsis are symmetrical by default. For devices capable of true 360 - degree orientation, the reported orientation must exceed the range max to - indicate more than a quarter of a revolution. For an upside-down finger, - range max * 2 should be returned. - - Orientation can be omitted if the touch area is circular, or if the - information is not available in the kernel driver. Partial orientation - support is possible if the device can distinguish between the two axis, but - not (uniquely) any values in between. In such cases, the range of - ABS_MT_ORIENTATION should be [0, 1] [#f4]_. - -ABS_MT_POSITION_X - The surface X coordinate of the center of the touching ellipse. - -ABS_MT_POSITION_Y - The surface Y coordinate of the center of the touching ellipse. - -ABS_MT_TOOL_X - The surface X coordinate of the center of the approaching tool. Omit if - the device cannot distinguish between the intended touch point and the - tool itself. - -ABS_MT_TOOL_Y - The surface Y coordinate of the center of the approaching tool. Omit if the - device cannot distinguish between the intended touch point and the tool - itself. - - The four position values can be used to separate the position of the touch - from the position of the tool. If both positions are present, the major - tool axis points towards the touch point [#f1]_. Otherwise, the tool axes are - aligned with the touch axes. - -ABS_MT_TOOL_TYPE - The type of approaching tool. A lot of kernel drivers cannot distinguish - between different tool types, such as a finger or a pen. In such cases, the - event should be omitted. The protocol currently supports MT_TOOL_FINGER, - MT_TOOL_PEN, and MT_TOOL_PALM [#f2]_. For type B devices, this event is - handled by input core; drivers should instead use - input_mt_report_slot_state(). A contact's ABS_MT_TOOL_TYPE may change over - time while still touching the device, because the firmware may not be able - to determine which tool is being used when it first appears. - -ABS_MT_BLOB_ID - The BLOB_ID groups several packets together into one arbitrarily shaped - contact. The sequence of points forms a polygon which defines the shape of - the contact. This is a low-level anonymous grouping for type A devices, and - should not be confused with the high-level trackingID [#f5]_. Most type A - devices do not have blob capability, so drivers can safely omit this event. - -ABS_MT_TRACKING_ID - The TRACKING_ID identifies an initiated contact throughout its life cycle - [#f5]_. The value range of the TRACKING_ID should be large enough to ensure - unique identification of a contact maintained over an extended period of - time. For type B devices, this event is handled by input core; drivers - should instead use input_mt_report_slot_state(). - - -Event Computation ------------------ - -The flora of different hardware unavoidably leads to some devices fitting -better to the MT protocol than others. To simplify and unify the mapping, -this section gives recipes for how to compute certain events. - -For devices reporting contacts as rectangular shapes, signed orientation -cannot be obtained. Assuming X and Y are the lengths of the sides of the -touching rectangle, here is a simple formula that retains the most -information possible:: - - ABS_MT_TOUCH_MAJOR := max(X, Y) - ABS_MT_TOUCH_MINOR := min(X, Y) - ABS_MT_ORIENTATION := bool(X > Y) - -The range of ABS_MT_ORIENTATION should be set to [0, 1], to indicate that -the device can distinguish between a finger along the Y axis (0) and a -finger along the X axis (1). - -For win8 devices with both T and C coordinates, the position mapping is:: - - ABS_MT_POSITION_X := T_X - ABS_MT_POSITION_Y := T_Y - ABS_MT_TOOL_X := C_X - ABS_MT_TOOL_Y := C_Y - -Unfortunately, there is not enough information to specify both the touching -ellipse and the tool ellipse, so one has to resort to approximations. One -simple scheme, which is compatible with earlier usage, is:: - - ABS_MT_TOUCH_MAJOR := min(X, Y) - ABS_MT_TOUCH_MINOR := - ABS_MT_ORIENTATION := - ABS_MT_WIDTH_MAJOR := min(X, Y) + distance(T, C) - ABS_MT_WIDTH_MINOR := min(X, Y) - -Rationale: We have no information about the orientation of the touching -ellipse, so approximate it with an inscribed circle instead. The tool -ellipse should align with the vector (T - C), so the diameter must -increase with distance(T, C). Finally, assume that the touch diameter is -equal to the tool thickness, and we arrive at the formulas above. - -Finger Tracking ---------------- - -The process of finger tracking, i.e., to assign a unique trackingID to each -initiated contact on the surface, is a Euclidian Bipartite Matching -problem. At each event synchronization, the set of actual contacts is -matched to the set of contacts from the previous synchronization. A full -implementation can be found in [#f3]_. - - -Gestures --------- - -In the specific application of creating gesture events, the TOUCH and WIDTH -parameters can be used to, e.g., approximate finger pressure or distinguish -between index finger and thumb. With the addition of the MINOR parameters, -one can also distinguish between a sweeping finger and a pointing finger, -and with ORIENTATION, one can detect twisting of fingers. - - -Notes ------ - -In order to stay compatible with existing applications, the data reported -in a finger packet must not be recognized as single-touch events. - -For type A devices, all finger data bypasses input filtering, since -subsequent events of the same type refer to different fingers. - -For example usage of the type A protocol, see the bcm5974 driver. For -example usage of the type B protocol, see the hid-egalax driver. - -.. [#f1] Also, the difference (TOOL_X - POSITION_X) can be used to model tilt. -.. [#f2] The list can of course be extended. -.. [#f3] The mtdev project: http://bitmath.org/code/mtdev/. -.. [#f4] See the section on event computation. -.. [#f5] See the section on finger tracking. diff --git a/Documentation/input/notifier.rst b/Documentation/input/notifier.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..161350cb865e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/input/notifier.rst @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +================= +Keyboard notifier +================= + +One can use register_keyboard_notifier to get called back on keyboard +events (see kbd_keycode() function for details). The passed structure is +keyboard_notifier_param: + +- 'vc' always provide the VC for which the keyboard event applies; +- 'down' is 1 for a key press event, 0 for a key release; +- 'shift' is the current modifier state, mask bit indexes are KG_*; +- 'value' depends on the type of event. + +- KBD_KEYCODE events are always sent before other events, value is the keycode. +- KBD_UNBOUND_KEYCODE events are sent if the keycode is not bound to a keysym. + value is the keycode. +- KBD_UNICODE events are sent if the keycode -> keysym translation produced a + unicode character. value is the unicode value. +- KBD_KEYSYM events are sent if the keycode -> keysym translation produced a + non-unicode character. value is the keysym. +- KBD_POST_KEYSYM events are sent after the treatment of non-unicode keysyms. + That permits one to inspect the resulting LEDs for instance. + +For each kind of event but the last, the callback may return NOTIFY_STOP in +order to "eat" the event: the notify loop is stopped and the keyboard event is +dropped. + +In a rough C snippet, we have:: + + kbd_keycode(keycode) { + ... + params.value = keycode; + if (notifier_call_chain(KBD_KEYCODE,¶ms) == NOTIFY_STOP) + || !bound) { + notifier_call_chain(KBD_UNBOUND_KEYCODE,¶ms); + return; + } + + if (unicode) { + param.value = unicode; + if (notifier_call_chain(KBD_UNICODE,¶ms) == NOTIFY_STOP) + return; + emit unicode; + return; + } + + params.value = keysym; + if (notifier_call_chain(KBD_KEYSYM,¶ms) == NOTIFY_STOP) + return; + apply keysym; + notifier_call_chain(KBD_POST_KEYSYM,¶ms); + } + +.. note:: This notifier is usually called from interrupt context. diff --git a/Documentation/input/notifier.txt b/Documentation/input/notifier.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 161350cb865e..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/input/notifier.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@ -================= -Keyboard notifier -================= - -One can use register_keyboard_notifier to get called back on keyboard -events (see kbd_keycode() function for details). The passed structure is -keyboard_notifier_param: - -- 'vc' always provide the VC for which the keyboard event applies; -- 'down' is 1 for a key press event, 0 for a key release; -- 'shift' is the current modifier state, mask bit indexes are KG_*; -- 'value' depends on the type of event. - -- KBD_KEYCODE events are always sent before other events, value is the keycode. -- KBD_UNBOUND_KEYCODE events are sent if the keycode is not bound to a keysym. - value is the keycode. -- KBD_UNICODE events are sent if the keycode -> keysym translation produced a - unicode character. value is the unicode value. -- KBD_KEYSYM events are sent if the keycode -> keysym translation produced a - non-unicode character. value is the keysym. -- KBD_POST_KEYSYM events are sent after the treatment of non-unicode keysyms. - That permits one to inspect the resulting LEDs for instance. - -For each kind of event but the last, the callback may return NOTIFY_STOP in -order to "eat" the event: the notify loop is stopped and the keyboard event is -dropped. - -In a rough C snippet, we have:: - - kbd_keycode(keycode) { - ... - params.value = keycode; - if (notifier_call_chain(KBD_KEYCODE,¶ms) == NOTIFY_STOP) - || !bound) { - notifier_call_chain(KBD_UNBOUND_KEYCODE,¶ms); - return; - } - - if (unicode) { - param.value = unicode; - if (notifier_call_chain(KBD_UNICODE,¶ms) == NOTIFY_STOP) - return; - emit unicode; - return; - } - - params.value = keysym; - if (notifier_call_chain(KBD_KEYSYM,¶ms) == NOTIFY_STOP) - return; - apply keysym; - notifier_call_chain(KBD_POST_KEYSYM,¶ms); - } - -.. note:: This notifier is usually called from interrupt context. diff --git a/Documentation/input/ntrig.rst b/Documentation/input/ntrig.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..a6b22ce6c61c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/input/ntrig.rst @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +.. include:: + +========================= +N-Trig touchscreen Driver +========================= + +:Copyright: |copy| 2008-2010 Rafi Rubin +:Copyright: |copy| 2009-2010 Stephane Chatty + +This driver provides support for N-Trig pen and multi-touch sensors. Single +and multi-touch events are translated to the appropriate protocols for +the hid and input systems. Pen events are sufficiently hid compliant and +are left to the hid core. The driver also provides additional filtering +and utility functions accessible with sysfs and module parameters. + +This driver has been reported to work properly with multiple N-Trig devices +attached. + + +Parameters +---------- + +Note: values set at load time are global and will apply to all applicable +devices. Adjusting parameters with sysfs will override the load time values, +but only for that one device. + +The following parameters are used to configure filters to reduce noise: + ++-----------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+ +|activate_slack |number of fingers to ignore before processing events | ++-----------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+ +|activation_height, |size threshold to activate immediately | +|activation_width | | ++-----------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+ +|min_height, |size threshold bellow which fingers are ignored | +|min_width |both to decide activation and during activity | ++-----------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+ +|deactivate_slack |the number of "no contact" frames to ignore before | +| |propagating the end of activity events | ++-----------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+ + +When the last finger is removed from the device, it sends a number of empty +frames. By holding off on deactivation for a few frames we can tolerate false +erroneous disconnects, where the sensor may mistakenly not detect a finger that +is still present. Thus deactivate_slack addresses problems where a users might +see breaks in lines during drawing, or drop an object during a long drag. + + +Additional sysfs items +---------------------- + +These nodes just provide easy access to the ranges reported by the device. + ++-----------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+ +|sensor_logical_height, | the range for positions reported during activity | +|sensor_logical_width | | ++-----------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+ +|sensor_physical_height,| internal ranges not used for normal events but | +|sensor_physical_width | useful for tuning | ++-----------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+ + +All N-Trig devices with product id of 1 report events in the ranges of + +* X: 0-9600 +* Y: 0-7200 + +However not all of these devices have the same physical dimensions. Most +seem to be 12" sensors (Dell Latitude XT and XT2 and the HP TX2), and +at least one model (Dell Studio 17) has a 17" sensor. The ratio of physical +to logical sizes is used to adjust the size based filter parameters. + + +Filtering +--------- + +With the release of the early multi-touch firmwares it became increasingly +obvious that these sensors were prone to erroneous events. Users reported +seeing both inappropriately dropped contact and ghosts, contacts reported +where no finger was actually touching the screen. + +Deactivation slack helps prevent dropped contact for single touch use, but does +not address the problem of dropping one of more contacts while other contacts +are still active. Drops in the multi-touch context require additional +processing and should be handled in tandem with tacking. + +As observed ghost contacts are similar to actual use of the sensor, but they +seem to have different profiles. Ghost activity typically shows up as small +short lived touches. As such, I assume that the longer the continuous stream +of events the more likely those events are from a real contact, and that the +larger the size of each contact the more likely it is real. Balancing the +goals of preventing ghosts and accepting real events quickly (to minimize +user observable latency), the filter accumulates confidence for incoming +events until it hits thresholds and begins propagating. In the interest in +minimizing stored state as well as the cost of operations to make a decision, +I've kept that decision simple. + +Time is measured in terms of the number of fingers reported, not frames since +the probability of multiple simultaneous ghosts is expected to drop off +dramatically with increasing numbers. Rather than accumulate weight as a +function of size, I just use it as a binary threshold. A sufficiently large +contact immediately overrides the waiting period and leads to activation. + +Setting the activation size thresholds to large values will result in deciding +primarily on activation slack. If you see longer lived ghosts, turning up the +activation slack while reducing the size thresholds may suffice to eliminate +the ghosts while keeping the screen quite responsive to firm taps. + +Contacts continue to be filtered with min_height and min_width even after +the initial activation filter is satisfied. The intent is to provide +a mechanism for filtering out ghosts in the form of an extra finger while +you actually are using the screen. In practice this sort of ghost has +been far less problematic or relatively rare and I've left the defaults +set to 0 for both parameters, effectively turning off that filter. + +I don't know what the optimal values are for these filters. If the defaults +don't work for you, please play with the parameters. If you do find other +values more comfortable, I would appreciate feedback. + +The calibration of these devices does drift over time. If ghosts or contact +dropping worsen and interfere with the normal usage of your device, try +recalibrating it. + + +Calibration +----------- + +The N-Trig windows tools provide calibration and testing routines. Also an +unofficial unsupported set of user space tools including a calibrator is +available at: +http://code.launchpad.net/~rafi-seas/+junk/ntrig_calib + + +Tracking +-------- + +As of yet, all tested N-Trig firmwares do not track fingers. When multiple +contacts are active they seem to be sorted primarily by Y position. diff --git a/Documentation/input/ntrig.txt b/Documentation/input/ntrig.txt deleted file mode 100644 index a6b22ce6c61c..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/input/ntrig.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,137 +0,0 @@ -.. include:: - -========================= -N-Trig touchscreen Driver -========================= - -:Copyright: |copy| 2008-2010 Rafi Rubin -:Copyright: |copy| 2009-2010 Stephane Chatty - -This driver provides support for N-Trig pen and multi-touch sensors. Single -and multi-touch events are translated to the appropriate protocols for -the hid and input systems. Pen events are sufficiently hid compliant and -are left to the hid core. The driver also provides additional filtering -and utility functions accessible with sysfs and module parameters. - -This driver has been reported to work properly with multiple N-Trig devices -attached. - - -Parameters ----------- - -Note: values set at load time are global and will apply to all applicable -devices. Adjusting parameters with sysfs will override the load time values, -but only for that one device. - -The following parameters are used to configure filters to reduce noise: - -+-----------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+ -|activate_slack |number of fingers to ignore before processing events | -+-----------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+ -|activation_height, |size threshold to activate immediately | -|activation_width | | -+-----------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+ -|min_height, |size threshold bellow which fingers are ignored | -|min_width |both to decide activation and during activity | -+-----------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+ -|deactivate_slack |the number of "no contact" frames to ignore before | -| |propagating the end of activity events | -+-----------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+ - -When the last finger is removed from the device, it sends a number of empty -frames. By holding off on deactivation for a few frames we can tolerate false -erroneous disconnects, where the sensor may mistakenly not detect a finger that -is still present. Thus deactivate_slack addresses problems where a users might -see breaks in lines during drawing, or drop an object during a long drag. - - -Additional sysfs items ----------------------- - -These nodes just provide easy access to the ranges reported by the device. - -+-----------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+ -|sensor_logical_height, | the range for positions reported during activity | -|sensor_logical_width | | -+-----------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+ -|sensor_physical_height,| internal ranges not used for normal events but | -|sensor_physical_width | useful for tuning | -+-----------------------+-----------------------------------------------------+ - -All N-Trig devices with product id of 1 report events in the ranges of - -* X: 0-9600 -* Y: 0-7200 - -However not all of these devices have the same physical dimensions. Most -seem to be 12" sensors (Dell Latitude XT and XT2 and the HP TX2), and -at least one model (Dell Studio 17) has a 17" sensor. The ratio of physical -to logical sizes is used to adjust the size based filter parameters. - - -Filtering ---------- - -With the release of the early multi-touch firmwares it became increasingly -obvious that these sensors were prone to erroneous events. Users reported -seeing both inappropriately dropped contact and ghosts, contacts reported -where no finger was actually touching the screen. - -Deactivation slack helps prevent dropped contact for single touch use, but does -not address the problem of dropping one of more contacts while other contacts -are still active. Drops in the multi-touch context require additional -processing and should be handled in tandem with tacking. - -As observed ghost contacts are similar to actual use of the sensor, but they -seem to have different profiles. Ghost activity typically shows up as small -short lived touches. As such, I assume that the longer the continuous stream -of events the more likely those events are from a real contact, and that the -larger the size of each contact the more likely it is real. Balancing the -goals of preventing ghosts and accepting real events quickly (to minimize -user observable latency), the filter accumulates confidence for incoming -events until it hits thresholds and begins propagating. In the interest in -minimizing stored state as well as the cost of operations to make a decision, -I've kept that decision simple. - -Time is measured in terms of the number of fingers reported, not frames since -the probability of multiple simultaneous ghosts is expected to drop off -dramatically with increasing numbers. Rather than accumulate weight as a -function of size, I just use it as a binary threshold. A sufficiently large -contact immediately overrides the waiting period and leads to activation. - -Setting the activation size thresholds to large values will result in deciding -primarily on activation slack. If you see longer lived ghosts, turning up the -activation slack while reducing the size thresholds may suffice to eliminate -the ghosts while keeping the screen quite responsive to firm taps. - -Contacts continue to be filtered with min_height and min_width even after -the initial activation filter is satisfied. The intent is to provide -a mechanism for filtering out ghosts in the form of an extra finger while -you actually are using the screen. In practice this sort of ghost has -been far less problematic or relatively rare and I've left the defaults -set to 0 for both parameters, effectively turning off that filter. - -I don't know what the optimal values are for these filters. If the defaults -don't work for you, please play with the parameters. If you do find other -values more comfortable, I would appreciate feedback. - -The calibration of these devices does drift over time. If ghosts or contact -dropping worsen and interfere with the normal usage of your device, try -recalibrating it. - - -Calibration ------------ - -The N-Trig windows tools provide calibration and testing routines. Also an -unofficial unsupported set of user space tools including a calibrator is -available at: -http://code.launchpad.net/~rafi-seas/+junk/ntrig_calib - - -Tracking --------- - -As of yet, all tested N-Trig firmwares do not track fingers. When multiple -contacts are active they seem to be sorted primarily by Y position. diff --git a/Documentation/input/rotary-encoder.rst b/Documentation/input/rotary-encoder.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..4695bea67f9b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/input/rotary-encoder.rst @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +============================================================ +rotary-encoder - a generic driver for GPIO connected devices +============================================================ + +:Author: Daniel Mack , Feb 2009 + +Function +-------- + +Rotary encoders are devices which are connected to the CPU or other +peripherals with two wires. The outputs are phase-shifted by 90 degrees +and by triggering on falling and rising edges, the turn direction can +be determined. + +Some encoders have both outputs low in stable states, others also have +a stable state with both outputs high (half-period mode) and some have +a stable state in all steps (quarter-period mode). + +The phase diagram of these two outputs look like this:: + + _____ _____ _____ + | | | | | | + Channel A ____| |_____| |_____| |____ + + : : : : : : : : : : : : + __ _____ _____ _____ + | | | | | | | + Channel B |_____| |_____| |_____| |__ + + : : : : : : : : : : : : + Event a b c d a b c d a b c d + + |<-------->| + one step + + |<-->| + one step (half-period mode) + + |<>| + one step (quarter-period mode) + +For more information, please see + https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rotary_encoder + + +Events / state machine +---------------------- + +In half-period mode, state a) and c) above are used to determine the +rotational direction based on the last stable state. Events are reported in +states b) and d) given that the new stable state is different from the last +(i.e. the rotation was not reversed half-way). + +Otherwise, the following apply: + +a) Rising edge on channel A, channel B in low state + This state is used to recognize a clockwise turn + +b) Rising edge on channel B, channel A in high state + When entering this state, the encoder is put into 'armed' state, + meaning that there it has seen half the way of a one-step transition. + +c) Falling edge on channel A, channel B in high state + This state is used to recognize a counter-clockwise turn + +d) Falling edge on channel B, channel A in low state + Parking position. If the encoder enters this state, a full transition + should have happened, unless it flipped back on half the way. The + 'armed' state tells us about that. + +Platform requirements +--------------------- + +As there is no hardware dependent call in this driver, the platform it is +used with must support gpiolib. Another requirement is that IRQs must be +able to fire on both edges. + + +Board integration +----------------- + +To use this driver in your system, register a platform_device with the +name 'rotary-encoder' and associate the IRQs and some specific platform +data with it. + +struct rotary_encoder_platform_data is declared in +include/linux/rotary-encoder.h and needs to be filled with the number of +steps the encoder has and can carry information about externally inverted +signals (because of an inverting buffer or other reasons). The encoder +can be set up to deliver input information as either an absolute or relative +axes. For relative axes the input event returns +/-1 for each step. For +absolute axes the position of the encoder can either roll over between zero +and the number of steps or will clamp at the maximum and zero depending on +the configuration. + +Because GPIO to IRQ mapping is platform specific, this information must +be given in separately to the driver. See the example below. + +:: + + /* board support file example */ + + #include + #include + + #define GPIO_ROTARY_A 1 + #define GPIO_ROTARY_B 2 + + static struct rotary_encoder_platform_data my_rotary_encoder_info = { + .steps = 24, + .axis = ABS_X, + .relative_axis = false, + .rollover = false, + .gpio_a = GPIO_ROTARY_A, + .gpio_b = GPIO_ROTARY_B, + .inverted_a = 0, + .inverted_b = 0, + .half_period = false, + .wakeup_source = false, + }; + + static struct platform_device rotary_encoder_device = { + .name = "rotary-encoder", + .id = 0, + .dev = { + .platform_data = &my_rotary_encoder_info, + } + }; diff --git a/Documentation/input/rotary-encoder.txt b/Documentation/input/rotary-encoder.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 4695bea67f9b..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/input/rotary-encoder.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,128 +0,0 @@ -============================================================ -rotary-encoder - a generic driver for GPIO connected devices -============================================================ - -:Author: Daniel Mack , Feb 2009 - -Function --------- - -Rotary encoders are devices which are connected to the CPU or other -peripherals with two wires. The outputs are phase-shifted by 90 degrees -and by triggering on falling and rising edges, the turn direction can -be determined. - -Some encoders have both outputs low in stable states, others also have -a stable state with both outputs high (half-period mode) and some have -a stable state in all steps (quarter-period mode). - -The phase diagram of these two outputs look like this:: - - _____ _____ _____ - | | | | | | - Channel A ____| |_____| |_____| |____ - - : : : : : : : : : : : : - __ _____ _____ _____ - | | | | | | | - Channel B |_____| |_____| |_____| |__ - - : : : : : : : : : : : : - Event a b c d a b c d a b c d - - |<-------->| - one step - - |<-->| - one step (half-period mode) - - |<>| - one step (quarter-period mode) - -For more information, please see - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rotary_encoder - - -Events / state machine ----------------------- - -In half-period mode, state a) and c) above are used to determine the -rotational direction based on the last stable state. Events are reported in -states b) and d) given that the new stable state is different from the last -(i.e. the rotation was not reversed half-way). - -Otherwise, the following apply: - -a) Rising edge on channel A, channel B in low state - This state is used to recognize a clockwise turn - -b) Rising edge on channel B, channel A in high state - When entering this state, the encoder is put into 'armed' state, - meaning that there it has seen half the way of a one-step transition. - -c) Falling edge on channel A, channel B in high state - This state is used to recognize a counter-clockwise turn - -d) Falling edge on channel B, channel A in low state - Parking position. If the encoder enters this state, a full transition - should have happened, unless it flipped back on half the way. The - 'armed' state tells us about that. - -Platform requirements ---------------------- - -As there is no hardware dependent call in this driver, the platform it is -used with must support gpiolib. Another requirement is that IRQs must be -able to fire on both edges. - - -Board integration ------------------ - -To use this driver in your system, register a platform_device with the -name 'rotary-encoder' and associate the IRQs and some specific platform -data with it. - -struct rotary_encoder_platform_data is declared in -include/linux/rotary-encoder.h and needs to be filled with the number of -steps the encoder has and can carry information about externally inverted -signals (because of an inverting buffer or other reasons). The encoder -can be set up to deliver input information as either an absolute or relative -axes. For relative axes the input event returns +/-1 for each step. For -absolute axes the position of the encoder can either roll over between zero -and the number of steps or will clamp at the maximum and zero depending on -the configuration. - -Because GPIO to IRQ mapping is platform specific, this information must -be given in separately to the driver. See the example below. - -:: - - /* board support file example */ - - #include - #include - - #define GPIO_ROTARY_A 1 - #define GPIO_ROTARY_B 2 - - static struct rotary_encoder_platform_data my_rotary_encoder_info = { - .steps = 24, - .axis = ABS_X, - .relative_axis = false, - .rollover = false, - .gpio_a = GPIO_ROTARY_A, - .gpio_b = GPIO_ROTARY_B, - .inverted_a = 0, - .inverted_b = 0, - .half_period = false, - .wakeup_source = false, - }; - - static struct platform_device rotary_encoder_device = { - .name = "rotary-encoder", - .id = 0, - .dev = { - .platform_data = &my_rotary_encoder_info, - } - }; diff --git a/Documentation/input/sentelic.rst b/Documentation/input/sentelic.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..d1a476f973b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/input/sentelic.rst @@ -0,0 +1,901 @@ +.. include:: + +=============== +Sentelic Driver +=============== + + +:Copyright: |copy| 2002-2011 Sentelic Corporation. + +:Last update: Dec-07-2011 + +Finger Sensing Pad Intellimouse Mode(scrolling wheel, 4th and 5th buttons) +========================================================================== + +A) MSID 4: Scrolling wheel mode plus Forward page(4th button) and Backward + page (5th button) + +1. Set sample rate to 200; +2. Set sample rate to 200; +3. Set sample rate to 80; +4. Issuing the "Get device ID" command (0xF2) and waits for the response; +5. FSP will respond 0x04. + +:: + + Packet 1 + Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------| + 1 |Y|X|y|x|1|M|R|L| 2 |X|X|X|X|X|X|X|X| 3 |Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y| 4 | | |B|F|W|W|W|W| + |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| + + Byte 1: Bit7 => Y overflow + Bit6 => X overflow + Bit5 => Y sign bit + Bit4 => X sign bit + Bit3 => 1 + Bit2 => Middle Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. + Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. + Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. + Byte 2: X Movement(9-bit 2's complement integers) + Byte 3: Y Movement(9-bit 2's complement integers) + Byte 4: Bit3~Bit0 => the scrolling wheel's movement since the last data report. + valid values, -8 ~ +7 + Bit4 => 1 = 4th mouse button is pressed, Forward one page. + 0 = 4th mouse button is not pressed. + Bit5 => 1 = 5th mouse button is pressed, Backward one page. + 0 = 5th mouse button is not pressed. + +B) MSID 6: Horizontal and Vertical scrolling + +- Set bit 1 in register 0x40 to 1 + +FSP replaces scrolling wheel's movement as 4 bits to show horizontal and +vertical scrolling. + +:: + + Packet 1 + Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------| + 1 |Y|X|y|x|1|M|R|L| 2 |X|X|X|X|X|X|X|X| 3 |Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y| 4 | | |B|F|r|l|u|d| + |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| + + Byte 1: Bit7 => Y overflow + Bit6 => X overflow + Bit5 => Y sign bit + Bit4 => X sign bit + Bit3 => 1 + Bit2 => Middle Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. + Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. + Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. + Byte 2: X Movement(9-bit 2's complement integers) + Byte 3: Y Movement(9-bit 2's complement integers) + Byte 4: Bit0 => the Vertical scrolling movement downward. + Bit1 => the Vertical scrolling movement upward. + Bit2 => the Horizontal scrolling movement leftward. + Bit3 => the Horizontal scrolling movement rightward. + Bit4 => 1 = 4th mouse button is pressed, Forward one page. + 0 = 4th mouse button is not pressed. + Bit5 => 1 = 5th mouse button is pressed, Backward one page. + 0 = 5th mouse button is not pressed. + +C) MSID 7 + +FSP uses 2 packets (8 Bytes) to represent Absolute Position. +so we have PACKET NUMBER to identify packets. + + If PACKET NUMBER is 0, the packet is Packet 1. + If PACKET NUMBER is 1, the packet is Packet 2. + Please count this number in program. + +MSID6 special packet will be enable at the same time when enable MSID 7. + +Absolute position for STL3886-G0 +================================ + +1. Set bit 2 or 3 in register 0x40 to 1 +2. Set bit 6 in register 0x40 to 1 + +:: + + Packet 1 (ABSOLUTE POSITION) + Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------| + 1 |0|1|V|1|1|M|R|L| 2 |X|X|X|X|X|X|X|X| 3 |Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y| 4 |r|l|d|u|X|X|Y|Y| + |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| + + Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet + => 01, Absolute coordination packet + => 10, Notify packet + Bit5 => valid bit + Bit4 => 1 + Bit3 => 1 + Bit2 => Middle Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. + Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. + Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. + Byte 2: X coordinate (xpos[9:2]) + Byte 3: Y coordinate (ypos[9:2]) + Byte 4: Bit1~Bit0 => Y coordinate (xpos[1:0]) + Bit3~Bit2 => X coordinate (ypos[1:0]) + Bit4 => scroll up + Bit5 => scroll down + Bit6 => scroll left + Bit7 => scroll right + + Notify Packet for G0 + Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------| + 1 |1|0|0|1|1|M|R|L| 2 |C|C|C|C|C|C|C|C| 3 |M|M|M|M|M|M|M|M| 4 |0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0| + |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| + + Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet + => 01, Absolute coordination packet + => 10, Notify packet + Bit5 => 0 + Bit4 => 1 + Bit3 => 1 + Bit2 => Middle Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. + Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. + Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. + Byte 2: Message Type => 0x5A (Enable/Disable status packet) + Mode Type => 0xA5 (Normal/Icon mode status) + Byte 3: Message Type => 0x00 (Disabled) + => 0x01 (Enabled) + Mode Type => 0x00 (Normal) + => 0x01 (Icon) + Byte 4: Bit7~Bit0 => Don't Care + +Absolute position for STL3888-Ax +================================ + +:: + + Packet 1 (ABSOLUTE POSITION) + Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------| + 1 |0|1|V|A|1|L|0|1| 2 |X|X|X|X|X|X|X|X| 3 |Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y| 4 |x|x|y|y|X|X|Y|Y| + |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| + + Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet + => 01, Absolute coordination packet + => 10, Notify packet + => 11, Normal data packet with on-pad click + Bit5 => Valid bit, 0 means that the coordinate is invalid or finger up. + When both fingers are up, the last two reports have zero valid + bit. + Bit4 => arc + Bit3 => 1 + Bit2 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is released. + Bit1 => 0 + Bit0 => 1 + Byte 2: X coordinate (xpos[9:2]) + Byte 3: Y coordinate (ypos[9:2]) + Byte 4: Bit1~Bit0 => Y coordinate (xpos[1:0]) + Bit3~Bit2 => X coordinate (ypos[1:0]) + Bit5~Bit4 => y1_g + Bit7~Bit6 => x1_g + + Packet 2 (ABSOLUTE POSITION) + Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------| + 1 |0|1|V|A|1|R|1|0| 2 |X|X|X|X|X|X|X|X| 3 |Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y| 4 |x|x|y|y|X|X|Y|Y| + |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| + + Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet + => 01, Absolute coordinates packet + => 10, Notify packet + => 11, Normal data packet with on-pad click + Bit5 => Valid bit, 0 means that the coordinate is invalid or finger up. + When both fingers are up, the last two reports have zero valid + bit. + Bit4 => arc + Bit3 => 1 + Bit2 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is released. + Bit1 => 1 + Bit0 => 0 + Byte 2: X coordinate (xpos[9:2]) + Byte 3: Y coordinate (ypos[9:2]) + Byte 4: Bit1~Bit0 => Y coordinate (xpos[1:0]) + Bit3~Bit2 => X coordinate (ypos[1:0]) + Bit5~Bit4 => y2_g + Bit7~Bit6 => x2_g + + Notify Packet for STL3888-Ax + Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------| + 1 |1|0|1|P|1|M|R|L| 2 |C|C|C|C|C|C|C|C| 3 |0|0|F|F|0|0|0|i| 4 |r|l|d|u|0|0|0|0| + |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| + + Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet + => 01, Absolute coordinates packet + => 10, Notify packet + => 11, Normal data packet with on-pad click + Bit5 => 1 + Bit4 => when in absolute coordinates mode (valid when EN_PKT_GO is 1): + 0: left button is generated by the on-pad command + 1: left button is generated by the external button + Bit3 => 1 + Bit2 => Middle Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. + Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. + Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. + Byte 2: Message Type => 0xB7 (Multi Finger, Multi Coordinate mode) + Byte 3: Bit7~Bit6 => Don't care + Bit5~Bit4 => Number of fingers + Bit3~Bit1 => Reserved + Bit0 => 1: enter gesture mode; 0: leaving gesture mode + Byte 4: Bit7 => scroll right button + Bit6 => scroll left button + Bit5 => scroll down button + Bit4 => scroll up button + * Note that if gesture and additional button (Bit4~Bit7) + happen at the same time, the button information will not + be sent. + Bit3~Bit0 => Reserved + +Sample sequence of Multi-finger, Multi-coordinate mode: + + notify packet (valid bit == 1), abs pkt 1, abs pkt 2, abs pkt 1, + abs pkt 2, ..., notify packet (valid bit == 0) + +Absolute position for STL3888-B0 +================================ + +:: + + Packet 1(ABSOLUTE POSITION) + Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------| + 1 |0|1|V|F|1|0|R|L| 2 |X|X|X|X|X|X|X|X| 3 |Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y| 4 |r|l|u|d|X|X|Y|Y| + |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| + + Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet + => 01, Absolute coordinates packet + => 10, Notify packet + => 11, Normal data packet with on-pad click + Bit5 => Valid bit, 0 means that the coordinate is invalid or finger up. + When both fingers are up, the last two reports have zero valid + bit. + Bit4 => finger up/down information. 1: finger down, 0: finger up. + Bit3 => 1 + Bit2 => finger index, 0 is the first finger, 1 is the second finger. + Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. + Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. + Byte 2: X coordinate (xpos[9:2]) + Byte 3: Y coordinate (ypos[9:2]) + Byte 4: Bit1~Bit0 => Y coordinate (xpos[1:0]) + Bit3~Bit2 => X coordinate (ypos[1:0]) + Bit4 => scroll down button + Bit5 => scroll up button + Bit6 => scroll left button + Bit7 => scroll right button + + Packet 2 (ABSOLUTE POSITION) + Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------| + 1 |0|1|V|F|1|1|R|L| 2 |X|X|X|X|X|X|X|X| 3 |Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y| 4 |r|l|u|d|X|X|Y|Y| + |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| + + Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet + => 01, Absolute coordination packet + => 10, Notify packet + => 11, Normal data packet with on-pad click + Bit5 => Valid bit, 0 means that the coordinate is invalid or finger up. + When both fingers are up, the last two reports have zero valid + bit. + Bit4 => finger up/down information. 1: finger down, 0: finger up. + Bit3 => 1 + Bit2 => finger index, 0 is the first finger, 1 is the second finger. + Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. + Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. + Byte 2: X coordinate (xpos[9:2]) + Byte 3: Y coordinate (ypos[9:2]) + Byte 4: Bit1~Bit0 => Y coordinate (xpos[1:0]) + Bit3~Bit2 => X coordinate (ypos[1:0]) + Bit4 => scroll down button + Bit5 => scroll up button + Bit6 => scroll left button + Bit7 => scroll right button + +Notify Packet for STL3888-B0:: + + Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------| + 1 |1|0|1|P|1|M|R|L| 2 |C|C|C|C|C|C|C|C| 3 |0|0|F|F|0|0|0|i| 4 |r|l|u|d|0|0|0|0| + |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| + + Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet + => 01, Absolute coordination packet + => 10, Notify packet + => 11, Normal data packet with on-pad click + Bit5 => 1 + Bit4 => when in absolute coordinates mode (valid when EN_PKT_GO is 1): + 0: left button is generated by the on-pad command + 1: left button is generated by the external button + Bit3 => 1 + Bit2 => Middle Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. + Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. + Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. + Byte 2: Message Type => 0xB7 (Multi Finger, Multi Coordinate mode) + Byte 3: Bit7~Bit6 => Don't care + Bit5~Bit4 => Number of fingers + Bit3~Bit1 => Reserved + Bit0 => 1: enter gesture mode; 0: leaving gesture mode + Byte 4: Bit7 => scroll right button + Bit6 => scroll left button + Bit5 => scroll up button + Bit4 => scroll down button + * Note that if gesture and additional button(Bit4~Bit7) + happen at the same time, the button information will not + be sent. + Bit3~Bit0 => Reserved + +Sample sequence of Multi-finger, Multi-coordinate mode: + + notify packet (valid bit == 1), abs pkt 1, abs pkt 2, abs pkt 1, + abs pkt 2, ..., notify packet (valid bit == 0) + +Absolute position for STL3888-Cx and STL3888-Dx +=============================================== + +:: + + Single Finger, Absolute Coordinate Mode (SFAC) + Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------| + 1 |0|1|0|P|1|M|R|L| 2 |X|X|X|X|X|X|X|X| 3 |Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y| 4 |r|l|B|F|X|X|Y|Y| + |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| + + Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet + => 01, Absolute coordinates packet + => 10, Notify packet + Bit5 => Coordinate mode(always 0 in SFAC mode): + 0: single-finger absolute coordinates (SFAC) mode + 1: multi-finger, multiple coordinates (MFMC) mode + Bit4 => 0: The LEFT button is generated by on-pad command (OPC) + 1: The LEFT button is generated by external button + Default is 1 even if the LEFT button is not pressed. + Bit3 => Always 1, as specified by PS/2 protocol. + Bit2 => Middle Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. + Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. + Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. + Byte 2: X coordinate (xpos[9:2]) + Byte 3: Y coordinate (ypos[9:2]) + Byte 4: Bit1~Bit0 => Y coordinate (xpos[1:0]) + Bit3~Bit2 => X coordinate (ypos[1:0]) + Bit4 => 4th mouse button(forward one page) + Bit5 => 5th mouse button(backward one page) + Bit6 => scroll left button + Bit7 => scroll right button + + Multi Finger, Multiple Coordinates Mode (MFMC): + Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------| + 1 |0|1|1|P|1|F|R|L| 2 |X|X|X|X|X|X|X|X| 3 |Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y| 4 |r|l|B|F|X|X|Y|Y| + |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| + + Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet + => 01, Absolute coordination packet + => 10, Notify packet + Bit5 => Coordinate mode (always 1 in MFMC mode): + 0: single-finger absolute coordinates (SFAC) mode + 1: multi-finger, multiple coordinates (MFMC) mode + Bit4 => 0: The LEFT button is generated by on-pad command (OPC) + 1: The LEFT button is generated by external button + Default is 1 even if the LEFT button is not pressed. + Bit3 => Always 1, as specified by PS/2 protocol. + Bit2 => Finger index, 0 is the first finger, 1 is the second finger. + If bit 1 and 0 are all 1 and bit 4 is 0, the middle external + button is pressed. + Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. + Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. + Byte 2: X coordinate (xpos[9:2]) + Byte 3: Y coordinate (ypos[9:2]) + Byte 4: Bit1~Bit0 => Y coordinate (xpos[1:0]) + Bit3~Bit2 => X coordinate (ypos[1:0]) + Bit4 => 4th mouse button(forward one page) + Bit5 => 5th mouse button(backward one page) + Bit6 => scroll left button + Bit7 => scroll right button + +When one of the two fingers is up, the device will output four consecutive +MFMC#0 report packets with zero X and Y to represent 1st finger is up or +four consecutive MFMC#1 report packets with zero X and Y to represent that +the 2nd finger is up. On the other hand, if both fingers are up, the device +will output four consecutive single-finger, absolute coordinate(SFAC) packets +with zero X and Y. + +Notify Packet for STL3888-Cx/Dx:: + + Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------| + 1 |1|0|0|P|1|M|R|L| 2 |C|C|C|C|C|C|C|C| 3 |0|0|F|F|0|0|0|i| 4 |r|l|u|d|0|0|0|0| + |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| + + Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet + => 01, Absolute coordinates packet + => 10, Notify packet + Bit5 => Always 0 + Bit4 => 0: The LEFT button is generated by on-pad command(OPC) + 1: The LEFT button is generated by external button + Default is 1 even if the LEFT button is not pressed. + Bit3 => 1 + Bit2 => Middle Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. + Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. + Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. + Byte 2: Message type: + 0xba => gesture information + 0xc0 => one finger hold-rotating gesture + Byte 3: The first parameter for the received message: + 0xba => gesture ID (refer to the 'Gesture ID' section) + 0xc0 => region ID + Byte 4: The second parameter for the received message: + 0xba => N/A + 0xc0 => finger up/down information + +Sample sequence of Multi-finger, Multi-coordinates mode: + + notify packet (valid bit == 1), MFMC packet 1 (byte 1, bit 2 == 0), + MFMC packet 2 (byte 1, bit 2 == 1), MFMC packet 1, MFMC packet 2, + ..., notify packet (valid bit == 0) + + That is, when the device is in MFMC mode, the host will receive + interleaved absolute coordinate packets for each finger. + +FSP Enable/Disable packet +========================= + +:: + + Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 + BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------| + 1 |Y|X|0|0|1|M|R|L| 2 |0|1|0|1|1|0|1|E| 3 | | | | | | | | | 4 | | | | | | | | | + |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| + + FSP will send out enable/disable packet when FSP receive PS/2 enable/disable + command. Host will receive the packet which Middle, Right, Left button will + be set. The packet only use byte 0 and byte 1 as a pattern of original packet. + Ignore the other bytes of the packet. + + Byte 1: Bit7 => 0, Y overflow + Bit6 => 0, X overflow + Bit5 => 0, Y sign bit + Bit4 => 0, X sign bit + Bit3 => 1 + Bit2 => 1, Middle Button + Bit1 => 1, Right Button + Bit0 => 1, Left Button + Byte 2: Bit7~1 => (0101101b) + Bit0 => 1 = Enable + 0 = Disable + Byte 3: Don't care + Byte 4: Don't care (MOUSE ID 3, 4) + Byte 5~8: Don't care (Absolute packet) + +PS/2 Command Set +================ + +FSP supports basic PS/2 commanding set and modes, refer to following URL for +details about PS/2 commands: + +http://www.computer-engineering.org/ps2mouse/ + +Programming Sequence for Determining Packet Parsing Flow +======================================================== + +1. Identify FSP by reading device ID(0x00) and version(0x01) register + +2. For FSP version < STL3888 Cx, determine number of buttons by reading + the 'test mode status' (0x20) register:: + + buttons = reg[0x20] & 0x30 + + if buttons == 0x30 or buttons == 0x20: + # two/four buttons + Refer to 'Finger Sensing Pad PS/2 Mouse Intellimouse' + section A for packet parsing detail(ignore byte 4, bit ~ 7) + elif buttons == 0x10: + # 6 buttons + Refer to 'Finger Sensing Pad PS/2 Mouse Intellimouse' + section B for packet parsing detail + elif buttons == 0x00: + # 6 buttons + Refer to 'Finger Sensing Pad PS/2 Mouse Intellimouse' + section A for packet parsing detail + +3. For FSP version >= STL3888 Cx: + Refer to 'Finger Sensing Pad PS/2 Mouse Intellimouse' + section A for packet parsing detail (ignore byte 4, bit ~ 7) + +Programming Sequence for Register Reading/Writing +================================================= + +Register inversion requirement: + +Following values needed to be inverted(the '~' operator in C) before being +sent to FSP:: + + 0xe8, 0xe9, 0xee, 0xf2, 0xf3 and 0xff. + +Register swapping requirement: + +Following values needed to have their higher 4 bits and lower 4 bits being +swapped before being sent to FSP:: + + 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100 and 200. + +Register reading sequence: + + 1. send 0xf3 PS/2 command to FSP; + + 2. send 0x66 PS/2 command to FSP; + + 3. send 0x88 PS/2 command to FSP; + + 4. send 0xf3 PS/2 command to FSP; + + 5. if the register address being to read is not required to be + inverted(refer to the 'Register inversion requirement' section), + goto step 6 + + a. send 0x68 PS/2 command to FSP; + + b. send the inverted register address to FSP and goto step 8; + + 6. if the register address being to read is not required to be + swapped(refer to the 'Register swapping requirement' section), + goto step 7 + + a. send 0xcc PS/2 command to FSP; + + b. send the swapped register address to FSP and goto step 8; + + 7. send 0x66 PS/2 command to FSP; + + a. send the original register address to FSP and goto step 8; + + 8. send 0xe9(status request) PS/2 command to FSP; + + 9. the 4th byte of the response read from FSP should be the + requested register value(?? indicates don't care byte):: + + host: 0xe9 + 3888: 0xfa (??) (??) (val) + + * Note that since the Cx release, the hardware will return 1's + complement of the register value at the 3rd byte of status request + result:: + + host: 0xe9 + 3888: 0xfa (??) (~val) (val) + +Register writing sequence: + + 1. send 0xf3 PS/2 command to FSP; + + 2. if the register address being to write is not required to be + inverted(refer to the 'Register inversion requirement' section), + goto step 3 + + a. send 0x74 PS/2 command to FSP; + + b. send the inverted register address to FSP and goto step 5; + + 3. if the register address being to write is not required to be + swapped(refer to the 'Register swapping requirement' section), + goto step 4 + + a. send 0x77 PS/2 command to FSP; + + b. send the swapped register address to FSP and goto step 5; + + 4. send 0x55 PS/2 command to FSP; + + a. send the register address to FSP and goto step 5; + + 5. send 0xf3 PS/2 command to FSP; + + 6. if the register value being to write is not required to be + inverted(refer to the 'Register inversion requirement' section), + goto step 7 + + a. send 0x47 PS/2 command to FSP; + + b. send the inverted register value to FSP and goto step 9; + + 7. if the register value being to write is not required to be + swapped(refer to the 'Register swapping requirement' section), + goto step 8 + + a. send 0x44 PS/2 command to FSP; + + b. send the swapped register value to FSP and goto step 9; + + 8. send 0x33 PS/2 command to FSP; + + a. send the register value to FSP; + + 9. the register writing sequence is completed. + + * Since the Cx release, the hardware will return 1's + complement of the register value at the 3rd byte of status request + result. Host can optionally send another 0xe9 (status request) PS/2 + command to FSP at the end of register writing to verify that the + register writing operation is successful (?? indicates don't care + byte):: + + host: 0xe9 + 3888: 0xfa (??) (~val) (val) + +Programming Sequence for Page Register Reading/Writing +====================================================== + +In order to overcome the limitation of maximum number of registers +supported, the hardware separates register into different groups called +'pages.' Each page is able to include up to 255 registers. + +The default page after power up is 0x82; therefore, if one has to get +access to register 0x8301, one has to use following sequence to switch +to page 0x83, then start reading/writing from/to offset 0x01 by using +the register read/write sequence described in previous section. + +Page register reading sequence: + + 1. send 0xf3 PS/2 command to FSP; + + 2. send 0x66 PS/2 command to FSP; + + 3. send 0x88 PS/2 command to FSP; + + 4. send 0xf3 PS/2 command to FSP; + + 5. send 0x83 PS/2 command to FSP; + + 6. send 0x88 PS/2 command to FSP; + + 7. send 0xe9(status request) PS/2 command to FSP; + + 8. the response read from FSP should be the requested page value. + + +Page register writing sequence: + + 1. send 0xf3 PS/2 command to FSP; + + 2. send 0x38 PS/2 command to FSP; + + 3. send 0x88 PS/2 command to FSP; + + 4. send 0xf3 PS/2 command to FSP; + + 5. if the page address being written is not required to be + inverted(refer to the 'Register inversion requirement' section), + goto step 6 + + a. send 0x47 PS/2 command to FSP; + + b. send the inverted page address to FSP and goto step 9; + + 6. if the page address being written is not required to be + swapped(refer to the 'Register swapping requirement' section), + goto step 7 + + a. send 0x44 PS/2 command to FSP; + + b. send the swapped page address to FSP and goto step 9; + + 7. send 0x33 PS/2 command to FSP; + + 8. send the page address to FSP; + + 9. the page register writing sequence is completed. + +Gesture ID +========== + +Unlike other devices which sends multiple fingers' coordinates to host, +FSP processes multiple fingers' coordinates internally and convert them +into a 8 bits integer, namely 'Gesture ID.' Following is a list of +supported gesture IDs: + + ======= ================================== + ID Description + ======= ================================== + 0x86 2 finger straight up + 0x82 2 finger straight down + 0x80 2 finger straight right + 0x84 2 finger straight left + 0x8f 2 finger zoom in + 0x8b 2 finger zoom out + 0xc0 2 finger curve, counter clockwise + 0xc4 2 finger curve, clockwise + 0x2e 3 finger straight up + 0x2a 3 finger straight down + 0x28 3 finger straight right + 0x2c 3 finger straight left + 0x38 palm + ======= ================================== + +Register Listing +================ + +Registers are represented in 16 bits values. The higher 8 bits represent +the page address and the lower 8 bits represent the relative offset within +that particular page. Refer to the 'Programming Sequence for Page Register +Reading/Writing' section for instructions on how to change current page +address:: + + offset width default r/w name + 0x8200 bit7~bit0 0x01 RO device ID + + 0x8201 bit7~bit0 RW version ID + 0xc1: STL3888 Ax + 0xd0 ~ 0xd2: STL3888 Bx + 0xe0 ~ 0xe1: STL3888 Cx + 0xe2 ~ 0xe3: STL3888 Dx + + 0x8202 bit7~bit0 0x01 RO vendor ID + + 0x8203 bit7~bit0 0x01 RO product ID + + 0x8204 bit3~bit0 0x01 RW revision ID + + 0x820b test mode status 1 + bit3 1 RO 0: rotate 180 degree + 1: no rotation + *only supported by H/W prior to Cx + + 0x820f register file page control + bit2 0 RW 1: rotate 180 degree + 0: no rotation + *supported since Cx + + bit0 0 RW 1 to enable page 1 register files + *only supported by H/W prior to Cx + + 0x8210 RW system control 1 + bit0 1 RW Reserved, must be 1 + bit1 0 RW Reserved, must be 0 + bit4 0 RW Reserved, must be 0 + bit5 1 RW register clock gating enable + 0: read only, 1: read/write enable + (Note that following registers does not require clock gating being + enabled prior to write: 05 06 07 08 09 0c 0f 10 11 12 16 17 18 23 2e + 40 41 42 43. In addition to that, this bit must be 1 when gesture + mode is enabled) + + 0x8220 test mode status + bit5~bit4 RO number of buttons + 11 => 2, lbtn/rbtn + 10 => 4, lbtn/rbtn/scru/scrd + 01 => 6, lbtn/rbtn/scru/scrd/scrl/scrr + 00 => 6, lbtn/rbtn/scru/scrd/fbtn/bbtn + *only supported by H/W prior to Cx + + 0x8231 RW on-pad command detection + bit7 0 RW on-pad command left button down tag + enable + 0: disable, 1: enable + *only supported by H/W prior to Cx + + 0x8234 RW on-pad command control 5 + bit4~bit0 0x05 RW XLO in 0s/4/1, so 03h = 0010.1b = 2.5 + (Note that position unit is in 0.5 scanline) + *only supported by H/W prior to Cx + + bit7 0 RW on-pad tap zone enable + 0: disable, 1: enable + *only supported by H/W prior to Cx + + 0x8235 RW on-pad command control 6 + bit4~bit0 0x1d RW XHI in 0s/4/1, so 19h = 1100.1b = 12.5 + (Note that position unit is in 0.5 scanline) + *only supported by H/W prior to Cx + + 0x8236 RW on-pad command control 7 + bit4~bit0 0x04 RW YLO in 0s/4/1, so 03h = 0010.1b = 2.5 + (Note that position unit is in 0.5 scanline) + *only supported by H/W prior to Cx + + 0x8237 RW on-pad command control 8 + bit4~bit0 0x13 RW YHI in 0s/4/1, so 11h = 1000.1b = 8.5 + (Note that position unit is in 0.5 scanline) + *only supported by H/W prior to Cx + + 0x8240 RW system control 5 + bit1 0 RW FSP Intellimouse mode enable + 0: disable, 1: enable + *only supported by H/W prior to Cx + + bit2 0 RW movement + abs. coordinate mode enable + 0: disable, 1: enable + (Note that this function has the functionality of bit 1 even when + bit 1 is not set. However, the format is different from that of bit 1. + In addition, when bit 1 and bit 2 are set at the same time, bit 2 will + override bit 1.) + *only supported by H/W prior to Cx + + bit3 0 RW abs. coordinate only mode enable + 0: disable, 1: enable + (Note that this function has the functionality of bit 1 even when + bit 1 is not set. However, the format is different from that of bit 1. + In addition, when bit 1, bit 2 and bit 3 are set at the same time, + bit 3 will override bit 1 and 2.) + *only supported by H/W prior to Cx + + bit5 0 RW auto switch enable + 0: disable, 1: enable + *only supported by H/W prior to Cx + + bit6 0 RW G0 abs. + notify packet format enable + 0: disable, 1: enable + (Note that the absolute/relative coordinate output still depends on + bit 2 and 3. That is, if any of those bit is 1, host will receive + absolute coordinates; otherwise, host only receives packets with + relative coordinate.) + *only supported by H/W prior to Cx + + bit7 0 RW EN_PS2_F2: PS/2 gesture mode 2nd + finger packet enable + 0: disable, 1: enable + *only supported by H/W prior to Cx + + 0x8243 RW on-pad control + bit0 0 RW on-pad control enable + 0: disable, 1: enable + (Note that if this bit is cleared, bit 3/5 will be ineffective) + *only supported by H/W prior to Cx + + bit3 0 RW on-pad fix vertical scrolling enable + 0: disable, 1: enable + *only supported by H/W prior to Cx + + bit5 0 RW on-pad fix horizontal scrolling enable + 0: disable, 1: enable + *only supported by H/W prior to Cx + + 0x8290 RW software control register 1 + bit0 0 RW absolute coordination mode + 0: disable, 1: enable + *supported since Cx + + bit1 0 RW gesture ID output + 0: disable, 1: enable + *supported since Cx + + bit2 0 RW two fingers' coordinates output + 0: disable, 1: enable + *supported since Cx + + bit3 0 RW finger up one packet output + 0: disable, 1: enable + *supported since Cx + + bit4 0 RW absolute coordination continuous mode + 0: disable, 1: enable + *supported since Cx + + bit6~bit5 00 RW gesture group selection + 00: basic + 01: suite + 10: suite pro + 11: advanced + *supported since Cx + + bit7 0 RW Bx packet output compatible mode + 0: disable, 1: enable + *supported since Cx + *supported since Cx + + + 0x833d RW on-pad command control 1 + bit7 1 RW on-pad command detection enable + 0: disable, 1: enable + *supported since Cx + + 0x833e RW on-pad command detection + bit7 0 RW on-pad command left button down tag + enable. Works only in H/W based PS/2 + data packet mode. + 0: disable, 1: enable + *supported since Cx diff --git a/Documentation/input/sentelic.txt b/Documentation/input/sentelic.txt deleted file mode 100644 index d1a476f973b1..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/input/sentelic.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,901 +0,0 @@ -.. include:: - -=============== -Sentelic Driver -=============== - - -:Copyright: |copy| 2002-2011 Sentelic Corporation. - -:Last update: Dec-07-2011 - -Finger Sensing Pad Intellimouse Mode(scrolling wheel, 4th and 5th buttons) -========================================================================== - -A) MSID 4: Scrolling wheel mode plus Forward page(4th button) and Backward - page (5th button) - -1. Set sample rate to 200; -2. Set sample rate to 200; -3. Set sample rate to 80; -4. Issuing the "Get device ID" command (0xF2) and waits for the response; -5. FSP will respond 0x04. - -:: - - Packet 1 - Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------| - 1 |Y|X|y|x|1|M|R|L| 2 |X|X|X|X|X|X|X|X| 3 |Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y| 4 | | |B|F|W|W|W|W| - |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| - - Byte 1: Bit7 => Y overflow - Bit6 => X overflow - Bit5 => Y sign bit - Bit4 => X sign bit - Bit3 => 1 - Bit2 => Middle Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. - Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. - Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. - Byte 2: X Movement(9-bit 2's complement integers) - Byte 3: Y Movement(9-bit 2's complement integers) - Byte 4: Bit3~Bit0 => the scrolling wheel's movement since the last data report. - valid values, -8 ~ +7 - Bit4 => 1 = 4th mouse button is pressed, Forward one page. - 0 = 4th mouse button is not pressed. - Bit5 => 1 = 5th mouse button is pressed, Backward one page. - 0 = 5th mouse button is not pressed. - -B) MSID 6: Horizontal and Vertical scrolling - -- Set bit 1 in register 0x40 to 1 - -FSP replaces scrolling wheel's movement as 4 bits to show horizontal and -vertical scrolling. - -:: - - Packet 1 - Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------| - 1 |Y|X|y|x|1|M|R|L| 2 |X|X|X|X|X|X|X|X| 3 |Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y| 4 | | |B|F|r|l|u|d| - |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| - - Byte 1: Bit7 => Y overflow - Bit6 => X overflow - Bit5 => Y sign bit - Bit4 => X sign bit - Bit3 => 1 - Bit2 => Middle Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. - Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. - Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. - Byte 2: X Movement(9-bit 2's complement integers) - Byte 3: Y Movement(9-bit 2's complement integers) - Byte 4: Bit0 => the Vertical scrolling movement downward. - Bit1 => the Vertical scrolling movement upward. - Bit2 => the Horizontal scrolling movement leftward. - Bit3 => the Horizontal scrolling movement rightward. - Bit4 => 1 = 4th mouse button is pressed, Forward one page. - 0 = 4th mouse button is not pressed. - Bit5 => 1 = 5th mouse button is pressed, Backward one page. - 0 = 5th mouse button is not pressed. - -C) MSID 7 - -FSP uses 2 packets (8 Bytes) to represent Absolute Position. -so we have PACKET NUMBER to identify packets. - - If PACKET NUMBER is 0, the packet is Packet 1. - If PACKET NUMBER is 1, the packet is Packet 2. - Please count this number in program. - -MSID6 special packet will be enable at the same time when enable MSID 7. - -Absolute position for STL3886-G0 -================================ - -1. Set bit 2 or 3 in register 0x40 to 1 -2. Set bit 6 in register 0x40 to 1 - -:: - - Packet 1 (ABSOLUTE POSITION) - Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------| - 1 |0|1|V|1|1|M|R|L| 2 |X|X|X|X|X|X|X|X| 3 |Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y| 4 |r|l|d|u|X|X|Y|Y| - |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| - - Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet - => 01, Absolute coordination packet - => 10, Notify packet - Bit5 => valid bit - Bit4 => 1 - Bit3 => 1 - Bit2 => Middle Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. - Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. - Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. - Byte 2: X coordinate (xpos[9:2]) - Byte 3: Y coordinate (ypos[9:2]) - Byte 4: Bit1~Bit0 => Y coordinate (xpos[1:0]) - Bit3~Bit2 => X coordinate (ypos[1:0]) - Bit4 => scroll up - Bit5 => scroll down - Bit6 => scroll left - Bit7 => scroll right - - Notify Packet for G0 - Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------| - 1 |1|0|0|1|1|M|R|L| 2 |C|C|C|C|C|C|C|C| 3 |M|M|M|M|M|M|M|M| 4 |0|0|0|0|0|0|0|0| - |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| - - Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet - => 01, Absolute coordination packet - => 10, Notify packet - Bit5 => 0 - Bit4 => 1 - Bit3 => 1 - Bit2 => Middle Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. - Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. - Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. - Byte 2: Message Type => 0x5A (Enable/Disable status packet) - Mode Type => 0xA5 (Normal/Icon mode status) - Byte 3: Message Type => 0x00 (Disabled) - => 0x01 (Enabled) - Mode Type => 0x00 (Normal) - => 0x01 (Icon) - Byte 4: Bit7~Bit0 => Don't Care - -Absolute position for STL3888-Ax -================================ - -:: - - Packet 1 (ABSOLUTE POSITION) - Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------| - 1 |0|1|V|A|1|L|0|1| 2 |X|X|X|X|X|X|X|X| 3 |Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y| 4 |x|x|y|y|X|X|Y|Y| - |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| - - Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet - => 01, Absolute coordination packet - => 10, Notify packet - => 11, Normal data packet with on-pad click - Bit5 => Valid bit, 0 means that the coordinate is invalid or finger up. - When both fingers are up, the last two reports have zero valid - bit. - Bit4 => arc - Bit3 => 1 - Bit2 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is released. - Bit1 => 0 - Bit0 => 1 - Byte 2: X coordinate (xpos[9:2]) - Byte 3: Y coordinate (ypos[9:2]) - Byte 4: Bit1~Bit0 => Y coordinate (xpos[1:0]) - Bit3~Bit2 => X coordinate (ypos[1:0]) - Bit5~Bit4 => y1_g - Bit7~Bit6 => x1_g - - Packet 2 (ABSOLUTE POSITION) - Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------| - 1 |0|1|V|A|1|R|1|0| 2 |X|X|X|X|X|X|X|X| 3 |Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y| 4 |x|x|y|y|X|X|Y|Y| - |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| - - Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet - => 01, Absolute coordinates packet - => 10, Notify packet - => 11, Normal data packet with on-pad click - Bit5 => Valid bit, 0 means that the coordinate is invalid or finger up. - When both fingers are up, the last two reports have zero valid - bit. - Bit4 => arc - Bit3 => 1 - Bit2 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is released. - Bit1 => 1 - Bit0 => 0 - Byte 2: X coordinate (xpos[9:2]) - Byte 3: Y coordinate (ypos[9:2]) - Byte 4: Bit1~Bit0 => Y coordinate (xpos[1:0]) - Bit3~Bit2 => X coordinate (ypos[1:0]) - Bit5~Bit4 => y2_g - Bit7~Bit6 => x2_g - - Notify Packet for STL3888-Ax - Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------| - 1 |1|0|1|P|1|M|R|L| 2 |C|C|C|C|C|C|C|C| 3 |0|0|F|F|0|0|0|i| 4 |r|l|d|u|0|0|0|0| - |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| - - Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet - => 01, Absolute coordinates packet - => 10, Notify packet - => 11, Normal data packet with on-pad click - Bit5 => 1 - Bit4 => when in absolute coordinates mode (valid when EN_PKT_GO is 1): - 0: left button is generated by the on-pad command - 1: left button is generated by the external button - Bit3 => 1 - Bit2 => Middle Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. - Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. - Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. - Byte 2: Message Type => 0xB7 (Multi Finger, Multi Coordinate mode) - Byte 3: Bit7~Bit6 => Don't care - Bit5~Bit4 => Number of fingers - Bit3~Bit1 => Reserved - Bit0 => 1: enter gesture mode; 0: leaving gesture mode - Byte 4: Bit7 => scroll right button - Bit6 => scroll left button - Bit5 => scroll down button - Bit4 => scroll up button - * Note that if gesture and additional button (Bit4~Bit7) - happen at the same time, the button information will not - be sent. - Bit3~Bit0 => Reserved - -Sample sequence of Multi-finger, Multi-coordinate mode: - - notify packet (valid bit == 1), abs pkt 1, abs pkt 2, abs pkt 1, - abs pkt 2, ..., notify packet (valid bit == 0) - -Absolute position for STL3888-B0 -================================ - -:: - - Packet 1(ABSOLUTE POSITION) - Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------| - 1 |0|1|V|F|1|0|R|L| 2 |X|X|X|X|X|X|X|X| 3 |Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y| 4 |r|l|u|d|X|X|Y|Y| - |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| - - Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet - => 01, Absolute coordinates packet - => 10, Notify packet - => 11, Normal data packet with on-pad click - Bit5 => Valid bit, 0 means that the coordinate is invalid or finger up. - When both fingers are up, the last two reports have zero valid - bit. - Bit4 => finger up/down information. 1: finger down, 0: finger up. - Bit3 => 1 - Bit2 => finger index, 0 is the first finger, 1 is the second finger. - Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. - Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. - Byte 2: X coordinate (xpos[9:2]) - Byte 3: Y coordinate (ypos[9:2]) - Byte 4: Bit1~Bit0 => Y coordinate (xpos[1:0]) - Bit3~Bit2 => X coordinate (ypos[1:0]) - Bit4 => scroll down button - Bit5 => scroll up button - Bit6 => scroll left button - Bit7 => scroll right button - - Packet 2 (ABSOLUTE POSITION) - Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------| - 1 |0|1|V|F|1|1|R|L| 2 |X|X|X|X|X|X|X|X| 3 |Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y| 4 |r|l|u|d|X|X|Y|Y| - |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| - - Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet - => 01, Absolute coordination packet - => 10, Notify packet - => 11, Normal data packet with on-pad click - Bit5 => Valid bit, 0 means that the coordinate is invalid or finger up. - When both fingers are up, the last two reports have zero valid - bit. - Bit4 => finger up/down information. 1: finger down, 0: finger up. - Bit3 => 1 - Bit2 => finger index, 0 is the first finger, 1 is the second finger. - Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. - Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. - Byte 2: X coordinate (xpos[9:2]) - Byte 3: Y coordinate (ypos[9:2]) - Byte 4: Bit1~Bit0 => Y coordinate (xpos[1:0]) - Bit3~Bit2 => X coordinate (ypos[1:0]) - Bit4 => scroll down button - Bit5 => scroll up button - Bit6 => scroll left button - Bit7 => scroll right button - -Notify Packet for STL3888-B0:: - - Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------| - 1 |1|0|1|P|1|M|R|L| 2 |C|C|C|C|C|C|C|C| 3 |0|0|F|F|0|0|0|i| 4 |r|l|u|d|0|0|0|0| - |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| - - Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet - => 01, Absolute coordination packet - => 10, Notify packet - => 11, Normal data packet with on-pad click - Bit5 => 1 - Bit4 => when in absolute coordinates mode (valid when EN_PKT_GO is 1): - 0: left button is generated by the on-pad command - 1: left button is generated by the external button - Bit3 => 1 - Bit2 => Middle Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. - Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. - Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. - Byte 2: Message Type => 0xB7 (Multi Finger, Multi Coordinate mode) - Byte 3: Bit7~Bit6 => Don't care - Bit5~Bit4 => Number of fingers - Bit3~Bit1 => Reserved - Bit0 => 1: enter gesture mode; 0: leaving gesture mode - Byte 4: Bit7 => scroll right button - Bit6 => scroll left button - Bit5 => scroll up button - Bit4 => scroll down button - * Note that if gesture and additional button(Bit4~Bit7) - happen at the same time, the button information will not - be sent. - Bit3~Bit0 => Reserved - -Sample sequence of Multi-finger, Multi-coordinate mode: - - notify packet (valid bit == 1), abs pkt 1, abs pkt 2, abs pkt 1, - abs pkt 2, ..., notify packet (valid bit == 0) - -Absolute position for STL3888-Cx and STL3888-Dx -=============================================== - -:: - - Single Finger, Absolute Coordinate Mode (SFAC) - Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------| - 1 |0|1|0|P|1|M|R|L| 2 |X|X|X|X|X|X|X|X| 3 |Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y| 4 |r|l|B|F|X|X|Y|Y| - |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| - - Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet - => 01, Absolute coordinates packet - => 10, Notify packet - Bit5 => Coordinate mode(always 0 in SFAC mode): - 0: single-finger absolute coordinates (SFAC) mode - 1: multi-finger, multiple coordinates (MFMC) mode - Bit4 => 0: The LEFT button is generated by on-pad command (OPC) - 1: The LEFT button is generated by external button - Default is 1 even if the LEFT button is not pressed. - Bit3 => Always 1, as specified by PS/2 protocol. - Bit2 => Middle Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. - Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. - Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. - Byte 2: X coordinate (xpos[9:2]) - Byte 3: Y coordinate (ypos[9:2]) - Byte 4: Bit1~Bit0 => Y coordinate (xpos[1:0]) - Bit3~Bit2 => X coordinate (ypos[1:0]) - Bit4 => 4th mouse button(forward one page) - Bit5 => 5th mouse button(backward one page) - Bit6 => scroll left button - Bit7 => scroll right button - - Multi Finger, Multiple Coordinates Mode (MFMC): - Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------| - 1 |0|1|1|P|1|F|R|L| 2 |X|X|X|X|X|X|X|X| 3 |Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y|Y| 4 |r|l|B|F|X|X|Y|Y| - |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| - - Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet - => 01, Absolute coordination packet - => 10, Notify packet - Bit5 => Coordinate mode (always 1 in MFMC mode): - 0: single-finger absolute coordinates (SFAC) mode - 1: multi-finger, multiple coordinates (MFMC) mode - Bit4 => 0: The LEFT button is generated by on-pad command (OPC) - 1: The LEFT button is generated by external button - Default is 1 even if the LEFT button is not pressed. - Bit3 => Always 1, as specified by PS/2 protocol. - Bit2 => Finger index, 0 is the first finger, 1 is the second finger. - If bit 1 and 0 are all 1 and bit 4 is 0, the middle external - button is pressed. - Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. - Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. - Byte 2: X coordinate (xpos[9:2]) - Byte 3: Y coordinate (ypos[9:2]) - Byte 4: Bit1~Bit0 => Y coordinate (xpos[1:0]) - Bit3~Bit2 => X coordinate (ypos[1:0]) - Bit4 => 4th mouse button(forward one page) - Bit5 => 5th mouse button(backward one page) - Bit6 => scroll left button - Bit7 => scroll right button - -When one of the two fingers is up, the device will output four consecutive -MFMC#0 report packets with zero X and Y to represent 1st finger is up or -four consecutive MFMC#1 report packets with zero X and Y to represent that -the 2nd finger is up. On the other hand, if both fingers are up, the device -will output four consecutive single-finger, absolute coordinate(SFAC) packets -with zero X and Y. - -Notify Packet for STL3888-Cx/Dx:: - - Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------| - 1 |1|0|0|P|1|M|R|L| 2 |C|C|C|C|C|C|C|C| 3 |0|0|F|F|0|0|0|i| 4 |r|l|u|d|0|0|0|0| - |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| - - Byte 1: Bit7~Bit6 => 00, Normal data packet - => 01, Absolute coordinates packet - => 10, Notify packet - Bit5 => Always 0 - Bit4 => 0: The LEFT button is generated by on-pad command(OPC) - 1: The LEFT button is generated by external button - Default is 1 even if the LEFT button is not pressed. - Bit3 => 1 - Bit2 => Middle Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. - Bit1 => Right Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. - Bit0 => Left Button, 1 is pressed, 0 is not pressed. - Byte 2: Message type: - 0xba => gesture information - 0xc0 => one finger hold-rotating gesture - Byte 3: The first parameter for the received message: - 0xba => gesture ID (refer to the 'Gesture ID' section) - 0xc0 => region ID - Byte 4: The second parameter for the received message: - 0xba => N/A - 0xc0 => finger up/down information - -Sample sequence of Multi-finger, Multi-coordinates mode: - - notify packet (valid bit == 1), MFMC packet 1 (byte 1, bit 2 == 0), - MFMC packet 2 (byte 1, bit 2 == 1), MFMC packet 1, MFMC packet 2, - ..., notify packet (valid bit == 0) - - That is, when the device is in MFMC mode, the host will receive - interleaved absolute coordinate packets for each finger. - -FSP Enable/Disable packet -========================= - -:: - - Bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 - BYTE |---------------|BYTE |---------------|BYTE|---------------|BYTE|---------------| - 1 |Y|X|0|0|1|M|R|L| 2 |0|1|0|1|1|0|1|E| 3 | | | | | | | | | 4 | | | | | | | | | - |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| |---------------| - - FSP will send out enable/disable packet when FSP receive PS/2 enable/disable - command. Host will receive the packet which Middle, Right, Left button will - be set. The packet only use byte 0 and byte 1 as a pattern of original packet. - Ignore the other bytes of the packet. - - Byte 1: Bit7 => 0, Y overflow - Bit6 => 0, X overflow - Bit5 => 0, Y sign bit - Bit4 => 0, X sign bit - Bit3 => 1 - Bit2 => 1, Middle Button - Bit1 => 1, Right Button - Bit0 => 1, Left Button - Byte 2: Bit7~1 => (0101101b) - Bit0 => 1 = Enable - 0 = Disable - Byte 3: Don't care - Byte 4: Don't care (MOUSE ID 3, 4) - Byte 5~8: Don't care (Absolute packet) - -PS/2 Command Set -================ - -FSP supports basic PS/2 commanding set and modes, refer to following URL for -details about PS/2 commands: - -http://www.computer-engineering.org/ps2mouse/ - -Programming Sequence for Determining Packet Parsing Flow -======================================================== - -1. Identify FSP by reading device ID(0x00) and version(0x01) register - -2. For FSP version < STL3888 Cx, determine number of buttons by reading - the 'test mode status' (0x20) register:: - - buttons = reg[0x20] & 0x30 - - if buttons == 0x30 or buttons == 0x20: - # two/four buttons - Refer to 'Finger Sensing Pad PS/2 Mouse Intellimouse' - section A for packet parsing detail(ignore byte 4, bit ~ 7) - elif buttons == 0x10: - # 6 buttons - Refer to 'Finger Sensing Pad PS/2 Mouse Intellimouse' - section B for packet parsing detail - elif buttons == 0x00: - # 6 buttons - Refer to 'Finger Sensing Pad PS/2 Mouse Intellimouse' - section A for packet parsing detail - -3. For FSP version >= STL3888 Cx: - Refer to 'Finger Sensing Pad PS/2 Mouse Intellimouse' - section A for packet parsing detail (ignore byte 4, bit ~ 7) - -Programming Sequence for Register Reading/Writing -================================================= - -Register inversion requirement: - -Following values needed to be inverted(the '~' operator in C) before being -sent to FSP:: - - 0xe8, 0xe9, 0xee, 0xf2, 0xf3 and 0xff. - -Register swapping requirement: - -Following values needed to have their higher 4 bits and lower 4 bits being -swapped before being sent to FSP:: - - 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100 and 200. - -Register reading sequence: - - 1. send 0xf3 PS/2 command to FSP; - - 2. send 0x66 PS/2 command to FSP; - - 3. send 0x88 PS/2 command to FSP; - - 4. send 0xf3 PS/2 command to FSP; - - 5. if the register address being to read is not required to be - inverted(refer to the 'Register inversion requirement' section), - goto step 6 - - a. send 0x68 PS/2 command to FSP; - - b. send the inverted register address to FSP and goto step 8; - - 6. if the register address being to read is not required to be - swapped(refer to the 'Register swapping requirement' section), - goto step 7 - - a. send 0xcc PS/2 command to FSP; - - b. send the swapped register address to FSP and goto step 8; - - 7. send 0x66 PS/2 command to FSP; - - a. send the original register address to FSP and goto step 8; - - 8. send 0xe9(status request) PS/2 command to FSP; - - 9. the 4th byte of the response read from FSP should be the - requested register value(?? indicates don't care byte):: - - host: 0xe9 - 3888: 0xfa (??) (??) (val) - - * Note that since the Cx release, the hardware will return 1's - complement of the register value at the 3rd byte of status request - result:: - - host: 0xe9 - 3888: 0xfa (??) (~val) (val) - -Register writing sequence: - - 1. send 0xf3 PS/2 command to FSP; - - 2. if the register address being to write is not required to be - inverted(refer to the 'Register inversion requirement' section), - goto step 3 - - a. send 0x74 PS/2 command to FSP; - - b. send the inverted register address to FSP and goto step 5; - - 3. if the register address being to write is not required to be - swapped(refer to the 'Register swapping requirement' section), - goto step 4 - - a. send 0x77 PS/2 command to FSP; - - b. send the swapped register address to FSP and goto step 5; - - 4. send 0x55 PS/2 command to FSP; - - a. send the register address to FSP and goto step 5; - - 5. send 0xf3 PS/2 command to FSP; - - 6. if the register value being to write is not required to be - inverted(refer to the 'Register inversion requirement' section), - goto step 7 - - a. send 0x47 PS/2 command to FSP; - - b. send the inverted register value to FSP and goto step 9; - - 7. if the register value being to write is not required to be - swapped(refer to the 'Register swapping requirement' section), - goto step 8 - - a. send 0x44 PS/2 command to FSP; - - b. send the swapped register value to FSP and goto step 9; - - 8. send 0x33 PS/2 command to FSP; - - a. send the register value to FSP; - - 9. the register writing sequence is completed. - - * Since the Cx release, the hardware will return 1's - complement of the register value at the 3rd byte of status request - result. Host can optionally send another 0xe9 (status request) PS/2 - command to FSP at the end of register writing to verify that the - register writing operation is successful (?? indicates don't care - byte):: - - host: 0xe9 - 3888: 0xfa (??) (~val) (val) - -Programming Sequence for Page Register Reading/Writing -====================================================== - -In order to overcome the limitation of maximum number of registers -supported, the hardware separates register into different groups called -'pages.' Each page is able to include up to 255 registers. - -The default page after power up is 0x82; therefore, if one has to get -access to register 0x8301, one has to use following sequence to switch -to page 0x83, then start reading/writing from/to offset 0x01 by using -the register read/write sequence described in previous section. - -Page register reading sequence: - - 1. send 0xf3 PS/2 command to FSP; - - 2. send 0x66 PS/2 command to FSP; - - 3. send 0x88 PS/2 command to FSP; - - 4. send 0xf3 PS/2 command to FSP; - - 5. send 0x83 PS/2 command to FSP; - - 6. send 0x88 PS/2 command to FSP; - - 7. send 0xe9(status request) PS/2 command to FSP; - - 8. the response read from FSP should be the requested page value. - - -Page register writing sequence: - - 1. send 0xf3 PS/2 command to FSP; - - 2. send 0x38 PS/2 command to FSP; - - 3. send 0x88 PS/2 command to FSP; - - 4. send 0xf3 PS/2 command to FSP; - - 5. if the page address being written is not required to be - inverted(refer to the 'Register inversion requirement' section), - goto step 6 - - a. send 0x47 PS/2 command to FSP; - - b. send the inverted page address to FSP and goto step 9; - - 6. if the page address being written is not required to be - swapped(refer to the 'Register swapping requirement' section), - goto step 7 - - a. send 0x44 PS/2 command to FSP; - - b. send the swapped page address to FSP and goto step 9; - - 7. send 0x33 PS/2 command to FSP; - - 8. send the page address to FSP; - - 9. the page register writing sequence is completed. - -Gesture ID -========== - -Unlike other devices which sends multiple fingers' coordinates to host, -FSP processes multiple fingers' coordinates internally and convert them -into a 8 bits integer, namely 'Gesture ID.' Following is a list of -supported gesture IDs: - - ======= ================================== - ID Description - ======= ================================== - 0x86 2 finger straight up - 0x82 2 finger straight down - 0x80 2 finger straight right - 0x84 2 finger straight left - 0x8f 2 finger zoom in - 0x8b 2 finger zoom out - 0xc0 2 finger curve, counter clockwise - 0xc4 2 finger curve, clockwise - 0x2e 3 finger straight up - 0x2a 3 finger straight down - 0x28 3 finger straight right - 0x2c 3 finger straight left - 0x38 palm - ======= ================================== - -Register Listing -================ - -Registers are represented in 16 bits values. The higher 8 bits represent -the page address and the lower 8 bits represent the relative offset within -that particular page. Refer to the 'Programming Sequence for Page Register -Reading/Writing' section for instructions on how to change current page -address:: - - offset width default r/w name - 0x8200 bit7~bit0 0x01 RO device ID - - 0x8201 bit7~bit0 RW version ID - 0xc1: STL3888 Ax - 0xd0 ~ 0xd2: STL3888 Bx - 0xe0 ~ 0xe1: STL3888 Cx - 0xe2 ~ 0xe3: STL3888 Dx - - 0x8202 bit7~bit0 0x01 RO vendor ID - - 0x8203 bit7~bit0 0x01 RO product ID - - 0x8204 bit3~bit0 0x01 RW revision ID - - 0x820b test mode status 1 - bit3 1 RO 0: rotate 180 degree - 1: no rotation - *only supported by H/W prior to Cx - - 0x820f register file page control - bit2 0 RW 1: rotate 180 degree - 0: no rotation - *supported since Cx - - bit0 0 RW 1 to enable page 1 register files - *only supported by H/W prior to Cx - - 0x8210 RW system control 1 - bit0 1 RW Reserved, must be 1 - bit1 0 RW Reserved, must be 0 - bit4 0 RW Reserved, must be 0 - bit5 1 RW register clock gating enable - 0: read only, 1: read/write enable - (Note that following registers does not require clock gating being - enabled prior to write: 05 06 07 08 09 0c 0f 10 11 12 16 17 18 23 2e - 40 41 42 43. In addition to that, this bit must be 1 when gesture - mode is enabled) - - 0x8220 test mode status - bit5~bit4 RO number of buttons - 11 => 2, lbtn/rbtn - 10 => 4, lbtn/rbtn/scru/scrd - 01 => 6, lbtn/rbtn/scru/scrd/scrl/scrr - 00 => 6, lbtn/rbtn/scru/scrd/fbtn/bbtn - *only supported by H/W prior to Cx - - 0x8231 RW on-pad command detection - bit7 0 RW on-pad command left button down tag - enable - 0: disable, 1: enable - *only supported by H/W prior to Cx - - 0x8234 RW on-pad command control 5 - bit4~bit0 0x05 RW XLO in 0s/4/1, so 03h = 0010.1b = 2.5 - (Note that position unit is in 0.5 scanline) - *only supported by H/W prior to Cx - - bit7 0 RW on-pad tap zone enable - 0: disable, 1: enable - *only supported by H/W prior to Cx - - 0x8235 RW on-pad command control 6 - bit4~bit0 0x1d RW XHI in 0s/4/1, so 19h = 1100.1b = 12.5 - (Note that position unit is in 0.5 scanline) - *only supported by H/W prior to Cx - - 0x8236 RW on-pad command control 7 - bit4~bit0 0x04 RW YLO in 0s/4/1, so 03h = 0010.1b = 2.5 - (Note that position unit is in 0.5 scanline) - *only supported by H/W prior to Cx - - 0x8237 RW on-pad command control 8 - bit4~bit0 0x13 RW YHI in 0s/4/1, so 11h = 1000.1b = 8.5 - (Note that position unit is in 0.5 scanline) - *only supported by H/W prior to Cx - - 0x8240 RW system control 5 - bit1 0 RW FSP Intellimouse mode enable - 0: disable, 1: enable - *only supported by H/W prior to Cx - - bit2 0 RW movement + abs. coordinate mode enable - 0: disable, 1: enable - (Note that this function has the functionality of bit 1 even when - bit 1 is not set. However, the format is different from that of bit 1. - In addition, when bit 1 and bit 2 are set at the same time, bit 2 will - override bit 1.) - *only supported by H/W prior to Cx - - bit3 0 RW abs. coordinate only mode enable - 0: disable, 1: enable - (Note that this function has the functionality of bit 1 even when - bit 1 is not set. However, the format is different from that of bit 1. - In addition, when bit 1, bit 2 and bit 3 are set at the same time, - bit 3 will override bit 1 and 2.) - *only supported by H/W prior to Cx - - bit5 0 RW auto switch enable - 0: disable, 1: enable - *only supported by H/W prior to Cx - - bit6 0 RW G0 abs. + notify packet format enable - 0: disable, 1: enable - (Note that the absolute/relative coordinate output still depends on - bit 2 and 3. That is, if any of those bit is 1, host will receive - absolute coordinates; otherwise, host only receives packets with - relative coordinate.) - *only supported by H/W prior to Cx - - bit7 0 RW EN_PS2_F2: PS/2 gesture mode 2nd - finger packet enable - 0: disable, 1: enable - *only supported by H/W prior to Cx - - 0x8243 RW on-pad control - bit0 0 RW on-pad control enable - 0: disable, 1: enable - (Note that if this bit is cleared, bit 3/5 will be ineffective) - *only supported by H/W prior to Cx - - bit3 0 RW on-pad fix vertical scrolling enable - 0: disable, 1: enable - *only supported by H/W prior to Cx - - bit5 0 RW on-pad fix horizontal scrolling enable - 0: disable, 1: enable - *only supported by H/W prior to Cx - - 0x8290 RW software control register 1 - bit0 0 RW absolute coordination mode - 0: disable, 1: enable - *supported since Cx - - bit1 0 RW gesture ID output - 0: disable, 1: enable - *supported since Cx - - bit2 0 RW two fingers' coordinates output - 0: disable, 1: enable - *supported since Cx - - bit3 0 RW finger up one packet output - 0: disable, 1: enable - *supported since Cx - - bit4 0 RW absolute coordination continuous mode - 0: disable, 1: enable - *supported since Cx - - bit6~bit5 00 RW gesture group selection - 00: basic - 01: suite - 10: suite pro - 11: advanced - *supported since Cx - - bit7 0 RW Bx packet output compatible mode - 0: disable, 1: enable - *supported since Cx - *supported since Cx - - - 0x833d RW on-pad command control 1 - bit7 1 RW on-pad command detection enable - 0: disable, 1: enable - *supported since Cx - - 0x833e RW on-pad command detection - bit7 0 RW on-pad command left button down tag - enable. Works only in H/W based PS/2 - data packet mode. - 0: disable, 1: enable - *supported since Cx diff --git a/Documentation/input/userio.rst b/Documentation/input/userio.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..f780c77931fe --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/input/userio.rst @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +.. include:: + +=================== +The userio Protocol +=================== + + +:Copyright: |copy| 2015 Stephen Chandler Paul + +Sponsored by Red Hat + + +Introduction +============= + +This module is intended to try to make the lives of input driver developers +easier by allowing them to test various serio devices (mainly the various +touchpads found on laptops) without having to have the physical device in front +of them. userio accomplishes this by allowing any privileged userspace program +to directly interact with the kernel's serio driver and control a virtual serio +port from there. + +Usage overview +============== + +In order to interact with the userio kernel module, one simply opens the +/dev/userio character device in their applications. Commands are sent to the +kernel module by writing to the device, and any data received from the serio +driver is read as-is from the /dev/userio device. All of the structures and +macros you need to interact with the device are defined in and +. + +Command Structure +================= + +The struct used for sending commands to /dev/userio is as follows:: + + struct userio_cmd { + __u8 type; + __u8 data; + }; + +``type`` describes the type of command that is being sent. This can be any one +of the USERIO_CMD macros defined in . ``data`` is the argument +that goes along with the command. In the event that the command doesn't have an +argument, this field can be left untouched and will be ignored by the kernel. +Each command should be sent by writing the struct directly to the character +device. In the event that the command you send is invalid, an error will be +returned by the character device and a more descriptive error will be printed +to the kernel log. Only one command can be sent at a time, any additional data +written to the character device after the initial command will be ignored. + +To close the virtual serio port, just close /dev/userio. + +Commands +======== + +USERIO_CMD_REGISTER +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Registers the port with the serio driver and begins transmitting data back and +forth. Registration can only be performed once a port type is set with +USERIO_CMD_SET_PORT_TYPE. Has no argument. + +USERIO_CMD_SET_PORT_TYPE +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Sets the type of port we're emulating, where ``data`` is the port type being +set. Can be any of the macros from . For example: SERIO_8042 +would set the port type to be a normal PS/2 port. + +USERIO_CMD_SEND_INTERRUPT +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Sends an interrupt through the virtual serio port to the serio driver, where +``data`` is the interrupt data being sent. + +Userspace tools +=============== + +The userio userspace tools are able to record PS/2 devices using some of the +debugging information from i8042, and play back the devices on /dev/userio. The +latest version of these tools can be found at: + + https://github.com/Lyude/ps2emu diff --git a/Documentation/input/userio.txt b/Documentation/input/userio.txt deleted file mode 100644 index f780c77931fe..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/input/userio.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,85 +0,0 @@ -.. include:: - -=================== -The userio Protocol -=================== - - -:Copyright: |copy| 2015 Stephen Chandler Paul - -Sponsored by Red Hat - - -Introduction -============= - -This module is intended to try to make the lives of input driver developers -easier by allowing them to test various serio devices (mainly the various -touchpads found on laptops) without having to have the physical device in front -of them. userio accomplishes this by allowing any privileged userspace program -to directly interact with the kernel's serio driver and control a virtual serio -port from there. - -Usage overview -============== - -In order to interact with the userio kernel module, one simply opens the -/dev/userio character device in their applications. Commands are sent to the -kernel module by writing to the device, and any data received from the serio -driver is read as-is from the /dev/userio device. All of the structures and -macros you need to interact with the device are defined in and -. - -Command Structure -================= - -The struct used for sending commands to /dev/userio is as follows:: - - struct userio_cmd { - __u8 type; - __u8 data; - }; - -``type`` describes the type of command that is being sent. This can be any one -of the USERIO_CMD macros defined in . ``data`` is the argument -that goes along with the command. In the event that the command doesn't have an -argument, this field can be left untouched and will be ignored by the kernel. -Each command should be sent by writing the struct directly to the character -device. In the event that the command you send is invalid, an error will be -returned by the character device and a more descriptive error will be printed -to the kernel log. Only one command can be sent at a time, any additional data -written to the character device after the initial command will be ignored. - -To close the virtual serio port, just close /dev/userio. - -Commands -======== - -USERIO_CMD_REGISTER -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -Registers the port with the serio driver and begins transmitting data back and -forth. Registration can only be performed once a port type is set with -USERIO_CMD_SET_PORT_TYPE. Has no argument. - -USERIO_CMD_SET_PORT_TYPE -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -Sets the type of port we're emulating, where ``data`` is the port type being -set. Can be any of the macros from . For example: SERIO_8042 -would set the port type to be a normal PS/2 port. - -USERIO_CMD_SEND_INTERRUPT -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -Sends an interrupt through the virtual serio port to the serio driver, where -``data`` is the interrupt data being sent. - -Userspace tools -=============== - -The userio userspace tools are able to record PS/2 devices using some of the -debugging information from i8042, and play back the devices on /dev/userio. The -latest version of these tools can be found at: - - https://github.com/Lyude/ps2emu diff --git a/Documentation/input/walkera0701.rst b/Documentation/input/walkera0701.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2adda99ca717 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/input/walkera0701.rst @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +=========================== +Walkera WK-0701 transmitter +=========================== + +Walkera WK-0701 transmitter is supplied with a ready to fly Walkera +helicopters such as HM36, HM37, HM60. The walkera0701 module enables to use +this transmitter as joystick + +Devel homepage and download: +http://zub.fei.tuke.sk/walkera-wk0701/ + +or use cogito: +cg-clone http://zub.fei.tuke.sk/GIT/walkera0701-joystick + + +Connecting to PC +================ + +At back side of transmitter S-video connector can be found. Modulation +pulses from processor to HF part can be found at pin 2 of this connector, +pin 3 is GND. Between pin 3 and CPU 5k6 resistor can be found. To get +modulation pulses to PC, signal pulses must be amplified. + +Cable: (walkera TX to parport) + +Walkera WK-0701 TX S-VIDEO connector:: + + (back side of TX) + __ __ S-video: canon25 + / |_| \ pin 2 (signal) NPN parport + / O 4 3 O \ pin 3 (GND) LED ________________ 10 ACK + ( O 2 1 O ) | C + \ ___ / 2 ________________________|\|_____|/ + | [___] | |/| B |\ + ------- 3 __________________________________|________________ 25 GND + E + +I use green LED and BC109 NPN transistor. + +Software +======== + +Build kernel with walkera0701 module. Module walkera0701 need exclusive +access to parport, modules like lp must be unloaded before loading +walkera0701 module, check dmesg for error messages. Connect TX to PC by +cable and run jstest /dev/input/js0 to see values from TX. If no value can +be changed by TX "joystick", check output from /proc/interrupts. Value for +(usually irq7) parport must increase if TX is on. + + + +Technical details +================= + +Driver use interrupt from parport ACK input bit to measure pulse length +using hrtimers. + +Frame format: +Based on walkera WK-0701 PCM Format description by Shaul Eizikovich. +(downloaded from http://www.smartpropoplus.com/Docs/Walkera_Wk-0701_PCM.pdf) + +Signal pulses +------------- + +:: + + (ANALOG) + SYNC BIN OCT + +---------+ +------+ + | | | | + --+ +------+ +--- + +Frame +----- + +:: + + SYNC , BIN1, OCT1, BIN2, OCT2 ... BIN24, OCT24, BIN25, next frame SYNC .. + +pulse length +------------ + +:: + + Binary values: Analog octal values: + + 288 uS Binary 0 318 uS 000 + 438 uS Binary 1 398 uS 001 + 478 uS 010 + 558 uS 011 + 638 uS 100 + 1306 uS SYNC 718 uS 101 + 798 uS 110 + 878 uS 111 + +24 bin+oct values + 1 bin value = 24*4+1 bits = 97 bits + +(Warning, pulses on ACK are inverted by transistor, irq is raised up on sync +to bin change or octal value to bin change). + +Binary data representations +--------------------------- + +One binary and octal value can be grouped to nibble. 24 nibbles + one binary +values can be sampled between sync pulses. + +Values for first four channels (analog joystick values) can be found in +first 10 nibbles. Analog value is represented by one sign bit and 9 bit +absolute binary value. (10 bits per channel). Next nibble is checksum for +first ten nibbles. + +Next nibbles 12 .. 21 represents four channels (not all channels can be +directly controlled from TX). Binary representations are the same as in first +four channels. In nibbles 22 and 23 is a special magic number. Nibble 24 is +checksum for nibbles 12..23. + +After last octal value for nibble 24 and next sync pulse one additional +binary value can be sampled. This bit and magic number is not used in +software driver. Some details about this magic numbers can be found in +Walkera_Wk-0701_PCM.pdf. + +Checksum calculation +-------------------- + +Summary of octal values in nibbles must be same as octal value in checksum +nibble (only first 3 bits are used). Binary value for checksum nibble is +calculated by sum of binary values in checked nibbles + sum of octal values +in checked nibbles divided by 8. Only bit 0 of this sum is used. diff --git a/Documentation/input/walkera0701.txt b/Documentation/input/walkera0701.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 2adda99ca717..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/input/walkera0701.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,128 +0,0 @@ -=========================== -Walkera WK-0701 transmitter -=========================== - -Walkera WK-0701 transmitter is supplied with a ready to fly Walkera -helicopters such as HM36, HM37, HM60. The walkera0701 module enables to use -this transmitter as joystick - -Devel homepage and download: -http://zub.fei.tuke.sk/walkera-wk0701/ - -or use cogito: -cg-clone http://zub.fei.tuke.sk/GIT/walkera0701-joystick - - -Connecting to PC -================ - -At back side of transmitter S-video connector can be found. Modulation -pulses from processor to HF part can be found at pin 2 of this connector, -pin 3 is GND. Between pin 3 and CPU 5k6 resistor can be found. To get -modulation pulses to PC, signal pulses must be amplified. - -Cable: (walkera TX to parport) - -Walkera WK-0701 TX S-VIDEO connector:: - - (back side of TX) - __ __ S-video: canon25 - / |_| \ pin 2 (signal) NPN parport - / O 4 3 O \ pin 3 (GND) LED ________________ 10 ACK - ( O 2 1 O ) | C - \ ___ / 2 ________________________|\|_____|/ - | [___] | |/| B |\ - ------- 3 __________________________________|________________ 25 GND - E - -I use green LED and BC109 NPN transistor. - -Software -======== - -Build kernel with walkera0701 module. Module walkera0701 need exclusive -access to parport, modules like lp must be unloaded before loading -walkera0701 module, check dmesg for error messages. Connect TX to PC by -cable and run jstest /dev/input/js0 to see values from TX. If no value can -be changed by TX "joystick", check output from /proc/interrupts. Value for -(usually irq7) parport must increase if TX is on. - - - -Technical details -================= - -Driver use interrupt from parport ACK input bit to measure pulse length -using hrtimers. - -Frame format: -Based on walkera WK-0701 PCM Format description by Shaul Eizikovich. -(downloaded from http://www.smartpropoplus.com/Docs/Walkera_Wk-0701_PCM.pdf) - -Signal pulses -------------- - -:: - - (ANALOG) - SYNC BIN OCT - +---------+ +------+ - | | | | - --+ +------+ +--- - -Frame ------ - -:: - - SYNC , BIN1, OCT1, BIN2, OCT2 ... BIN24, OCT24, BIN25, next frame SYNC .. - -pulse length ------------- - -:: - - Binary values: Analog octal values: - - 288 uS Binary 0 318 uS 000 - 438 uS Binary 1 398 uS 001 - 478 uS 010 - 558 uS 011 - 638 uS 100 - 1306 uS SYNC 718 uS 101 - 798 uS 110 - 878 uS 111 - -24 bin+oct values + 1 bin value = 24*4+1 bits = 97 bits - -(Warning, pulses on ACK are inverted by transistor, irq is raised up on sync -to bin change or octal value to bin change). - -Binary data representations ---------------------------- - -One binary and octal value can be grouped to nibble. 24 nibbles + one binary -values can be sampled between sync pulses. - -Values for first four channels (analog joystick values) can be found in -first 10 nibbles. Analog value is represented by one sign bit and 9 bit -absolute binary value. (10 bits per channel). Next nibble is checksum for -first ten nibbles. - -Next nibbles 12 .. 21 represents four channels (not all channels can be -directly controlled from TX). Binary representations are the same as in first -four channels. In nibbles 22 and 23 is a special magic number. Nibble 24 is -checksum for nibbles 12..23. - -After last octal value for nibble 24 and next sync pulse one additional -binary value can be sampled. This bit and magic number is not used in -software driver. Some details about this magic numbers can be found in -Walkera_Wk-0701_PCM.pdf. - -Checksum calculation --------------------- - -Summary of octal values in nibbles must be same as octal value in checksum -nibble (only first 3 bits are used). Binary value for checksum nibble is -calculated by sum of binary values in checked nibbles + sum of octal values -in checked nibbles divided by 8. Only bit 0 of this sum is used. diff --git a/Documentation/input/xpad.rst b/Documentation/input/xpad.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..0bae002cf17a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/input/xpad.rst @@ -0,0 +1,242 @@ +======================================================= +xpad - Linux USB driver for Xbox compatible controllers +======================================================= + +This driver exposes all first-party and third-party Xbox compatible +controllers. It has a long history and has enjoyed considerable usage +as Window's xinput library caused most PC games to focus on Xbox +controller compatibility. + +Due to backwards compatibility all buttons are reported as digital. +This only effects Original Xbox controllers. All later controller models +have only digital face buttons. + +Rumble is supported on some models of Xbox 360 controllers but not of +Original Xbox controllers nor on Xbox One controllers. As of writing +the Xbox One's rumble protocol has not been reverse engineered but in +the future could be supported. + + +Notes +===== + +The number of buttons/axes reported varies based on 3 things: + +- if you are using a known controller +- if you are using a known dance pad +- if using an unknown device (one not listed below), what you set in the + module configuration for "Map D-PAD to buttons rather than axes for unknown + pads" (module option dpad_to_buttons) + +If you set dpad_to_buttons to N and you are using an unknown device +the driver will map the directional pad to axes (X/Y). +If you said Y it will map the d-pad to buttons, which is needed for dance +style games to function correctly. The default is Y. + +dpad_to_buttons has no effect for known pads. A erroneous commit message +claimed dpad_to_buttons could be used to force behavior on known devices. +This is not true. Both dpad_to_buttons and triggers_to_buttons only affect +unknown controllers. + + +Normal Controllers +------------------ + +With a normal controller, the directional pad is mapped to its own X/Y axes. +The jstest-program from joystick-1.2.15 (jstest-version 2.1.0) will report 8 +axes and 10 buttons. + +All 8 axes work, though they all have the same range (-32768..32767) +and the zero-setting is not correct for the triggers (I don't know if that +is some limitation of jstest, since the input device setup should be fine. I +didn't have a look at jstest itself yet). + +All of the 10 buttons work (in digital mode). The six buttons on the +right side (A, B, X, Y, black, white) are said to be "analog" and +report their values as 8 bit unsigned, not sure what this is good for. + +I tested the controller with quake3, and configuration and +in game functionality were OK. However, I find it rather difficult to +play first person shooters with a pad. Your mileage may vary. + + +Xbox Dance Pads +--------------- + +When using a known dance pad, jstest will report 6 axes and 14 buttons. + +For dance style pads (like the redoctane pad) several changes +have been made. The old driver would map the d-pad to axes, resulting +in the driver being unable to report when the user was pressing both +left+right or up+down, making DDR style games unplayable. + +Known dance pads automatically map the d-pad to buttons and will work +correctly out of the box. + +If your dance pad is recognized by the driver but is using axes instead +of buttons, see section 0.3 - Unknown Controllers + +I've tested this with Stepmania, and it works quite well. + + +Unknown Controllers +------------------- + +If you have an unknown xbox controller, it should work just fine with +the default settings. + +HOWEVER if you have an unknown dance pad not listed below, it will not +work UNLESS you set "dpad_to_buttons" to 1 in the module configuration. + +PLEASE, if you have an unknown controller, email Dom with +a dump from /proc/bus/usb and a description of the pad (manufacturer, country, +whether it is a dance pad or normal controller) so that we can add your pad +to the list of supported devices, ensuring that it will work out of the +box in the future. + + +USB adapters +============ + +All generations of Xbox controllers speak USB over the wire. + +- Original Xbox controllers use a proprietary connector and require adapters. +- Wireless Xbox 360 controllers require a 'Xbox 360 Wireless Gaming Receiver + for Windows' +- Wired Xbox 360 controllers use standard USB connectors. +- Xbox One controllers can be wireless but speak Wi-Fi Direct and are not + yet supported. +- Xbox One controllers can be wired and use standard Micro-USB connectors. + + + +Original Xbox USB adapters +-------------------------- + +Using this driver with an Original Xbox controller requires an +adapter cable to break out the proprietary connector's pins to USB. +You can buy these online fairly cheap, or build your own. + +Such a cable is pretty easy to build. The Controller itself is a USB +compound device (a hub with three ports for two expansion slots and +the controller device) with the only difference in a nonstandard connector +(5 pins vs. 4 on standard USB 1.0 connectors). + +You just need to solder a USB connector onto the cable and keep the +yellow wire unconnected. The other pins have the same order on both +connectors so there is no magic to it. Detailed info on these matters +can be found on the net ([1], [2], [3]). + +Thanks to the trip splitter found on the cable you don't even need to cut the +original one. You can buy an extension cable and cut that instead. That way, +you can still use the controller with your X-Box, if you have one ;) + + + +Driver Installation +=================== + +Once you have the adapter cable, if needed, and the controller connected +the xpad module should be auto loaded. To confirm you can cat +/proc/bus/usb/devices. There should be an entry like the one at the end [4]. + + + +Supported Controllers +===================== + +For a full list of supported controllers and associated vendor and product +IDs see the xpad_device[] array[6]. + +As of the historic version 0.0.6 (2006-10-10) the following devices +were supported:: + + original Microsoft XBOX controller (US), vendor=0x045e, product=0x0202 + smaller Microsoft XBOX controller (US), vendor=0x045e, product=0x0289 + original Microsoft XBOX controller (Japan), vendor=0x045e, product=0x0285 + InterAct PowerPad Pro (Germany), vendor=0x05fd, product=0x107a + RedOctane Xbox Dance Pad (US), vendor=0x0c12, product=0x8809 + +Unrecognized models of Xbox controllers should function as Generic +Xbox controllers. Unrecognized Dance Pad controllers require setting +the module option 'dpad_to_buttons'. + +If you have an unrecognized controller please see 0.3 - Unknown Controllers + + +Manual Testing +============== + +To test this driver's functionality you may use 'jstest'. + +For example:: + + > modprobe xpad + > modprobe joydev + > jstest /dev/js0 + +If you're using a normal controller, there should be a single line showing +18 inputs (8 axes, 10 buttons), and its values should change if you move +the sticks and push the buttons. If you're using a dance pad, it should +show 20 inputs (6 axes, 14 buttons). + +It works? Voila, you're done ;) + + + +Thanks +====== + +I have to thank ITO Takayuki for the detailed info on his site + http://euc.jp/periphs/xbox-controller.ja.html. + +His useful info and both the usb-skeleton as well as the iforce input driver +(Greg Kroah-Hartmann; Vojtech Pavlik) helped a lot in rapid prototyping +the basic functionality. + + + +References +========== + +[1]: http://euc.jp/periphs/xbox-controller.ja.html (ITO Takayuki) + +[2]: http://xpad.xbox-scene.com/ + +[3]: http://www.markosweb.com/www/xboxhackz.com/ + +[4]: /proc/bus/usb/devices - dump from InterAct PowerPad Pro (Germany):: + + T: Bus=01 Lev=03 Prnt=04 Port=00 Cnt=01 Dev#= 5 Spd=12 MxCh= 0 + D: Ver= 1.10 Cls=00(>ifc ) Sub=00 Prot=00 MxPS=32 #Cfgs= 1 + P: Vendor=05fd ProdID=107a Rev= 1.00 + C:* #Ifs= 1 Cfg#= 1 Atr=80 MxPwr=100mA + I: If#= 0 Alt= 0 #EPs= 2 Cls=58(unk. ) Sub=42 Prot=00 Driver=(none) + E: Ad=81(I) Atr=03(Int.) MxPS= 32 Ivl= 10ms + E: Ad=02(O) Atr=03(Int.) MxPS= 32 Ivl= 10ms + +[5]: /proc/bus/usb/devices - dump from Redoctane Xbox Dance Pad (US):: + + T: Bus=01 Lev=02 Prnt=09 Port=00 Cnt=01 Dev#= 10 Spd=12 MxCh= 0 + D: Ver= 1.10 Cls=00(>ifc ) Sub=00 Prot=00 MxPS= 8 #Cfgs= 1 + P: Vendor=0c12 ProdID=8809 Rev= 0.01 + S: Product=XBOX DDR + C:* #Ifs= 1 Cfg#= 1 Atr=80 MxPwr=100mA + I: If#= 0 Alt= 0 #EPs= 2 Cls=58(unk. ) Sub=42 Prot=00 Driver=xpad + E: Ad=82(I) Atr=03(Int.) MxPS= 32 Ivl=4ms + E: Ad=02(O) Atr=03(Int.) MxPS= 32 Ivl=4ms + +[6]: http://lxr.free-electrons.com/ident?i=xpad_device + + + +Historic Edits +============== + +2002-07-16 - Marko Friedemann + - original doc + +2005-03-19 - Dominic Cerquetti + - added stuff for dance pads, new d-pad->axes mappings + +Later changes may be viewed with 'git log Documentation/input/xpad.txt' diff --git a/Documentation/input/xpad.txt b/Documentation/input/xpad.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 0bae002cf17a..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/input/xpad.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,242 +0,0 @@ -======================================================= -xpad - Linux USB driver for Xbox compatible controllers -======================================================= - -This driver exposes all first-party and third-party Xbox compatible -controllers. It has a long history and has enjoyed considerable usage -as Window's xinput library caused most PC games to focus on Xbox -controller compatibility. - -Due to backwards compatibility all buttons are reported as digital. -This only effects Original Xbox controllers. All later controller models -have only digital face buttons. - -Rumble is supported on some models of Xbox 360 controllers but not of -Original Xbox controllers nor on Xbox One controllers. As of writing -the Xbox One's rumble protocol has not been reverse engineered but in -the future could be supported. - - -Notes -===== - -The number of buttons/axes reported varies based on 3 things: - -- if you are using a known controller -- if you are using a known dance pad -- if using an unknown device (one not listed below), what you set in the - module configuration for "Map D-PAD to buttons rather than axes for unknown - pads" (module option dpad_to_buttons) - -If you set dpad_to_buttons to N and you are using an unknown device -the driver will map the directional pad to axes (X/Y). -If you said Y it will map the d-pad to buttons, which is needed for dance -style games to function correctly. The default is Y. - -dpad_to_buttons has no effect for known pads. A erroneous commit message -claimed dpad_to_buttons could be used to force behavior on known devices. -This is not true. Both dpad_to_buttons and triggers_to_buttons only affect -unknown controllers. - - -Normal Controllers ------------------- - -With a normal controller, the directional pad is mapped to its own X/Y axes. -The jstest-program from joystick-1.2.15 (jstest-version 2.1.0) will report 8 -axes and 10 buttons. - -All 8 axes work, though they all have the same range (-32768..32767) -and the zero-setting is not correct for the triggers (I don't know if that -is some limitation of jstest, since the input device setup should be fine. I -didn't have a look at jstest itself yet). - -All of the 10 buttons work (in digital mode). The six buttons on the -right side (A, B, X, Y, black, white) are said to be "analog" and -report their values as 8 bit unsigned, not sure what this is good for. - -I tested the controller with quake3, and configuration and -in game functionality were OK. However, I find it rather difficult to -play first person shooters with a pad. Your mileage may vary. - - -Xbox Dance Pads ---------------- - -When using a known dance pad, jstest will report 6 axes and 14 buttons. - -For dance style pads (like the redoctane pad) several changes -have been made. The old driver would map the d-pad to axes, resulting -in the driver being unable to report when the user was pressing both -left+right or up+down, making DDR style games unplayable. - -Known dance pads automatically map the d-pad to buttons and will work -correctly out of the box. - -If your dance pad is recognized by the driver but is using axes instead -of buttons, see section 0.3 - Unknown Controllers - -I've tested this with Stepmania, and it works quite well. - - -Unknown Controllers -------------------- - -If you have an unknown xbox controller, it should work just fine with -the default settings. - -HOWEVER if you have an unknown dance pad not listed below, it will not -work UNLESS you set "dpad_to_buttons" to 1 in the module configuration. - -PLEASE, if you have an unknown controller, email Dom with -a dump from /proc/bus/usb and a description of the pad (manufacturer, country, -whether it is a dance pad or normal controller) so that we can add your pad -to the list of supported devices, ensuring that it will work out of the -box in the future. - - -USB adapters -============ - -All generations of Xbox controllers speak USB over the wire. - -- Original Xbox controllers use a proprietary connector and require adapters. -- Wireless Xbox 360 controllers require a 'Xbox 360 Wireless Gaming Receiver - for Windows' -- Wired Xbox 360 controllers use standard USB connectors. -- Xbox One controllers can be wireless but speak Wi-Fi Direct and are not - yet supported. -- Xbox One controllers can be wired and use standard Micro-USB connectors. - - - -Original Xbox USB adapters --------------------------- - -Using this driver with an Original Xbox controller requires an -adapter cable to break out the proprietary connector's pins to USB. -You can buy these online fairly cheap, or build your own. - -Such a cable is pretty easy to build. The Controller itself is a USB -compound device (a hub with three ports for two expansion slots and -the controller device) with the only difference in a nonstandard connector -(5 pins vs. 4 on standard USB 1.0 connectors). - -You just need to solder a USB connector onto the cable and keep the -yellow wire unconnected. The other pins have the same order on both -connectors so there is no magic to it. Detailed info on these matters -can be found on the net ([1], [2], [3]). - -Thanks to the trip splitter found on the cable you don't even need to cut the -original one. You can buy an extension cable and cut that instead. That way, -you can still use the controller with your X-Box, if you have one ;) - - - -Driver Installation -=================== - -Once you have the adapter cable, if needed, and the controller connected -the xpad module should be auto loaded. To confirm you can cat -/proc/bus/usb/devices. There should be an entry like the one at the end [4]. - - - -Supported Controllers -===================== - -For a full list of supported controllers and associated vendor and product -IDs see the xpad_device[] array[6]. - -As of the historic version 0.0.6 (2006-10-10) the following devices -were supported:: - - original Microsoft XBOX controller (US), vendor=0x045e, product=0x0202 - smaller Microsoft XBOX controller (US), vendor=0x045e, product=0x0289 - original Microsoft XBOX controller (Japan), vendor=0x045e, product=0x0285 - InterAct PowerPad Pro (Germany), vendor=0x05fd, product=0x107a - RedOctane Xbox Dance Pad (US), vendor=0x0c12, product=0x8809 - -Unrecognized models of Xbox controllers should function as Generic -Xbox controllers. Unrecognized Dance Pad controllers require setting -the module option 'dpad_to_buttons'. - -If you have an unrecognized controller please see 0.3 - Unknown Controllers - - -Manual Testing -============== - -To test this driver's functionality you may use 'jstest'. - -For example:: - - > modprobe xpad - > modprobe joydev - > jstest /dev/js0 - -If you're using a normal controller, there should be a single line showing -18 inputs (8 axes, 10 buttons), and its values should change if you move -the sticks and push the buttons. If you're using a dance pad, it should -show 20 inputs (6 axes, 14 buttons). - -It works? Voila, you're done ;) - - - -Thanks -====== - -I have to thank ITO Takayuki for the detailed info on his site - http://euc.jp/periphs/xbox-controller.ja.html. - -His useful info and both the usb-skeleton as well as the iforce input driver -(Greg Kroah-Hartmann; Vojtech Pavlik) helped a lot in rapid prototyping -the basic functionality. - - - -References -========== - -[1]: http://euc.jp/periphs/xbox-controller.ja.html (ITO Takayuki) - -[2]: http://xpad.xbox-scene.com/ - -[3]: http://www.markosweb.com/www/xboxhackz.com/ - -[4]: /proc/bus/usb/devices - dump from InterAct PowerPad Pro (Germany):: - - T: Bus=01 Lev=03 Prnt=04 Port=00 Cnt=01 Dev#= 5 Spd=12 MxCh= 0 - D: Ver= 1.10 Cls=00(>ifc ) Sub=00 Prot=00 MxPS=32 #Cfgs= 1 - P: Vendor=05fd ProdID=107a Rev= 1.00 - C:* #Ifs= 1 Cfg#= 1 Atr=80 MxPwr=100mA - I: If#= 0 Alt= 0 #EPs= 2 Cls=58(unk. ) Sub=42 Prot=00 Driver=(none) - E: Ad=81(I) Atr=03(Int.) MxPS= 32 Ivl= 10ms - E: Ad=02(O) Atr=03(Int.) MxPS= 32 Ivl= 10ms - -[5]: /proc/bus/usb/devices - dump from Redoctane Xbox Dance Pad (US):: - - T: Bus=01 Lev=02 Prnt=09 Port=00 Cnt=01 Dev#= 10 Spd=12 MxCh= 0 - D: Ver= 1.10 Cls=00(>ifc ) Sub=00 Prot=00 MxPS= 8 #Cfgs= 1 - P: Vendor=0c12 ProdID=8809 Rev= 0.01 - S: Product=XBOX DDR - C:* #Ifs= 1 Cfg#= 1 Atr=80 MxPwr=100mA - I: If#= 0 Alt= 0 #EPs= 2 Cls=58(unk. ) Sub=42 Prot=00 Driver=xpad - E: Ad=82(I) Atr=03(Int.) MxPS= 32 Ivl=4ms - E: Ad=02(O) Atr=03(Int.) MxPS= 32 Ivl=4ms - -[6]: http://lxr.free-electrons.com/ident?i=xpad_device - - - -Historic Edits -============== - -2002-07-16 - Marko Friedemann - - original doc - -2005-03-19 - Dominic Cerquetti - - added stuff for dance pads, new d-pad->axes mappings - -Later changes may be viewed with 'git log Documentation/input/xpad.txt' diff --git a/Documentation/input/yealink.rst b/Documentation/input/yealink.rst new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..b231d8baf4bb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/input/yealink.rst @@ -0,0 +1,238 @@ +=============================================== +Driver documentation for yealink usb-p1k phones +=============================================== + +Status +====== + +The p1k is a relatively cheap usb 1.1 phone with: + + - keyboard full support, yealink.ko / input event API + - LCD full support, yealink.ko / sysfs API + - LED full support, yealink.ko / sysfs API + - dialtone full support, yealink.ko / sysfs API + - ringtone full support, yealink.ko / sysfs API + - audio playback full support, snd_usb_audio.ko / alsa API + - audio record full support, snd_usb_audio.ko / alsa API + +For vendor documentation see http://www.yealink.com + + +Compilation (stand alone version) +================================= + +Currently only kernel 2.6.x.y versions are supported. +In order to build the yealink.ko module do:: + + make + +If you encounter problems please check if in the MAKE_OPTS variable in +the Makefile is pointing to the location where your kernel sources +are located, default /usr/src/linux. + + +Troubleshooting +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +:Q: Module yealink compiled and installed without any problem but phone + is not initialized and does not react to any actions. +:A: If you see something like: + hiddev0: USB HID v1.00 Device [Yealink Network Technology Ltd. VOIP USB Phone + in dmesg, it means that the hid driver has grabbed the device first. Try to + load module yealink before any other usb hid driver. Please see the + instructions provided by your distribution on module configuration. + +:Q: Phone is working now (displays version and accepts keypad input) but I can't + find the sysfs files. +:A: The sysfs files are located on the particular usb endpoint. On most + distributions you can do: "find /sys/ -name get_icons" for a hint. + + +keyboard features +================= + +The current mapping in the kernel is provided by the map_p1k_to_key +function:: + + Physical USB-P1K button layout input events + + + up up + IN OUT left, right + down down + + pickup C hangup enter, backspace, escape + 1 2 3 1, 2, 3 + 4 5 6 4, 5, 6, + 7 8 9 7, 8, 9, + * 0 # *, 0, #, + +The "up" and "down" keys, are symbolised by arrows on the button. +The "pickup" and "hangup" keys are symbolised by a green and red phone +on the button. + + +LCD features +============ + +The LCD is divided and organised as a 3 line display:: + + |[] [][] [][] [][] in |[][] + |[] M [][] D [][] : [][] out |[][] + store + + NEW REP SU MO TU WE TH FR SA + + [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] + [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] + + + Line 1 Format (see below) : 18.e8.M8.88...188 + Icon names : M D : IN OUT STORE + Line 2 Format : ......... + Icon name : NEW REP SU MO TU WE TH FR SA + Line 3 Format : 888888888888 + + +Format description: + From a userspace perspective the world is separated into "digits" and "icons". + A digit can have a character set, an icon can only be ON or OFF. + + Format specifier:: + + '8' : Generic 7 segment digit with individual addressable segments + + Reduced capability 7 segment digit, when segments are hard wired together. + '1' : 2 segments digit only able to produce a 1. + 'e' : Most significant day of the month digit, + able to produce at least 1 2 3. + 'M' : Most significant minute digit, + able to produce at least 0 1 2 3 4 5. + + Icons or pictograms: + '.' : For example like AM, PM, SU, a 'dot' .. or other single segment + elements. + + +Driver usage +============ + +For userland the following interfaces are available using the sysfs interface:: + + /sys/.../ + line1 Read/Write, lcd line1 + line2 Read/Write, lcd line2 + line3 Read/Write, lcd line3 + + get_icons Read, returns a set of available icons. + hide_icon Write, hide the element by writing the icon name. + show_icon Write, display the element by writing the icon name. + + map_seg7 Read/Write, the 7 segments char set, common for all + yealink phones. (see map_to_7segment.h) + + ringtone Write, upload binary representation of a ringtone, + see yealink.c. status EXPERIMENTAL due to potential + races between async. and sync usb calls. + + +lineX +~~~~~ + +Reading /sys/../lineX will return the format string with its current value. + + Example:: + + cat ./line3 + 888888888888 + Linux Rocks! + +Writing to /sys/../lineX will set the corresponding LCD line. + + - Excess characters are ignored. + - If less characters are written than allowed, the remaining digits are + unchanged. + - The tab '\t'and '\n' char does not overwrite the original content. + - Writing a space to an icon will always hide its content. + + Example:: + + date +"%m.%e.%k:%M" | sed 's/^0/ /' > ./line1 + + Will update the LCD with the current date & time. + + +get_icons +~~~~~~~~~ + +Reading will return all available icon names and its current settings:: + + cat ./get_icons + on M + on D + on : + IN + OUT + STORE + NEW + REP + SU + MO + TU + WE + TH + FR + SA + LED + DIALTONE + RINGTONE + + +show/hide icons +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Writing to these files will update the state of the icon. +Only one icon at a time can be updated. + +If an icon is also on a ./lineX the corresponding value is +updated with the first letter of the icon. + + Example - light up the store icon:: + + echo -n "STORE" > ./show_icon + + cat ./line1 + 18.e8.M8.88...188 + S + + Example - sound the ringtone for 10 seconds:: + + echo -n RINGTONE > /sys/..../show_icon + sleep 10 + echo -n RINGTONE > /sys/..../hide_icon + + +Sound features +============== + +Sound is supported by the ALSA driver: snd_usb_audio + +One 16-bit channel with sample and playback rates of 8000 Hz is the practical +limit of the device. + + Example - recording test:: + + arecord -v -d 10 -r 8000 -f S16_LE -t wav foobar.wav + + Example - playback test:: + + aplay foobar.wav + + +Credits & Acknowledgments +========================= + + - Olivier Vandorpe, for starting the usbb2k-api project doing much of + the reverse engineering. + - Martin Diehl, for pointing out how to handle USB memory allocation. + - Dmitry Torokhov, for the numerous code reviews and suggestions. diff --git a/Documentation/input/yealink.txt b/Documentation/input/yealink.txt deleted file mode 100644 index b231d8baf4bb..000000000000 --- a/Documentation/input/yealink.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,238 +0,0 @@ -=============================================== -Driver documentation for yealink usb-p1k phones -=============================================== - -Status -====== - -The p1k is a relatively cheap usb 1.1 phone with: - - - keyboard full support, yealink.ko / input event API - - LCD full support, yealink.ko / sysfs API - - LED full support, yealink.ko / sysfs API - - dialtone full support, yealink.ko / sysfs API - - ringtone full support, yealink.ko / sysfs API - - audio playback full support, snd_usb_audio.ko / alsa API - - audio record full support, snd_usb_audio.ko / alsa API - -For vendor documentation see http://www.yealink.com - - -Compilation (stand alone version) -================================= - -Currently only kernel 2.6.x.y versions are supported. -In order to build the yealink.ko module do:: - - make - -If you encounter problems please check if in the MAKE_OPTS variable in -the Makefile is pointing to the location where your kernel sources -are located, default /usr/src/linux. - - -Troubleshooting -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -:Q: Module yealink compiled and installed without any problem but phone - is not initialized and does not react to any actions. -:A: If you see something like: - hiddev0: USB HID v1.00 Device [Yealink Network Technology Ltd. VOIP USB Phone - in dmesg, it means that the hid driver has grabbed the device first. Try to - load module yealink before any other usb hid driver. Please see the - instructions provided by your distribution on module configuration. - -:Q: Phone is working now (displays version and accepts keypad input) but I can't - find the sysfs files. -:A: The sysfs files are located on the particular usb endpoint. On most - distributions you can do: "find /sys/ -name get_icons" for a hint. - - -keyboard features -================= - -The current mapping in the kernel is provided by the map_p1k_to_key -function:: - - Physical USB-P1K button layout input events - - - up up - IN OUT left, right - down down - - pickup C hangup enter, backspace, escape - 1 2 3 1, 2, 3 - 4 5 6 4, 5, 6, - 7 8 9 7, 8, 9, - * 0 # *, 0, #, - -The "up" and "down" keys, are symbolised by arrows on the button. -The "pickup" and "hangup" keys are symbolised by a green and red phone -on the button. - - -LCD features -============ - -The LCD is divided and organised as a 3 line display:: - - |[] [][] [][] [][] in |[][] - |[] M [][] D [][] : [][] out |[][] - store - - NEW REP SU MO TU WE TH FR SA - - [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] - [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] [] - - - Line 1 Format (see below) : 18.e8.M8.88...188 - Icon names : M D : IN OUT STORE - Line 2 Format : ......... - Icon name : NEW REP SU MO TU WE TH FR SA - Line 3 Format : 888888888888 - - -Format description: - From a userspace perspective the world is separated into "digits" and "icons". - A digit can have a character set, an icon can only be ON or OFF. - - Format specifier:: - - '8' : Generic 7 segment digit with individual addressable segments - - Reduced capability 7 segment digit, when segments are hard wired together. - '1' : 2 segments digit only able to produce a 1. - 'e' : Most significant day of the month digit, - able to produce at least 1 2 3. - 'M' : Most significant minute digit, - able to produce at least 0 1 2 3 4 5. - - Icons or pictograms: - '.' : For example like AM, PM, SU, a 'dot' .. or other single segment - elements. - - -Driver usage -============ - -For userland the following interfaces are available using the sysfs interface:: - - /sys/.../ - line1 Read/Write, lcd line1 - line2 Read/Write, lcd line2 - line3 Read/Write, lcd line3 - - get_icons Read, returns a set of available icons. - hide_icon Write, hide the element by writing the icon name. - show_icon Write, display the element by writing the icon name. - - map_seg7 Read/Write, the 7 segments char set, common for all - yealink phones. (see map_to_7segment.h) - - ringtone Write, upload binary representation of a ringtone, - see yealink.c. status EXPERIMENTAL due to potential - races between async. and sync usb calls. - - -lineX -~~~~~ - -Reading /sys/../lineX will return the format string with its current value. - - Example:: - - cat ./line3 - 888888888888 - Linux Rocks! - -Writing to /sys/../lineX will set the corresponding LCD line. - - - Excess characters are ignored. - - If less characters are written than allowed, the remaining digits are - unchanged. - - The tab '\t'and '\n' char does not overwrite the original content. - - Writing a space to an icon will always hide its content. - - Example:: - - date +"%m.%e.%k:%M" | sed 's/^0/ /' > ./line1 - - Will update the LCD with the current date & time. - - -get_icons -~~~~~~~~~ - -Reading will return all available icon names and its current settings:: - - cat ./get_icons - on M - on D - on : - IN - OUT - STORE - NEW - REP - SU - MO - TU - WE - TH - FR - SA - LED - DIALTONE - RINGTONE - - -show/hide icons -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -Writing to these files will update the state of the icon. -Only one icon at a time can be updated. - -If an icon is also on a ./lineX the corresponding value is -updated with the first letter of the icon. - - Example - light up the store icon:: - - echo -n "STORE" > ./show_icon - - cat ./line1 - 18.e8.M8.88...188 - S - - Example - sound the ringtone for 10 seconds:: - - echo -n RINGTONE > /sys/..../show_icon - sleep 10 - echo -n RINGTONE > /sys/..../hide_icon - - -Sound features -============== - -Sound is supported by the ALSA driver: snd_usb_audio - -One 16-bit channel with sample and playback rates of 8000 Hz is the practical -limit of the device. - - Example - recording test:: - - arecord -v -d 10 -r 8000 -f S16_LE -t wav foobar.wav - - Example - playback test:: - - aplay foobar.wav - - -Credits & Acknowledgments -========================= - - - Olivier Vandorpe, for starting the usbb2k-api project doing much of - the reverse engineering. - - Martin Diehl, for pointing out how to handle USB memory allocation. - - Dmitry Torokhov, for the numerous code reviews and suggestions. diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS index 1b0a87ffffab..092de1d6f8f9 100644 --- a/MAINTAINERS +++ b/MAINTAINERS @@ -6488,7 +6488,7 @@ INPUT MULTITOUCH (MT) PROTOCOL M: Henrik Rydberg L: linux-input@vger.kernel.org S: Odd fixes -F: Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.txt +F: Documentation/input/multi-touch-protocol.rst F: drivers/input/input-mt.c K: \b(ABS|SYN)_MT_ @@ -13812,7 +13812,7 @@ YEALINK PHONE DRIVER M: Henk Vergonet L: usbb2k-api-dev@nongnu.org S: Maintained -F: Documentation/input/yealink.txt +F: Documentation/input/yealink.rst F: drivers/input/misc/yealink.* Z8530 DRIVER FOR AX.25